Jane's Longbow 2 - Manual - PC - EECH Central

Longbow2 

1997, 1998

LONGBOW 2 

Written by Tuesday Frase and Chris McCubbin 

Additional writing by Jennifer Spohrer 

Edited by David Ladyman 

Design and Layout by ORIGIN Creative Services 

© 1997, 1998 ORIGIN Systems, Inc. Origin is a trademark or registered trademark of ORIGIN Systems, Inc. 

Electronic Arts and We Make Sims by the Book are trademarks or registered trademarks of Electronic Arts 

in the U.S. and/or other countries. All rights reserved. ORIGIN is an Electronic Arts company. 

Jane’s Combat Simulations is an Electronic Arts brand. Jane’s is a registered trademark of Jane’s Information 

Group Ltd. Reference work from Jane’s Library © 1997 Jane’s Information Group Ltd. Made in the USA. All 

rights reserved, including the right of reproduction in whole or in part in any form. This product is not 

licensed or endorsed by McDonnell Douglas Corporation. 

ORIGIN Systems, Inc. 

5918 West Courtyard Drive 

Austin, Texas 78730

0: INTRODUCTION 

HOW TO USE 

This manual is subdivided into eight chapters. Some (0, 1 and 2) describe how to 

play the game, others (3, 6, 7 and Appendices) contain reference information, and 

others (4 and 5) contain both. 

At the beginning of each chapter, you’ll find a detailed table of contents. Page 

references include the chapter and page number — p. 3.12, for example, refers to 

Chapter 3, page 12. The appendices at the end of the book give glossary and 

acronym information, a bibliography and useful flight charts. 

SHADED TEXT Text in a light-gray box denotes additional information. 

Although useful, this info is not required to play the game. 

QUICK START For a quick game overview and fundamental 

keystokes, see the back inside cover of this manual. 

0. INTRODUCTION How to Use (this section) tells you how to find the 

information you need in this book. A detailed table of 

contents follows. 

Table of Contents (p. 0.6 - 0.11) gives a chapter by 

chapter listing of contents for this manual. More 

detailed listings appear at the beginning of each chapter. 

In a Hurry? (p. 0.12 - 0.16) describes how to start an 

Instant Action mission and explains basic keystrokes to 

get you up in the air and firing your weapons. 

1. ON THE BASE On the Base describes the functionality of all buildings 

on the base, as well as how to use the training missions, 

Jane’s object viewer, and mission planner. 

2. COCKPIT/SYSTEMS Aircraft Overview (p. 2.3) introduces the three flyable 

helicopters and briefly describes the helicopters’ main 

display systems and Master Modes (p. 2.9). 

Integrated Helmet and Display Sighting System (p. 

2.12) and IHADSS Flight Symbology (p. 2.14) cover 

the four IHADSS modes and define each item you see 

in the Longbow’s cockpit display. 

Multi-Function Displays (p. 2.24) takes you through 

all MFD pages for all helicopter types and explains the 

items that appear in them. 

In-Flight Navigation System (p. 2.44) discusses the 

game’s dynamic, in-flight mission planning map, and 

Kiowa Digital Moving Map (p. 2.45) covers the Kiowa 

Warrior’s scrolling map display. 

0.3

0.4 

LONGBOW 2 

AH-64D Targeting and Sight Systems (p. 2.46) talks 

about the Longbow’s main systems — the Fire-Control 

Radar (FCR), Target Acquisition and Designation Sight 

(TADS), and Pilot’s Night Vision System (PNVS). 

Co-Pilot/Gunner Cockpit (p. 2.51) describes the frontseat 

cockpit and the Optical Relay Tube (ORT) Unit. 

Black Hawk Analog Cockpit (p. 2.54) contains information 

and diagrams of instruments on the Black Hawk 

dashboard. 

View Controls (p. 2.56) lists all of the in-flight camera 

views. 

3. GROUND SCHOOL Lift Force (p. 3.1) discusses physical theories of flight. 

Rotational Motion (p. 3.5) and Horizontal Motion (p. 

3.9) examine the inherent physical characteristics of 

rotary flight. 

4. FLIGHT TRAINING Helicopter Controls (p. 4.1) describes the helicopter’s 

control inputs and autopilot functions. It also gives 

information on adjusting realism and difficulty options. 

Practice Flight (p. 4.8) goes through the basic techniques 

of taking off, flying to a waypoint and landing. 

You’ll also find advanced information on autorotational 

and combat landings. 

5. COMBAT Staying Alive (p. 5.2) details your Aircraft Survivability 

Equipment (ASE) and tells you how to use it to survive 

in combat. 

Weapons Systems (p. 5.9) explains everything you 

need to know about finding, targeting and destroying 

an enemy with your helicopter’s weapons. 

Laser Operation (p. 5.22) describes how to use the 

helicopter’s laser sensor in conjunction with weapon 

systems. 

Wingmen and Backup (p. 5.24) defines wingman 

commands and tells you how to call in artillery and air 

strikes, and how to trade targets with your wingman. 

Combat Tactics (p. 5.27) illustrates effective helicopter 

tactics against ground targets and air opposition. 

6. CAMPAIGNS Campaigns (p. 6.1) gives background information on 

the game’s Iranian and National Training Center 

campaigns, and includes relevant articles from Jane’s 

Information Group magazines.


7. JANE’S Jane’s Specifications (p. 7.1) lists actual specifications 

and photographs from Jane’s Information Group 

for all three flyable helicopters, their weapons and 

major avionic systems. 

APPENDICES Appendices provide useful lists and glossary information: 

Appendix A Longbow vs. Longbow 2 (p. A.1) gives veteran 

players an idea of what new, major features to expect 

in Longbow 2, and describes where to find specifics on 

each element. 

Appendix B Acronyms (p. B.1) explains commonly used 

acronyms. 

Appendix C Glossary (p. C.1) defines commonly used aircraft, 

ground vehicles and military terms. 

Appendix D Flight Charts (p. D.1) lists cruise velocity and autorotational 

landing charts for the Longbow Apache, Black 

Hawk and Kiowa Warrior. 

Appendix E Bibliography (p. E.1) lists the references used in 

preparing the game and the manual. 

0.5

0.6 

LONGBOW 2 

0. INTRODUCTION / IN A HURRY? 

IN A HURRY? ......................................0.12 

Starting the Game ............................................0.12 

Instant Action Mission Parameters.....................0.12 

READ JANE’S ........................................1.1 

BUNKHOUSE .........................................1.2 

Creating a New Pilot ...................................1.3 

Pilot Careers ...............................................1.4 

Deleting a Pilot ...........................................1.4 

Switching the Active Pilot.............................1.4 

TRAINING BUILDING .............................1.5 

INSTANT MISSION HELICOPTER .............1.6 

MULTI-PLAYER MISSION BUILDING........1.6 

SINGLE MISSION BUILDING ...................1.6 

CAMPAIGN MISSION BUILDING .............1.8 

Campaign Options.......................................1.8 

Resuming a Campaign.................................1.9 

1. ON THE BASE 

Flight Basics .....................................................0.13 

Basic Flight Controls...................................0.13 

Takeoff Keys..............................................0.13 

Navigation Keys.........................................0.14 

Targeting Keys...........................................0.14 

Weapon Keys.............................................0.14 

View Keys..................................................0.15 

Ending the Mission.....................................0.15 

Useful Hints...............................................0.16 

For a three-page Quick Start, please see the back cover and inside back 

cover on this manual. 

MOBILE MISSION 

PLANNING CELL (MMPC) .....................1.10 

Mission Planner ...............................................1.11 

Function Buttons..............................................1.13 

Mission Summary Bar......................................1.15 

The Map..........................................................1.15 

Fly Mission ......................................................1.19 

Trash Mission...................................................1.19 

ENDING A MISSION ............................1.20 

Landing at a FARP ...........................................1.20 

Debriefing Area...............................................1.20 

Saving Your Progress .......................................1.20 

Crashing, Surviving and Dying .........................1.22 

GUARD SHACK....................................1.22

Game vs. Reality ...............................................2.1 

How to Use This Chapter ....................................2.2 

AIRCRAFT OVERVIEW ...........................2.3 

Longbow Apache.........................................2.3 

Kiowa Warrior ............................................2.3 

Black Hawk ................................................2.3 

In-Flight System Keys ........................................2.3 

Game Options .............................................2.3 

Pausing/Ending the Mission.........................2.4 

Speeding up Travel......................................2.4 

Radio..........................................................2.4 

Overview: IHADSS .............................................2.4 

Overview: Multi-Function Displays (MFDs) ..........2.6 

MFD Types ..................................................2.6 

Overview: Targeting Systems..............................2.7 

MASTER MODES ...................................2.9 

Master Mode Settings ........................................2.9 

Upfront Display ...............................................2.10 

Black Hawk Indicator Lights.............................2.10 

Longbow Fire Warning Lights ...........................2.11 

Physical Backup Gauges...................................2.11 

IHADSS...............................................2.12 

IHADSS Helmet System....................................2.13 

IHADSS FLIGHT SYMBOLOGY...............2.14 

Hover IHADSS Mode ........................................2.14 

Bob-Up IHADSS Mode ......................................2.19 

Transition IHADSS Mode...................................2.20 

Cruise IHADSS Mode ........................................2.21 

Weapon-Specific Items .....................................2.22 

MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAYS ................2.24 

Tactical Situation Display (TSD) MFD.................2.24 

How It Works............................................2.25 

Adjusting TSD Items ..................................2.27 

TSD with Realistic FCR ...............................2.27 

Priority Fire Zones (PFZs)..........................2.28 

PFZs and Hellfire Missiles ..........................2.28 

Radar MFD......................................................2.29 

Air/Ground Radar Modes ..........................2.29 


2. COCKPIT/SYSTEMS 

Realistic FCR Options and Symbols .............2.30 

Realistic FCR Operation Commands ............2.31 

Downloading Targets to Radar MFD ...........2.31 

TADS MFD .......................................................2.32 

Panning/Zooming.....................................2.33 

TADS and Realistic FCR ..............................2.33 

Realistic TADS Operation............................2.33 

Weapons MFD .................................................2.33 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) MFD......2.35 

Realistic Jammers .....................................2.36 

ASE Autopage ...........................................2.37 

System MFD ....................................................2.38 

Engine MFD.....................................................2.38 

Interpreting the Symbols ...........................2.39 

Flight MFD.......................................................2.40 

Communications MFD.......................................2.40 

Vertical System Display MFD ............................2.41 

Mast-Mounted Sight (MMS) MFD ......................2.43 

IN-FLIGHT NAVIGATION SYSTEM .........2.44 

KIOWA DIGITAL MOVING MAP............2.45 

TARGETING AND SIGHT SYSTEMS ........2.46 

Mast-Mounted Longbow FCR ............................2.46 

TADS ...............................................................2.47 

TADS and MMS Cameras ..................................2.47 

Pilot’s Night Vision System (PNVS/ANVIS).........2.48 

Kiowa Pilot Display Unit...................................2.48 

CO-PILOT/GUNNER COCKPIT...............2.51 

Kiowa’s Left Seat (CP/G) .................................2.51 

Longbow’s Front Seat (CP/G) ...........................2.51 

IHADSS/MFDS/UPFRONT Display.....................2.52 

Optical Relay Tube (ORT) Unit ..........................2.53 

Head-Out/Head-Down Displays .................2.53 

BLACK HAWK ANALOG COCKPIT..........2.54 

Cockpit Gauges................................................2.54 

VIEW CONTROLS ................................2.56 

View Panning ..................................................2.56 

Inside Cockpit Views.........................................2.57 

Target Views ....................................................2.58 

0.7

0.8 

LONGBOW 2 

LIFT FORCE ...........................................3.1 

Generating Lift ..................................................3.2 

Bernoulli’s Principle.....................................3.2 

Angle of Attack ...........................................3.3 

Angle of Incidence.......................................3.4 

ROTATIONAL MOTION...........................3.5 

Dissymmetry of Lift ...........................................3.5 

Compressibility of Air ..................................3.6 

Coning........................................................3.6 

Downwash.........................................................3.6 

Ground Effect in a Hover.............................3.7 

Settling with Power .....................................3.7 

Torque...............................................................3.8 

Tail Rotor....................................................3.8 

Hovering and Translating Tendency..............3.8 

HELICOPTER CONTROLS.........................4.1 

Rotor.................................................................4.1 

Collective Stick...................................................4.2 

Advanced Collective Controls........................4.2 

How Collective Works ..................................4.2 

Cyclic Stick ........................................................4.3 

How Cyclic Works ........................................4.3 

Directional Control Pedals ..................................4.4 

How Directional Control Pedals Work ...........4.4 

In-Game Flight Tutorials.....................................4.4 

Adjusting Realism and Difficulty.........................4.5 

Autopilot Functions ............................................4.5 

Autopilot.....................................................4.5 

Advanced Autopilot Keys .............................4.6 

Hover Hold .................................................4.7 

Force Trim...................................................4.7 

3. GROUND SCHOOL 

4. FLIGHT TRAINING 

HORIZONTAL MOTION ..........................3.9 

Translational Lift................................................3.9 

Drag.........................................................3.10 

Asymmetry of Lift............................................3.10 

Retreating Blade Stall ......................................3.12 

Autorotational landing .....................................3.12 

PRACTICE FLIGHT (NON-COMBAT) .........4.8 

Startup..............................................................4.9 

Takeoff ...........................................................4.10 

In-Flight ..........................................................4.11 

Landing...........................................................4.12 

Advanced Combat Landing ........................4.13 

Autorotational Landing..............................4.14

STAYING ALIVE .....................................5.2 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment.........................5.2 

Evading Missiles.................................................5.3 

DAMAGE...............................................5.4 

TACTICAL MISSIONS..............................5.6 

AH-64D Longbow Apache ............................5.6 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior ...............................5.7 

UH-60L Black Hawk ....................................5.8 

WEAPONS SYSTEMS..............................5.9 

Finding the Enemy.............................................5.9 

Visual Tracking............................................5.9 

Sensor Systems ...........................................5.9 

Target Acquisition Modes..................................5.10 

TADS/MMS Target Acquisition Mode...........5.11 

FCR Target Acquisition Mode......................5.11 

Priority Fire Zones ....................................5.11 

Selecting Targets from Your Target List .............5.12 

Getting Best Cannon Targets ......................5.12 

Getting Best Missile Targets .......................5.12 

Selecting Targets with the Mouse ...............5.12 

Engaging Targets with Cannon, 

FFAR and Stingers ........................................5.13 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon ..........................5.14 

Stinger Infrared-Guided Missile..................5.16 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket (FFAR)................5.17 

Engaging Targets with Hellfires ........................5.18 

LOBL Missile Launch Mode.........................5.18 

LOAL Missile Launch Mode.........................5.19 

Launching Hellfires with PFZs...........................5.19 

Troubleshooting — Getting a Valid Lock ..........5.20 

Weapon Inhibit Field .................................5.20 

Identifying the Target................................5.21 

Laser Operation...............................................5.22 

Realistic TADS and the Laser ......................5.23 

Using the Laser with Laser Hellfires ...........5.23 


5. COMBAT 

WINGMEN AND BACKUP.....................5.24 

Wingman Commands .......................................5.24 

Giving Your Wingman Targets....................5.24 

Getting Your Wingman’s Targets ................5.25 

Other Wingman Commands .......................5.25 

Calling on Backup............................................5.26 

Calling an Air Strike ..................................5.26 

Calling an Artillery Strike ..........................5.26 

COMBAT TACTICS ................................5.27 

Air-to-Ground Tactics........................................5.27 

Escorting Transports...................................5.28 

Terrain Masking ........................................5.28 

Contour Chasing – Speed vs. Safety ..........5.28 

Bob-Up .....................................................5.29 

Pop Sideways............................................5.30 

Air-To-Air Tactics...............................................5.30 

Against Fighters ........................................5.31 

Against Helicopters....................................5.31 

0.9

0.10 

LONGBOW 2 

CAMPAIGNS .........................................6.1 

IRAN, AZERBAIJAN AND THE US...............6.2 

Fear Drives Caucasian Policy..............................6.2 

Iran Warns USA To “Think Twice” 

About An Attack ................................................6.3 

Iran Strives To Regain Military Might; 

Rearmament Drive Aims to Restore 

Gulf Balance......................................................6.4 

Baku and Tehran, Renewed Tensions ..................6.6 

Azeris Want New Look at Tashkent Accord ..........6.8 

The Jane’s Interview: 

National Training Center ....................................6.9 

JANE’S SENTINEL – 

THE GULF STATES – IRAN..........................6.10 

Defence Production..........................................6.10 

Historical Overview..........................................6.11 

Territorial Disputes – Iraq, UAE........................6.11 

International Affairs ........................................6.12 

6. CAMPAIGNS 

JANE’S SENTINEL – RUSSIA 

AND THE CIS – AZERBAIJAN....................6.14 

Risk Pointers ...................................................6.14 

Azerbaijan’s Oil to Flow ...................................6.15 

GAME CAMPAIGN BACKGROUND ...........6.16 

National Training Center ..................................6.16 

Iran: Operation Fallen Crescent ........................6.17 

DYNAMIC MISSION GENERATOR.............6.19 

Overview.........................................................6.19 

Campaign Goals ..............................................6.19 

Criteria for an Offensive Advance.....................6.21 

Resource Management.....................................6.22 

Mission Outcomes ............................................6.22

DEFINITIONS..................................................7.2 

MILITARY AIRCRAFT, ROTARY WING 

AH-64D Longbow Apache...................................7.4 

UH-60A/L Blackhawk (Sikorsky S-70A) .............7.7 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior....................................7.10 

WEAPONRY 

AIM-92 Stinger................................................7.13 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket .................................7.14 

Hellfire Missile.................................................7.16 

FN 0.50 Browning M2 Heavy 

Barrel Machine Gun.........................................7.18 

M134 7.62mm Minigun Machine Gun ..............7.19 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon .................................7.20 

M60D 7.62mm Machine Gun ...........................7.21 

GAME COMPARISONS ...........................A.1 

Longbow vs. Longbow 2.....................................A.1 

ACRONYMS ..........................................B.1 

GLOSSARY ............................................C.1 


7. SPECIFICATIONS 

APPENDICES 

AVIONICS 

AN/ALQ-144 Infrared 

Countermeasures Set .......................................7.22 

AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System ...............7.23 

AN/AVR-2 Laser Detecting Set..........................7.24 

ANVIS/HUD System .........................................7.25 

Longbow Radar ...............................................7.26 

MMS Mast Mounted Sight.................................7.27 

Target Acquisition Designation Sight/ 

Pilot Night Vision Sensor ..................................7.28 

FLIGHT CHARTS ....................................D.1 

Cruise Charts.....................................................D.1 

Longbow Apache.........................................D.1 

Kiowa Warrior ............................................D.2 

Black Hawk ................................................D.3 

Autorotational Descent Charts ............................D.4 



Black Hawk ................................................D.6 

BIBLIOGRAPHY .....................................E.1 

0.11

0.12 

LONGBOW 2 

IN A HURRY? 

This section assumes that you selected a CASUAL installation. If you selected 

EXPERT, you can change the game’s settings in the OPTION menu. 

1. Press a O 

2. Select CONTROLS, then CASUAL. Press ACCEPT. 

3. Select GAMEPLAY, then ARCADE. Press ACCEPT twice to close the options screen. 

This section is for new pilots who want a basic introduction to the game, as well 

as for seasoned pilots who only want enough information to get the game started. 

Instant Action encounters don’t affect your pilot’s record, but they’re a great way to 

ease into the game before starting an actual campaign. 

Check out the Quick Start Reference Card on the back cover/inside back cover 

of this manual for basic keystrokes. 

Page numbers in parentheses indicate where to go in the manual for more details. 

Starting the Game 

1. Ensure that your input devices are calibrated in Windows 95. If you have any 

questions or problems, please refer to the Install Guide. 

2. Double-left click on the Longbow 2 icon, or left-click the Start button and select 

Programs/Jane’s Combat Simulations/AH64D Longbow 2/Longbow 2 

: Once the game starts, you’ll see an overhead view of the base. Right-click the 

mouse anywhere to display all the hotspots. 

L Left-click on the grounded helicopter (in front of the Campaign hangar) to start 

an INSTANT ACTION mission. 

Instant Action Mission Parameters 

Instant Action mission mode places you in the pilot’s seat of an AH-64D Longbow 

Apache. (A second cockpit, the co-pilot/gunner’s seat, is available as well. This front 

seat is usually used for targeting and weapon functions. See p. 2.51 for details.) 

♦ Terrain. You’ll fly in whichever map was last decompressed (NTC or Iran). 

♦ Helicopter/Weapon. You’ll fly an invulnerable AH-64D Longbow Apache, with 

unlimited weaponry (M230 chain gun rounds, RF Hellfire missiles, FFAR rockets 

and Stinger ATA missiles). 

♦ Flight Model. SIMPLE flight mode is active. You can increase difficulty by activating 

the OPTIONS menu (press aO), then selecting a different flight model 

from the GAMEPLAY menu. You can also adjust REALISM options that change the 

characteristics of your chopper and/or weapons.


♦ Forces. You’ll face a slew of random air and ground enemies — SAMs, 

helicopters, anti-aircraft guns, tanks, trucks, etc. Some will be friendly, so you 

may want to spend some time watching the ground battles below. 

Keeping your targets straight won’t be a problem — you aren’t allowed to 

target friendlies with this control type. To track target positions, use the in-flight 

mission planner map (aN). 

Flight Basics (pp. 4.1-7) 

This section covers basic keystrokes you need for survival, as does the Quick 

Start Reference Card on the back cover of this manual. See the rest of the 

manual or the Reference Card for a complete listing of keys and game functions. 

Basic Flight Controls 

All helicopters have three basic controls: 

♦ The collective adjusts vertical velocity (altitude), and can be set from 0-100%. 

♦ The cyclic controls forward, sideways and backward movement. 

♦ The directional control pedals change heading by swinging the tail rotor left 

or right (most useful at slow speeds). 

COLLECTIVE = / - Increase/decrease vertical velocity (altitude). 

or throttle wheel 

CYCLIC W / Z Pitch helicopter down (to move forward)/up (to move backward) 

A / S Bank helicopter left/right 

or joystick 

PEDALS [ / ] Rotate tail rotor left/right 

or pedals 

Takeoff Keys 

Takeoff is automatic in Instant Action missions. For specific details on how to take 

off in other mission types, see Flight Training: Practice Flight, p. 4.8. 

0.13

0.14 

LONGBOW 2 

Navigation Keys (p. 2.44, p. 4.5) 

A Activate autopilot (key cycles through MAINTAIN HEADING (AP1), FOLLOW WAYPOINTS (AP2) and OFF 

(NONE). 

H Activate hover hold (must be flying slower than 15 knots, or be in autopilot mode) 

t Cycle through time compression (2x, 4x, 8x) 

st Restore normal time 

aN Open mission planner 

Targeting Keys (pp. 5.10-12) 

In the Longbow Apache, the square multi-function display (MFD) on the right side 

of the dashboard is your Tactical Situation Display (TSD). Small icons are potential 

targets, and an icon with a diamond represents the current target. Other MFDs 

exist — the types and locations vary by helicopter type. (See Cockpit/Systems, 

p. 2.1, for details.) 

T Target next enemy object 

Targets have the following TSD icons: 

Light Structure Heavy Structure 

Light Armor Heavy Armor 

Light Wheeled Vehicle Heavy Wheeled Vehicle 

Light Artillery Heavy Artillery 

Airplane Helicopter 

Ground Threat (ASE) Out-of-Range 

Note: The icons change if REALISTIC FCR SYMBOLS is active. See the Options Menu 

in the Install Guide for details.

Weapon Keys (pp. 5.13-19) 


Target Reticle Rocket I-Beam Constraint 

ATA Constraint Hellfire Constraint 

The weapon constraint indicator is a square, circle or I-beam, depending on the 

active weapon and helicopter type. Line it up with the target reticle (small, dashed 

cross hairs that appear over a target in view). When the constraint border turns 

from dashed to solid, you have a VALID LOCK and can fire. (If you can’t fire, messages 

will appear on your screen — see Weapon Inhibit Field, p. 5.20.) 

b Switch active weapon to Hellfires/FFARs/Stingers 

(On the Longbow Apache, the M230 Chain Gun is always active.) 

e Fire cannon (M230 Chain Gun) 

z Fire rocket/missile 

View Controls (p. 2.56) 

1 Front cockpit view 

s1 Front view, no cockpit 

4 Virtual cockpit view (pannable; use a + joystick to slew view) 

6 Next object view (pannable) 

7 Next target view (pannable) 

View Panning and Zooming 

You can pan/zoom the 4, 6 and 7 views. a + joystick also pans these 

views. 

5 (numpad) Reset view to center position 

8 (numpad) Pan view up 

2 (numpad) Pan view down 

6 (numpad) Pan view right 

4 (numpad) Pan view left 

+ (numpad) Zoom in 

- (numpad) Zoom out 

Ending the Mission 

Pause or exit the mission/game with these keys: 

aP Pause the game 

aQ Quit the mission 

aX Exit to Operating System 

0.15

0.16 

LONGBOW 2 

Useful Hints 

♦ In all three helicopter types, stay low to avoid detection. Follow the terrain, 

flying at a low altitude and speed (below 70 knots). Most importantly, try to 

mask your position as long as possible by hiding behind hills or structures, or 

in valleys. Only pop up when you absolutely need to. 

♦ When SAMs approach your aircraft, reduce altitude as quickly as you can 

without hitting the ground. This will help decrease your chances of being hit. 

♦ Try sticking with the Longbow Apache and radar Hellfire missiles until you’ve 

got the hang of the game. They’ll let you stay far enough away from your 

targets to take advantage of LOAL missile launch mode and reduce your 

exposure to enemy fire. 

♦ Kill the AAA threats that have the longest ranges first when entering enemy territory. 

This makes it easier to maneuver around other threats with shorter 

ranges. Keep an eye on your ASE MFD and weave around the arced firing 

ranges of the remaining SAMs and AAA. 

♦ Focus on mission objectives before you worry about other enemies. You'll 

almost always need to hit a few threats along the way — just make sure you 

reserve enough weapons to destroy your primary objectives. You can use any 

remaining ammo to hit stray targets on the way back. 

♦ You aren’t required to fly missions along pre-set waypoints. If you can identify 

a path with less resistance, try moving your waypoints. Keep in mind, however, 

that you’ll need to have ample fuel to return through an alternate route. 

♦ Listen to your CPG. He’ll tell you what’s out there, and where. 

♦ To identify nearby targets, press U. This toggles on target identification, which 

shows identifying names in the UPFRONT display as you switch targets. 

♦ If you suspect that you’ll face enemy helicopters in an area, clear out a 

section of SAMs near the anticipated area of engagement. This way, you’ll 

have room to climb and evade the helos without being tagged by a SAM. 

♦ If you become disoriented when dodging fire and think you may crash, quickly 

press A so that the game’s autopilot function will restore level flight. As soon 

as your altitude and bearing become stable, continue the fight. 

♦ Memorize the key commands for your wingman/air support/artillery strikes. Try 

to use your limited number of artillery strikes on concentrated SAM areas, and 

use the air support strikes only on AAA positions. (If you use air strikes on 

SAM sites, you risk having your A-10/F-16 shot down. This will subtract 

promotion points from your mission score.)

1 

On the Base

1.2 

LONGBOW 2 

READ JANE’S ........................................1.1 

BUNKHOUSE .........................................1.2 

Creating a New Pilot ..........................................1.3 

Pilot Careers......................................................1.4 

Deleting a Pilot..................................................1.4 

Switching the Active Pilot ...................................1.4 

TRAINING BUILDING .............................1.5 

INSTANT MISSION HELICOPTER .............1.6 

MULTI-PLAYER MISSION BUILDING........1.6 

SINGLE MISSION BUILDING ...................1.6 

CAMPAIGN MISSION BUILDING .............1.8 

Campaign Options .............................................1.8 

Resuming a Campaign .......................................1.9 

1. ON THE BASE 

MOBILE MISSION 

PLANNING CELL (MMPC) .....................1.10 

Mission Planner ...............................................1.11 

Menu Bars.......................................................1.11 

Function Buttons..............................................1.13 

Mission Summary Bar......................................1.15 

The Map..........................................................1.15 

Waypoint Symbology.......................................1.16 

Moving, Adding and Deleting Waypoints ......1.16 

Waypoint Information Window.........................1.17 

Fly Mission ......................................................1.19 

Trash Mission...................................................1.19 

ENDING A MISSION ............................1.20 

Landing at a FARP ...........................................1.20 

Debriefing Area...............................................1.20 

Saving Your Progress .......................................1.20 

Crashing, Surviving and Dying .........................1.22 

GUARD SHACK....................................1.22

1: ON THE BASE 

The first thing you see when you start the game is an overhead view of the complex. 

Each building performs one or more different functions. To see what action 

spots are available, right-click anywhere on the screen. To access a particular 

building, move the cursor over it and left-click. Once you’ve finished exploring the 

Base, proceed to Training Building, p. 1.5, or Flight Training, Chapter 4. 

Campaign 

Instant 

Action 

Commo Building 

(Multi-Player) 

Tutorial/ 

Training 

Read Jane’s 

Single 

Missions 

Select 

Pilot 

Exit to 

Operating 

System 

The Jane’s Military Aircraft, Vehicles and Logistics book lists a variety of information 

about most objects in the game and about the Jane’s organization. The information 

and photos that appear here come directly from Jane’s Information Group, 

and are identical to the published versions (although some have partial entries). 

Jane’s reference books can be accessed from the Bunkhouse, Training Building, 

Commo Building, MMPC and Debriefing room. 

1.1

1.2 

LONGBOW 2 

Each tabbed section contains information about items in that category. 

♦ To activate, highlight the red Jane’s book, then left-click. 

Aircraft Displays information on helicopters and airplanes in the game. 

Armour Displays information on armored vehicles in the game. 

Vehicles Displays information on unarmored ground vehicles in the game. 

Air Defense Displays information on AA guns and SAM sites in the game. 

About Jane’s Displays the title page of the Jane’s book and gives information 

on the Jane’s organization. 

Close Returns to the Base. 

By using these pages, you can learn about the objects in the game. 

♦ Left-click on the book tabs to change chapters. 

♦ Left-click on pictures on the left page to enlarge them to full-screen view. 

Left-click again to return to the normal page view. 

♦ Left-click inside either white text box to enlarge the text page. Left-click the 

vertical scroll bars to scroll through statistics or descriptive text. (Or, use W 

and Z to scroll.) Left-click to return to the normal page. 

♦ Left-click on the gray arrows at the bottom of either page to turn the page. 

♦ Left-click-and-hold on the 3-D object box on the right-hand page to rotate the 

object. Dragging the mouse cursor rotates the object in any direction. Pressing 

the left and right mouse buttons simultaneously lets you control zoom. Push 

the mouse forward to zoom in, backward to pull back. 

BUNKHOUSE 

Select Pilot appears when this building is highlighted. 

The Bunkhouse is where all existing pilot records are stored. Each time you start 

the game, the pilot that you last used will be the active pilot. 

Left-click on the building to see a row of lockers. Here, you can create and store 

six pilots (one per locker). Once a pilot is MIA (Missing In Action) or KIA (Killed In 

Action), he/she is no longer available, and a folded flag appears in the locker. 

Note: You must create a pilot before flying Single or Campaign Missions. Once 

you create/select a pilot, he/she will remain active until you create/select a 

different one. 

To select a different active pilot, click on his/her flight helmet. 

To create a new pilot, click on a locker and it will open. Click on the notebook to 

select a unit and give the pilot a name and callsign. The currently selected pilot 

has a flight bag in place of the helmet. 

Left-click on the door to exit this room and return to overhead Base view.

Creating a New Pilot 


A locker with a flight bag or helmet indicates an active pilot. A locker with a folded 

flag means that the pilot is inactive (either missing or killed in action). 

To replace a dead pilot with a new one, select the dead pilot and change the 

name. This will replace the pilot with a newly created one. 

CHANGE UNIT Highlight the space at the top of the spiral notebook and leftclick 

to change your unit affiliation. You can left-click on the 

unit insignias to view available units and select the one you 

wish to join, and you can enter a nickname for your squad. 

CREATE NEW PILOT Left-click on the name of the default pilot to change the 

pilot’s name and callsign. 

You will be given a window with the current pilot’s name 

and callsign. Left-click on the end of the name and backspace 

over it, then enter the name you prefer in the space. 

Then, press e. If you wish to change your callsign, t 

down to the callsign field and do the same. Repeat for your 

squad nickname. 

When you have the name, callsign and squad name you 

wish, left-click on ACCEPT. Or left-click CANCEL to exit with no 

changes. 

VIEW SQUAD DATA Left-click on this folder to open it and view a variety of 

information about the performance of that pilot and the rest 

of his squad. 

Left-click on the bottom of the folder to toggle between 

pages, and on the top to exit back to the locker. 

The first page of Squad Data is your personal record. At 

the top are your name, callsign, unit and squad. The left 

column consists of your current rank, total number of 

missions flown and number successfully completed, flight 

hours in each of the four aircraft types, your current score 

(your combat activity and successes, expressed in points) 

and your rating vs. other pilots in your unit, expressed as a 

percentile. Finally, all campaigns and training missions 

completed by the pilot are listed. The second column 

shows the number of times you’ve fired and hit with each 

weapon, and rates your efficiency with it, and also shows 

your confirmed kills sorted by unit type. 

The second page of the folder displays information about 

your squad. Each squad consists of 16 helicopter crews. 

The page displays the name of each pilot and CP/G, the 

type of helicopter flown by that team (your entry will dis- 

1.3

1.4 

LONGBOW 2 

play the type of helicopter flown on your most recent mission), 

an efficiency rating for the team, total number of kills 

for the team, and total flight time logged. 

Each pilot created is assigned a squadron of computergenerated 

characters upon creation. This page keeps track 

only of information about that computer-generated squad. 

It will not reflect any information about any live players you 

may fly with during multi-player missions. 

VIEW MEDALS Left-click on the box to the left to view medals you’ve 

earned. As you progress in the campaign, you’ll receive 

medals and campaign ribbons. Right-click in the medals 

screen to see the names of all of the medals. 

EXIT Close the locker. 

Once you create a pilot and save your progress, this pilot remains active. (Only 

one pilot can be active at once.) Whoever was flying the last sortie is the default 

pilot when you resume the game. 

♦ Left-click on the locker door (at the left-hand side of the screen) to close the locker. 

♦ Left-click on the door or on the active pilot’s flight bag to exit the Bunkhouse. 

You can now fly this pilot in any mission. 

Pilot Careers 

Every mission you fly logs hours for the active 

pilot and adds points to his/her cumulative 

score. Single or Campaign missions all get 

recorded on the pilot’s stat sheet. (Instant 

Action missions, however, do not.) If you die in 

any mission, the active pilot will not be available 

for future missions, unless you re-fly the 

mission and survive. 

Once you’ve accumulated enough points, flown enough missions, or met some 

other condition, you’ll find new ribbons and medals in your pilot’s locker. 

Deleting a Pilot 

Once you create a pilot, that locker is occupied until the pilot is dead, captured or 

deleted. If you die or are captured during a mission and choose to save your 

progress at that point, a yellow ribbon and flag appear in the locker. The ribbon 

and flag remain there until you create a new pilot in that locker. 

Switching the Active Pilot 

To resume another pilot’s career, left-click on the flight helmet of the pilot you want to 

use. A flight bag will appear in the top portion of the locker — left-click on it to return 

to the overhead Base view. Now, missions you fly will be saved to that pilot’s record.

TRAINING BUILDING 

Tutorial/Training appears when this building is highlighted. 

Before you head for the flight area, you may want to hone your piloting skills. The 

Training Building offers a complete, interactive tutorial that introduces you to the 

Longbow Apache, Kiowa Warrior, Black Hawk and helicopter flight in general. 

Basic Black Hawk 

Training 

Basic Longbow 

Training 

Free-Flight 

Gunnery Practice 

Advanced Longbow 

Training 


You can access six different training modules. Three are accessed by clicking on 

the books on the shelf, the other three by clicking on the helicopter models suspended 

from the ceiling. 

The Basic Flight Training mission introduces you to the fundamentals of combat 

helicopter operation. There are also specific missions for training in each of the 

three helicopter types (two missions — basic and advanced — for the Longbow, 

and one each for the Kiowa and Black Hawk). There’s also a Free Flight Gunnery 

Range mission where you can sharpen your flight and weapons skills at your own 

pace. 

VIEW FILMS Brings you to an area where you can view promotional 

films about the helicopters and their systems. This area 

also allows you to view any game cinematics you’ve seen. 

♦ Left-click on the stack of films to display a list of promotional films. 

♦ Left-click on a film name in the dialog box to load it. 

♦ To stop a movie, left click the mouse or press q. 

The News Scrapbook records cinematics as you progress through the campaign. 

Jane’s displays background information on Jane’s Information Group. 

♦ Left-click on the light switch to return to the base view. 

Exit 

Basic Kiowa 

Training 

Read Jane’s 

Multi-media Room 

Basic Flight 

Training 

1.5

1.6 

LONGBOW 2 

INSTANT MISSION HELICOPTER 

Instant Action appears when this helicopter is highlighted. 

Instant Action missions are for players who want to get up in the air quickly and 

destroy targets. Left click on the grounded helicopter to start an Instant Action 

Mission (single-player) or Death Match (multi-player). For details, see In a Hurry? 

on p. 0.12. 

MULTI-PLAYER MISSION BUILDING 

Commo Building appears when this building is highlighted. 

From this building you can connect to, join or organize a multi-player Longbow 2 

session. For complete instructions see the: Multi-Player Guide. 

SINGLE MISSION BUILDING 

Single Missions appears when this building is highlighted. 

When you enter this building 

you are taken to the MMPC 

(see p. 1.10), from which you 

can elect to fly any one of 

ten pre-generated missions, 

or a random mission. 

When you left-click on the 

notebook you are given a 

menu of pre-generated missions 

from which to select. 

When you left-click on the 

clipboard you are given a list of parameters with which to customize a random 

mission. You can either play a completely random situation, or pre-set the nature 

and difficulty of your task by adjusting the skill level of the enemy pilots (and of 

allied forces), the weather, the time of day, the mission type and more. 

♦ To customize a mission, move your cursor over an option (most options default 

to RANDOM) and left-click to cycle through available parameters. 

THEATER OF OPERATION Available options are RANDOM, WESTERN AZERBAIJAN, CENTRAL 

AZERBAIJAN, EASTERN AZERBAIJAN or FORT IRWIN NTC (National 

Training Center). 

TIME OF DAY Set the mission time to RANDOM, DAY, DAWN/DUSK or NIGHT. 

WEATHER Adjust the weather to RANDOM, GOOD (clear skies), FAIR 

(partly cloudy) or POOR (cloudy, drizzly). 

Mission 

Planning 

Computer 

Fly 

Mission 

Random 

Mission 

Clipbaard 

Single 

Mission 

Notebook 

WEAPONS AVAILABILITY You can limit your weapon selection by selecting RANDOM, 

ALLOW ALL, NO HELLFIRES, NO STINGERS and ROCKETS ONLY.

FORCE ADVANTAGE You can give one side or the other a situational advantage. 

Select FRIENDLY ADVANTAGE, ENEMY ADVANTAGE, NEUTRAL or 

RANDOM. 

The remaining parameters can be set independently for both both teams. 

MISSION TYPES Set the mission objective. 

STRIKE (attack enemy positions behind enemy lines) 

ESCORT (escort friendlies into dangerous territory) 

RECON (scout enemy forces behind enemy lines) 

CAP (Combat Air Patrol — engage airborne enemies) 

CAS (Combat Air Support — provide air support for a friendly 

ground offensive) 

RANDOM 

SKILL LEVEL Change the skill level for computer-controlled helicopter 

units on both sides of the battle. 

CAT III (Crack Enemies possess excellent flying skills and 

are difficult to kill) 

CAT II (Veteran Enemies possess average flying skills and 

are moderately hard to kill) 

CAT I (Green Enemies possess poor flying skills and are 

easy to kill) 

RANDOM 


GROUND FORCES Select LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY or RANDOM for each side. 

AIR DEFENSES Select LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY or RANDOM for each side. 

HELICOPTERS Select LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY or RANDOM for each side. 

AIR SUPPORT Select LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY or RANDOM for each side. 

ARTILLERY SUPPORT Select LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY or RANDOM for each side. 

♦ When you’re finished configuring the mission, left-click ACCEPT PARAMETERS to 

lock in your choices, or left-click on the pencil to exit to the Clipboard. Once 

your parameters are set, the program then generates a random mission 

according to your specifications. Left-click on the Mission Planning Computer 

to view your mission map, briefing and to set the mission parameters. Then 

exit back to the MMPC and fly the mission by left-clicking on the helmet. 

Details for the MMPC options appear on pp. 1.10-19. 

1.7

1.8 

LONGBOW 2 

CAMPAIGN MISSION BUILDING 

Campaign Missions appears when this building is highlighted. 

When you left-click on this building, 

a plaque displays with both 

FALLEN CRESCENT and AZURE 

RUNE options. The Azure Rune 

training campaign has two variants. 

In the Friend vs. Enemy 

campaign, the opposing force 

uses authentic international arms, 

while in the Friend vs. Friend 

campaign both sides have 

American armaments (thereby providing 

a realistic context for a multiplayer, 

head-to-head campaign). 

Select one of the options to start 

that campaign. (See Chapter 6: Campaigns for background information on both 

campaigns.) 

To begin a new campaign: 

1. Left-click on the Campaign Mission Building. 

2. Select the campaign you wish to fly. 

You can have a maximum of ten saved campaign games. 

If you attempt to create a new campaign game, but already have ten campaigns 

in progress, a plaque will prompt you to replace one of them. Select the 

campaign slot you wish to replace. 

3. Enter a name for your save game file. 

4. Set campaign options (see below). 

You will be taken to the MMPC for your first mission briefing. 

Campaign Options 

Note: For info on options specific to Multi-Player play, see the Multi-Player Guide. 

You will have to select among the following options before starting a new campaign. 

CHALLENGE LEVEL Select Easy, Average or Hard. 

FORCE ADVANTAGE Which side in the conflict has the numerical advantage. 

Select NEUTRAL, FRIENDLY ADVANTAGE or ENEMY ADVANTAGE. 

CAMPAIGN LIMIT Controls the amount of game-time you are given to successfully 

complete the campaign. Select TWO, THREE, FOUR 

WEEKS or UNLIMITED.

LIMIT RADAR LONGBOWS If this toggle is set to ON, destroyed Longbows will not be 

replaced immediately. 

LIMIT OTHER If this toggle is set to ON, destroyed Kiowas, Longbows 

HELICOPTERS without radars and Black Hawks will not be replaced 

immediately 

LIMIT MISSILES If this toggle is set to ON, expended Hellfires and Stingers 

will not be replaced immediately. 

LIMIT ROCKETS If this toggle is set to ON, expended rockets will not be 

replaced immediately. 

ORDINANCE Controls the speed at which missiles and rockets will be 

REPLACEMENT resupplied, if either is limited. Select SLOW, AVERAGE or FAST. 

HELICOPTER The rate at which destroyed helicopters will be replaced, 

REPLACEMENT if any of the helicopter types are limited. Select SLOW, 

AVERAGE or FAST. 

LIMITED INTELLIGENCE If this toggle is set to ON, the “fog of war” may prevent you 

from receiving accurate information about the enemy 

forces in your briefings. 

TIME OF DAY Select RANDOM, ALWAYS DAY or ALWAYS NIGHT. 

VISIBILITY Select RANDOM, ALWAYS GOOD or ALWAYS POOR. 

Resuming a Campaign 


When you restart the game and want to resume a campaign, left-click on the 

Campaign building. Then, left-click on the save game name that you used when 

you saved that campaign game. 

The Campaign Mission Building will sometimes play newscasts that update you 

on the situation. Following that, you’ll find yourself in the MMPC, where you 

prepare for your next mission. 

See pp. 1.10-19 for details on what you can do in this area. 

1.9

1.10 

LONGBOW 2 

MOBILE MISSION PLANNING CELL (MMPC) 

The MMPC is a tent or truck-mounted system used for tactical mission planning in 

the field. Left-clicking on either the Campaign or Single Mission Building will take 

you to the MMPC. 

When you left-click on the notebook (after entering from the Single Mission 

Building) you are given a menu of pre-generated missions from which to select. 

When you left-click on the clipboard (after entering from the Single Mission Building) 

you are given a list of parameters from which to customize a random mission. 

Read Jane’s 

Single 

Mission 

List* 

Trash Mission 

* If in Single Mission Mode 

Fly Mission 

Random 

Mission 

Planner* 

Mission Planner 

Right-click to display text for the hotspots. You have five options in this area. 

When you pass the cursor over an option area, the option will highlight. 

The following options are available in both Single and Campaign missions. 

MISSION PLANNER Left-click on the computer to access the Mission Planner 

(available only after selecting a mission). 

READ JANE’S Left-click on the Jane’s book on top of the table to view 

statistics, pictures and text descriptions of objects in the 

game, just as they appear in the Jane’s books. 

FLY MISSION Left-click on the green flight helmet to begin the mission 

(available only after selecting a mission). 

TRASH MISSION Left-click on the trash can to cancel the mission and return 

to the main screen for the current mission type.


♦ Left-click on the mission 

planning computer on the 

desk to view the Mission 

Planner display. You can 

use this interface to 

add/delete waypoints 

(planned navigation 

points), view intelligence 

reports on what to expect 

during the mission, arm 

and assign your squad’s 

helicopters, view in detail 

the map of the mission 

area, and more. You also 

get your briefing here (in text form). 

In addition to planning your own mission, the mission planner allows you to 

direct the computer-controlled flights for the rest of the helicopters in your 

squad. 

♦ Each mission has a full suite of default options with which you can fly, so you 

never have to change anything in the mission planner. 

♦ Left-click the red power button to close the tactical planning display and return 

to the Mission Planning Center. From the Mission Planning Center, left-click on 

the Flight Helmet to fly the mission with your current changes to the Mission 

Planner, or left-click on the waste basket or press q to trash the mission and 

restore defaults. 

♦ Another name for a mission is an Air Tasking Order (ATO). 

Using the mission planner gives you control over the mission, not just for your 

own helicopter but for an entire squadron. You can assign and arm helicopters, 

move or delete waypoints, and even disregard certain objectives entirely to 

concentrate your forces on the goals you consider most important. 

Even if you have absolutely no interest in tinkering with the default mission parameters 

assigned by the computer, you are encouraged to at least check the 

briefing for any special instructions. 

Menu Bars 


There are four menu bars across the top of the Mission Planner Screen: System, 

Overlays, Map View, Waypoints. You can use them to turn certain map features 

on/off. Whatever options you select load the next time you use the Mission 

Planner. 

1.11

1.12 

LONGBOW 2 

System. This bar contains only three options, one of which is found only in multiplayer 

games. 

Exit. Closes the Mission Planner and returns you to the Mission Planning 

center. This option is identical in function to the red power button. 

Restore All Defaults. Erases all changes to the Mission Planner and restores 

the computer’s original defaults. 

Transmit FARP Data. (multi-player only, see Multi-Player Guide) Transmits 

Overlays. Toggles the various layers of the map on and off, to make it easier to 

notice significant details. 

FARPS. Toggles FARPS on and off. FARPS (Forward-Arming And Refueling 

Points) are the starting points for each mission. There will usually be four 

FARPs per mission, each of which can launch one two-helicopter flight (Lead 

and Wingman). If you want to mass your forces so more than two helicopters 

engage any given objective, you’ll have to assign a flight(s) from another FARP 

to rendezvous at the objective. 

Friendly Units. Toggles the friendly units (blue counters) on and off. 

Enemy Units. Toggles the opposing forces’ units (red counters) on and off. 

Air Threats. Toggles known air threats on and off. The rings around the air 

threat counters indicate the maximum engagement range of the threat. 

Phase Lines. Toggles the Phase Line on and off. These are the imaginary 

lines indicating the interface between friendly-controlled and enemy-controlled 

territory — the battle front, if you will. 

Battle Areas. The map indicates the general operation area for each mission 

(ATO). This option toggles those indicators off, as well as the arrow that indicates 

an escorted friendly’s direction of advance. 

5 km Grid Lines. Toggles the grid lines on the map on or off. 

Map View. Controls the overall scale and appearance of the map display. 

Zoom In. Zooms in on the map, until maximum magnification is reached. 

Zoom Out. Zooms out until the broadest possible scale is reached. 

Satellite. When this option is selected, the map appears as a satellite photo of 

the terrain. 

Contour. When this option is selected, the map appears as a geographic 

contour map. 

NATO Icons. When this option is selected, units on the map are displayed 

using standard military symbols. 

Picture Icons. When this option is selected, units on the map are displayed 

using pictographic icons depicting their function.

Waypoints. This menu allows you to toggle the waypoints for each of the four 

flights on and off. 

Exit. The “X” in the upper right corner closes the mission planner. 

Function Buttons 


Flight 1. When this option is selected, waypoints for Flight 1 are displayed. 




All. This option selects all flights and displays their waypoints. 

None. This option de-selects all displayed flights. 

TOTs. This option toggles the display of waypoint “Time On Target” numbers. 

Restore Flight 1 Defaults. Restores this flight’s default waypoints. 




Each of these five buttons activates a different planning function: Briefing, 

Tasking, Arming, Profiler, Rehearse. 

Briefing. This button displays a (text) mission briefing. Briefing information 

includes general situation reports for friendly and enemy forces, specific objectives 

for each ATO (Air Tasking Order — in general, each task to be performed 

during the course of the mission), and a weather report. Click on the section 

headings in the left panel to view each section. 

Tasking. This button allows you to assign helicopters and crew to each flight. 

Left-click on the colored text fields to change tasking options. 

The Inventories box, at the top of the Tasking screen, displays the number of each 

type of helicopter available at each FARP, and the number of each type of 

weapon available for loadout (minus what is currently loaded). 

Below the inventories are assignment boxes. Click on the helicopter type to display 

a list of available aircraft, and on the pilot and CPG boxes to display a list of 

available personnel. 

Note: In single-player games, you must assign yourself as the pilot of a lead aircraft. 

In multi-player games, each flight must have a player lead pilot for each player 

wingman pilot, and each aircraft must have a player pilot for each player CP/G, 

before exiting the mission planner. 

1.13

1.14 

LONGBOW 2 

Arming. Each team window contains a graphic of the team’s helicopters and all 

currently available armaments for those helicopters. In most missions the 

helicopters will be fully loaded with a computer-selected default loadout. The 

weapons appear as brightly colored icons on the graphic. Left-click on the “-” box 

in the inventory to de-select a weapon of that type. Once a space has been 

opened, you can left-click on the “+” box of the desired weapon on the weapons 

list to load a new weapon. 

This function opens a window containing arming panels for each team. Left-click 

the top tabs to switch teams. 

Helicopters do not have to be fully armed for missions. Particularly on recon 

missions where engaging the enemy is not part of the objectives, it may be 

preferable to take a lighter, partial loadout. 

Profiler. This function allows you to view a vertical profile of the land along a 

given route.

Left-click on this button to activate the profiling tool, then left-click on any point on 

the map, drag to any other point and release. This will create a green line connecting 

the two points. A box will open, displaying the vertical contour of the land 

along that line. To close the profile box, left-click on the close button. You can then 

either draw another profile line, or left-click on the Profiler button to deactivate the 

profiler tool. 

Rehearse. When you left-click on Rehearse, animated counters representing 

each flight will move along their mission path in the same relative time scale. 

A control panel will appear in the menu bar, allowing you to control the speed of 

the rehearsal. 

The Pause, Play and Quit buttons of the control panel are self-explanatory. 

Time is a readout of the projected elapsed realtime from the beginning of the mission. 

Speed controls the speed of the rehearsal. Speed can be controlled with the “+” 

and “-” buttons. The “+” button makes the rehearsal go faster (but less smoothly), 

while the “-” button slows it down. 

Mission Summary Bar 

The bar along the left side of the map displays a text summary of the current 

mission profile, sorted by FARP Teams and ATOs, including mission type, 

assigned aircraft and crew personnel. For a list of the various possible mission 

types, see Single Mission Building, p. 1.6. You can quickly edit your helicopter 

type and seat position by left-clicking on the names. However, you must use the 

Tasking window to check your weapons inventory. 

The Map 


The heart of the mission planner is the mission map itself. Most of the map 

functions and symbols are explained 

under Menu Bars, p. 1.11. Actions 

involving friendly units are represented 

by a blue connecting line and a 

blue box around the action area. 

Enemy units work similarly, except 

that the lines are yellow with 

crosshairs. 

Δ Recon or Strike Waypoint 

∇ Landing Zone 

All other waypoints 

Line up/Release Waypoint (for 

escort missions) 

1.15

1.16 

LONGBOW 2 

Waypoint Symbology 

If the assigned action at a waypoint involves another unit — e.g., engaging an 

enemy unit, or rendezvous with a friendly — a line appears connecting the 

waypoint with that unit. 

Moving, Adding and Deleting Waypoints 

The most important function of the map, other than its informational content, is 

its ability move, add or delete waypoints. 

♦ You cannot move, add or delete the first waypoint, or delete the last, numbered 

waypoint. 

♦ To move a waypoint, left-click and drag it to any point on the map. 

♦ To add a waypoint, left-click on the small green box between two sequential 

waypoints. 

Each pair of sequential waypoints in a mission has a small green box with a 

“+” sign somewhere along the green flight path between them. 

♦ To delete a waypoint, right-click on it to open the Waypoint Information 

Window, and left-click delete. 

Once the new waypoint has been added, it can be moved to the precise 

desired position. The other waypoints will be automatically renumbered to 

account for the new waypoint’s presence. 

♦ Right-click on any waypoint to open an informational window about it. 

Once a waypoint is deleted, the other waypoints will be automatically 

renumbered, and a new flight path will be drawn between the new sequential 

waypoints.

Waypoint Information Window 


Not only does the Waypoint Information Window display useful info, it also 

allows you to assign new orders to new or pre-existing waypoints. 

Waypoint Type. This is, broadly speaking, the reason for the waypoint’s existence. 

The type is determined by the nature of the action assigned to the waypoint. 

Checkpoint. This is simply an arbitrary geographical point at which the flight 

can wait, change course, or begin a new action. 

Battle Point. A waypoint at which the flight is expected to engage the enemy. 

Observation Point. A waypoint from which the flight may observe enemy movements. 

Link-Up Point. A waypoint at which the flight is to meet other air or ground units. 

Release Point. A waypoint at which the flight separates from units it has been 

travelling with. 

Landing Zone. A waypoint where an aircraft is expected to make a landing 

under fire and then resume its mission. 

Take-off. The starting point of the day’s mission — the FARP. 

Landing Point. A waypoint where an aircraft is expected to make a landing and 

end its mission. 

X / Y coordinates. An arbitrary designation of relative position, showing the distance 

from the lower left corner of the Mission Map, in kilometers, along the X and Y 

axis. 

Inbound Profile. This is the recommended elevation and speed from which to 

approach the waypoint. Computer controlled flights will follow this profile on 

approach. Left-click on the profile to activate a list of choices. 

NOE. Nap-of-the-Earth As close as possible to the ground, flying relatively slowly. 

Contour. Following the contours of the land, at moderate speed. 

1.17

1.18 

LONGBOW 2 

Cruise. Flying above terrain obstacles at full cruise speed. 

Alt. Recommended altitude along the route. 

Speed. Recommended speed of approach. 

ToT. Time on Target. Estimated arrival time at this waypoint in minutes and 

seconds from the start of the mission. 

Loiter. This is the time the flight is expected to hover above the waypoint 

before moving on. Loiter time in minutes and seconds can be set by leftclicking 

the “-“ and “+” buttons. Each left-click changes the loiter time by 10 

seconds. Use sL to change the time by one-second increments and cL 

to change the time by 60-second increments. 

Action. This is, broadly speaking, what the flight is expected to do (or begin 

doing) at the waypoint. 

Attack Target. The flight is to attack the designated target. 

CAP. Combat Air Patrol. The flight is to engage any enemy aircraft in the area. 

CAS. Close Air Support. The flight is to engage the enemy in support of a 

particular friendly ground unit. 

SEAD. Suppress Enemy Air Defenses. The flight is to destroy air defense 

units. 

Escort Unit/Flight. The flight is to escort a friendly unit or flight to the next waypoint. 

Recon. The flight is to survey the area for enemy activity. 

Lase Target. The flight is to paint a specific target with a targeting laser. 

Deploy Troops. The flight is to insert troops into a battle area. 

Pick up Troops. The flight is to evacuate troops from a battle area. 

CAS Defensive. The flight is to engage a particular enemy unit threatening 

friendly forces. 

Action Target. If the waypoint’s action involves another unit (either supporting 

a friendly unit or engaging a specific enemy unit) this box shows you the unit 

involved. Left-click on a map icon of the appropriate type while the waypoint 

info box is open to make that unit the action target. 

Power Button 

This button will exit you from the Mission Planner and return you to the MMPC, 

from which you can fly or trash the current mission.

Fly Mission 

Left-click on the flight helmet to fly the mission you’ve configured (with your newly 

loaded helicopter). 

For information on the basics of flight, see Flight Training, Chapter 4. 

Jane’s Book 

Fly Mission 

Trash Mission 


Left-click the wastebasket (or box) to abort the mission and return to the main 

screen for the overhead view of the Base. 

Loading Terrain Maps 


Trash Mission 

When you go into the game and fly your first mission of a session, the program may 

decompress the terrain maps appropriate to that mission and temporarily load them 

onto your hard disk. These maps depend on what area of the world you are in, and 

which missions you are flying. Successive missions are typically grouped together 

onto the same map so as to minimize the need to load new maps. 

The default area loaded after you install the game is the National Training Center 

(used in the Training Campaign, Tutorial and Instant Action missions). If you fly a 

mission in a different area, you’ll have to decompress a new map first. Whenever 

you are about to decompress a new terrain area, the game lets you know via a 

message plaque. Left-click OK to confirm the decompression, 

CANCEL to abort it. Terrain decompression can take a few minutes. 

One way of minimizing decompression time is by using lower levels of terrain 

detail. To adjust the terrain detail level, open the OPTIONS menu and select WRAP- 

PER. Then, lower the TERRAIN DETAIL LEVEL setting (options are LOW, NORMAL or 

HIGH). This also takes up less space on your hard drive. 

1.19

1.20 

LONGBOW 2 

ENDING A MISSION 

If you successfully complete your mission objectives, you can end the mission by 

landing at your final waypoint, or by meeting one of the following conditions: 

♦ You land at a Forward Air Refueling Point (FARP). 

♦ You press aQ (quit mission). 

♦ Your helicopter takes too much damage and explodes. 

♦ You crash and are rescued or captured. 

♦ You crash and die. 

Landing at a FARP 

Your last waypoint is always a FARP, but you can also land at other Forward Air 

Refueling Points anytime you find them. However, the number of times you can 

use these bases is limited — use them only if you haven’t achieved the mission 

objectives. FARP supplies vary from location to location. If you land within 0.5 km 

of a FARP, you’ll be presented with an option plaque: 

CONTINUE Continue flying the mission. 

REARM AND REFUEL Reload weapons and fuel, and resume the mission. 

END MISSION End the mission and go to the Debriefing area. 

Debriefing Area 

Once you’ve completed the mission (whether you succeed, fail, live, die or are captured), 

you’ll go through a debriefing. The chalkboard points out your successes and 

failures in the mission and outlines what targets you destroyed. If the mission was successful, 

“Success” or “Success+” appears on the chalkboard. If it was a failure, “Fail” 

or “Fail–” appears instead. (The “+” means you had a highly successful mission, while 

“–” means you failed miserably.) The “Friendly Fire” category keeps track of how many 

friendly aircraft or ground vehicles/structures you damaged during the mission. 

Re-Fly 

Mission 

Mission 

Planning 

Computer 

Accept

The acronyms on the chalkboard represent target types, and the numbers beside 

each indicate how many targets of that type were eliminated during the mission. 

Your score appears on the board, and accumulates during your pilot’s career. 

Important Note: If you activate INVULNERABLE or UNLIMITED AMMO options during a 

mission, the current mission score will not be added to your total score. 

MISSION PLANNER Select the Mission Planning computer to view a detailed 

(Extended Debrief) summary of the previous mission, including a status breakdown 

of every objective in the mission, all targets hit, an 

overall mission summary, and report on friendly casualties. 

RE-FLY MISSION Select the flight helmet to fly the previous mission again. A 

popup box will display and ask wish to change parameters. 

Select NO to fly with the same mission setup. Select YES to 

got the Mission Planner and adjust your setup. 

ACCEPT Select the curtain to exit the Debriefing Area. This returns 

you to the main mission screen for that mission type. It 

also saves your pilot’s progress for that mission. 

Saving Your Progress 


The game has an automatic save feature that saves your progress each time you 

exit the Debriefing Area. It records scores and other mission stats for individual 

and campaign missions to the active pilot’s stat sheet. (Instant Action Missions 

don’t count.) 

Whenever the active pilot is captured, killed or missing in action, he/she moves to 

“Inactive” status. Since this is an important action that ends the pilot’s career, the 

game prompts you with a plaque to confirm this action. This happens regardless 

of whether automatic saving is active or not. If you confirm the action (by 

pressing Y), that pilot will no longer be available. To preserve the pilot’s career, 

press N and re-fly the mission, or select the flight helmet on the table in the 

Debriefing area. 

The ALLOW AUTOMATIC SAVING feature may be turned off in the OPTIONS menu by deselecting 

the checkbox (it defaults to ON). 

♦ Leave the ALLOW AUTOMATIC SAVING feature active if you don’t want to be 

prompted to save after every mission. (If your pilot is killed/missing/captured, 

however, you will be prompted anyway.) 

♦ Deactivate the automatic save feature if you want to be prompted to save after 

every mission, whether or not the mission was successful. 

1.21

1.22 

Crashing and Surviving 

Your mission ends if you crash or get shot down. If you crash during a battle and 

survive, you’ll see your helicopter crash. 

Dying 

LONGBOW 2 

When you are shot down or collide with something at high speed (either terrain or 

another aircraft), you’ll see your helicopter crashing. Afterward, you’ll find yourself 

in the Debriefing Room. You’ll still get a debriefing and mission success/failure 

message (and might become a posthumous war hero). 

GUARD SHACK 

Exit to Operating System appears when this building is highlighted. 

♦ When you’ve completed your missions for the day, left-click on the Guard 

Shack to close Longbow 2 and exit to Windows 95.

2 

Cockpits

LONGBOW 2 

Game vs. Reality ...............................................2.1 

How to Use This Chapter ....................................2.2 

AIRCRAFT OVERVIEW ...........................2.3 

Longbow Apache.........................................2.3 

Kiowa Warrior.............................................2.3 

Black Hawk ................................................2.3 

In-Flight System Keys ........................................2.3 

Game Options .............................................2.3 

Pausing/Ending the Mission.........................2.4 

Speeding up Travel......................................2.4 

Radio..........................................................2.4 

Overview: IHADSS .............................................2.4 

Overview: Multi-Function Displays (MFDs) ..........2.6 

MFD Types ..................................................2.6 

Overview: Targeting Systems..............................2.7 

MASTER MODES ...................................2.9 

Master Mode Settings ........................................2.9 

Upfront Display ...............................................2.10 

Black Hawk Indicator Lights.............................2.10 

Longbow Fire Warning Lights ...........................2.11 

Physical Backup Gauges...................................2.11 

IHADSS...............................................2.12 

IHADSS Helmet System....................................2.13 

IHADSS FLIGHT SYMBOLOGY...............2.14 

Hover IHADSS Mode ........................................2.14 

Bob-Up IHADSS Mode ......................................2.19 

Transition IHADSS Mode...................................2.20 

Cruise IHADSS Mode ........................................2.21 

Weapon-Specific Items .....................................2.22 

MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAYS ................2.24 

Tactical Situation Display (TSD) MFD.................2.24 

How It Works............................................2.25 

Adjusting TSD Items ..................................2.27 

TSD with Realistic FCR ...............................2.27 

Priority Fire Zones (PFZs)..........................2.28 

PFZs and Hellfire Missiles ..........................2.28 

Radar MFD......................................................2.29 

Air/Ground Radar Modes ..........................2.29 

2. COCKPIT/SYSTEMS 

Realistic FCR Options and Symbols .............2.30 

Realistic FCR Operation Commands ............2.31 

Downloading Targets to the TSD MFD.........2.31 

TADS MFD .......................................................2.32 

Panning/Zooming.....................................2.33 

TADS and Realistic FCR ..............................2.33 

Realistic TADS Operation............................2.33 

Weapons MFD .................................................2.33 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) MFD......2.35 

Realistic Jammers .....................................2.36 

ASE Autopage ...........................................2.37 

System MFD ....................................................2.38 

Engine MFD.....................................................2.38 

Interpreting the Symbols ...........................2.39 

Flight MFD.......................................................2.40 

Communications MFD.......................................2.40 

Vertical System Display MFD ............................2.41 

Mast-Mounted MFD..........................................2.43 

IN-FLIGHT NAVIGATION SYSTEM .........2.44 

KIOWA DIGITAL MOVING MAP............2.45 

TARGETING AND SIGHT SYSTEMS ........2.46 

Mast-Mounted Longbow FCR ............................2.46 

TADS ...............................................................2.47 

TADS and MMS Cameras ..................................2.47 

Pilot’s Night Vision System (PNVS/ANVIS).........2.48 

Kiowa Pilot Display Unit...................................2.48 

CO-PILOT/GUNNER COCKPIT...............2.51 

Kiowa’s Left Seat (CP/G) .................................2.51 

Longbow’s Front Seat (CP/G) ...........................2.51 

IHADSS/MFDS/UPFRONT Display.....................2.52 

Optical Relay Tube (ORT) Unit ..........................2.53 

Head-Out/Head-Down Displays .................2.53 

BLACK HAWK ANALOG COCKPIT..........2.54 

Cockpit Gauges .........................................2.54 

VIEW CONTROLS ................................2.56 

View Panning............................................2.56 

Inside Cockpit Views/Exterior Views...........2.57 

Target Views..............................................2.58

2: COCKPITS 

As systems and weapons technology grow increasingly complex, flying a 

helicopter becomes a more difficult task. Pilots constantly have to scan 360° for 

threats while keeping both hands and feet on the controls at all times. And over 

the last few years, targeting, night vision and display systems have added new 

gauges, switches, displays and controls. 

The size of the helicopter cockpit and its panels hasn’t increased much to 

accommodate these new avionic systems. This has necessitated a more 

automated cockpit in which instrument readings are displayed onscreen and 

system adjustments are controlled by a computer. 

Before your first takeoff, read the following descriptions of the aircrafts’ instrumentation 

and systems. You can fly either the AH-64D Longbow Apache, the Longbow 

without Radar, the Kiowa Warrior or the Black Hawk in any mission. 

Game vs. Reality 

The heart of Longbow 2 is its level of realism. Actual Apache pilots have logged 

hours testing the game, giving the development team valuable feedback on how 

the helicopter should handle and how the weapons should act. Dozens of notebooks 

full of manufacturing specs, physics, operating characteristics, aerodynamics 

and other resources were used as well, resulting in a nearly perfect simulation 

of helicopter flight. 

Cockpit. The real Longbow Apache and Kiowa Warrior have separate cockpits for 

the pilot and co-pilot/gunner, as does the game. The CP/G functions (target sighting, 

prioritization and countermeasures) are automated in the single-player game, 

although you can also take direct control over them by adjusting game options. In 

a multi-player game, a different player can man each position. The Black Hawk 

has only one cockpit, but a door gunner station is modeled, which allows the player 

to take the part of a crew member manning one of the two pintle-mounted guns 

on either side of the Black Hawk’s body. 

Flight Dynamics. The dynamics in Longbow 2 match the actual helicopter and 

have been aeronautically designed to correctly respond to control inputs and 

external physics. However, because piloting a helicopter — in reality and in this 

game — is not easy, you have the option of setting the level of realism (and thus 

difficulty) you prefer. (See OPTIONS menu in the Install Guide for details.) 

Terrain. The maps used in this game were generated from actual U.S. Geological 

Survey maps and offer a variety of interesting combat environments. Perspectivecorrection 

technology also adds detail to the terrain and gives hills and canyons 

smooth edges. 

Weapons. In the Longbow Apache, the TADS system automatically rotates the 

M230 Chain Gun (as the actual Longbow does) as you slew the camera. (You can 

view this in the exterior camera views.) Additionally, the weapons for all aircraft 

have realistic dynamics, graphical effects and operational ranges. 

2.1

2.2 

LONGBOW 2 

How to Use This Chapter 

This chapter covers the cockpit and system features of all three flyable helicopters — the Longbow, 

Kiowa Warrior and Black Hawk. If a particular section applies to a specific helicopter, you’ll see its 

name in bold letters, between horizontal lines like this. 

Aircraft Overview, below, gives a description of the cockpits, IHADSS, MFDs, 

master modes and other cockpit items in the three aircraft of Longbow 2. 

Integrated Helmet Display and Sight System, p. 2.12, introduces the IHADSS, 

the heart of the Longbow cockpit. 

IHADSS Flight Symbology, p. 2.14, explains the intricacies of each IHADSS 

mode and defines what each element in the display means. Relevant key 

commands are given as well. 

Multi-Function Displays, p. 2.24, describes the different pages you can bring up 

in the small MFDs mounted in the cockpit dash of each aircraft. Each page gives 

different information (such as targeting, navigation, damage, engine info, radar 

returns, weapons stores, etc.). 

Co-Pilot/Gunner (Front Seat) Cockpit, p. 2.51, introduces the co-pilot/gunner 

cockpit and its functions in the Longbow and Kiowa, and gives detailed information 

about the Longbow’s Optical Relay Tube display. 

Targeting and Sight Systems, p. 2.46, discusses the details of the Longbow’s 

Target Acquisition and Designation System (TADS), Longbow Fire-Control Radar 

(FCR), the Kiowa’s Mast-Mounted Sight (MMS) and the night vision systems used 

by the aircraft. 

Black Hawk Analog Cockpit, p. 2.54, covers those elements specific to the 

Black Hawk cockpit which use traditional analog controls and gauges rather than 

the more advanced digital electronics systems of the Longbow or Kiowa. 

View Controls, p. 2.56, defines all the cockpit and external views you can use 

during the game.

AIRCRAFT OVERVIEW 

Longbow Apache 

The AH-64D cockpit has three primary information display systems. The first is the 

large, green display (IHADSS, or Integrated Helmet and Display Sight System) 

overlaid on your forward view. The second consists of two small screens (MFDs, 

or Multi-Function Displays) embedded in the cockpit. All the information you need 

to fly and engage enemies is displayed in these two systems. The last system, the 

Upfront display, gives damage and target information. 

Kiowa Warrior 

Because the Kiowa’s primary function is to be a scout craft, rather than a gunship, 

it does not need the sophisticated radar targeting features of the AH-64D. It does 

have an MFD with pages mirroring most of the applicable features of the 

Longbow’s system, and it also has a head-up display for rocket and missile targeting 

information. The Kiowa cockpit features a centrally located, moving map 

(shared by both positions) which displays a continually updating digital map of the 

area for use as a navigation aid. 

Black Hawk 

A no-frills transport aircraft, the Black Hawk has no cockpit-controlled weaponry or 

electronic targeting systems, and therefore it has no IHADDS or Upfront display. It 

does have an MFD which can display a limited number of navigational and communications-related 

pages, but a significantly greater percentage of its flight information 

is displayed by old-fashioned analog gauges. 

In-Flight System Keys 

2: COCKPITS 

Here are some common, non-control keystrokes you may need to use during flight: 

Game Options 

aO Activate the OPTIONS menu 

This is useful if you want to adjust play options, audio settings, controls or your key mapping. 

The option menu is completely described in the Install Guide. 

aS Toggle sound and speech effects on/off 

aN Display an in-flight navigation map 

See Mission Planner, p. 1.11, for information on how to interpret and use the map. 

2.3

2.4 

LONGBOW 2 

Pausing/Ending the Mission 

aP Pause the game 

Left-click OK or press e to resume play. 


If you have not achieved your objectives, you fail the mission, but have the option to re-fly it. 

aX Exit to Windows 95 

Keep in mind that the current mission will not be saved if you exit from in-flight. 

Note: In multi-player games, only slave players can exit the game without ending 

it. If the host player exits or quits, the game ends for all players. 

Speeding up Travel 

t Activate time compression 

You can cycle through 2X, 4X and 8X. Use this when you want to get to where you’re going 

quickly. If time compression is active, the current rate appears in the top right corner of the 

IHADSS display. 

st Restore normal time (1X) 

Note: Time compression does not apply to multi-player games. 

Radio 

cS Replay last radio message with mission-specific information 

Overview: Integrated Helmet and Display 

Sight System (IHADSS) 

Longbow 

Of the three helicopters in Longbow 2, only the AH-64D itself has an IHADSS 

system. (The Kiowa has a simpler head-up display called the Pilot’s Display Unit 

— see p. 2.48 for details.) 

The IHADSS is a system that superimposes data onto a small eye display mounted 

on the wearer’s helmet. In the game, it appears as a bright green assortment of 

digital readings and electronic bar gauges in the middle of your viewscreen at all 

times. 

The IHADSS has four modes of operation — Hover, Bob-Up, Transition and 

Cruise. Each IHADSS mode best applies to a certain situation, such as when 

you’re navigating or hovering. (See IHADSS Flight Symbology, p. 2.14, for mode 

symbology.) 

j Cycle through IHADSS modes

What is a Mode? 

2: COCKPITS 

The term mode is used several times in this manual, and has different meanings 

in different contexts. However, it always refers to modes of operation. Take care 

not to confuse the different mode types. The following items are detailed later in 

this chapter. 

IHADSS mode Master mode 

Missile launch mode 

IHADSS modes The 4 IHADSS modes overlay different information on the IHADSS display in 

your viewscreen. See p. 2.14 for more information. 

j Cycle through IHADSS modes 

Missile launch modes You can fire Hellfire missiles using LOBL (lock-on-before-launch) or LOAL (lockon-after-launch) 

missile launch mode. See p. 5.18 for a full explanation. 

i Toggle between LOBL/LOAL missile launch modes 

Radar modes The Longbow radar has both an air radar mode (which scans 360° for air 

targets) and a ground radar mode (which scans a 90° arc in front of the helicopter 

for ground targets). See p. 2.29 for more information. 

U Toggle between air/ground radar modes 

Master modes Each master mode automatically switches the above items to pre-determined 

settings. When you select a master mode, you are effectively selecting the 

IHADSS mode, MFD pages and missile launch mode with a single keystroke. 

Choose a certain master mode based on your current situation (whether you’re 

navigating, firing at ground targets, or searching for air targets). See p. 2.9 for 

more information. 

M Cycle through master modes 

2.5

2.6 

LONGBOW 2 

Overview: Multi-Function Displays (MFDs) 

Longbow, Black Hawk, Kiowa 

The green-and-black cathode-ray tube (CRT) displays found in the cockpits of all 

three helicopters are Multi-Function Displays (MFDs). Each displays a “page” of 

information you access by pressing a key. You can access nine different pages in 

the Longbow Apache. All available pages can be displayed in any MFD. 

The Longbow has two MFD screens in the pilot’s position, and two more in the 

CP/G cockpit. The Kiowa has one MFD for the pilot’s seat, and another for the 

CP/G. The Black Hawk has only one MFD. 

MFD pages provide a myriad of data, including information on targets, weapons, 

navigational points, radar returns and system status. 

, Cycle through left MFDs (also controls Kiowa CP/G MFD, not applicable in Black Hawk) 

. Cycle through right MFDs (also controls Kiowa pilot MFD) 

MFD Types 

The page reference tells you where to go to find extensive details. (Details on 

ranges for various displays apply when you play with certain realism options 

active.) For a list of which helicopters display which MFDs, see the facing page. 

Tactical Situation Display (p. 2.24) (TSD) Displays battlefield information, including waypoints, targets 

and enemy lines. 

Radar (p. 2.29) Shows ground targets in a 90° arc in front of the helicopter (ground 

radar mode) or air targets in a 360° radius (air radar mode) at 2, 5, 

10, 25 or 50 kilometer ranges. With REALISTIC FOR RANGES on, the ranges 

are .5, 1, 2, 4 or 8 kilometers. 

Target Acquisition and (TADS) Displays various TADS camera images and an image of the 

Designation Sight (p. 2.32) 

currently selected target. 

Weapons (p. 2.33) Displays the weapon load for the helicopter, as well as the current 

sight system and active weapon. 

Aircraft Survivability (ASE) Displays ground threat and missile icons in a 360° view around 

your aircraft. It has ranges of 2, 5, 10, 25 and 50 kilometers. 

System (p. 2.38) Displays the helicopter’s main systems and gives the status of system 

components and the amount of fuel remaining. 

Engine (p. 2.38) Gives information on engine torque, RPM, temperature, and fuel 

remaining. 

Flight (p. 2.40) Displays important IHADSS symbology, including altitude, airspeed, 

torque and waypoint information. 

Communications (p. 2.40) (Comms) Displays the current designations and callsigns of all units 

currently in communications. 

Vertical Situation Display (p. 2.41) (VSD) Found only on the Kiowa, this versatile page combines many of 

the functions of the Longbow’s Flight and Weapons pages. 

Mast-Mounted Sight (p. 2.43) (MMS) The Kiowa’s equivalent to the Longbow’s TADS MFD.

MFDs Sorted by Aircraft 

2: COCKPITS 

MFD Longbow Apache Black Hawk Kiowa 

TSD ♦ ♦ ♦ 

System ♦ ♦ ♦ 

Comms ♦ ♦ ♦ 

ASE ♦ ♦ 

Radar ♦ 

TADS ♦ 

Weapons ♦ 

Engine ♦ 

Flight ♦ 

VSD ♦ 

MMS ♦ 

Overview: Targeting Systems 

What is TADS? 


TADS stands for Target Acquisition and Designation Sight, the basic sighting and 

imaging system of the AH-64D. Essentially, it is a targeting system that uses 

lasers, low-light optics and an infrared camera to identify and track targets. The 

TADS system lets you lock onto a single target that is in front of you, and also 

displays an image of your target inside the TADS MFD. 

You can control the TADS camera that is mounted in your helicopter’s nose, 

slewing it left or right (as if you were actually moving your head). When you look 

left, the camera and the chin mounted gun turn to the left as well. TADS can 

look 110° left or right, 30° up and 60° down. 

The camera is only part of the TADS system; the entire system is quite complex 

and uses camera images and a computerized targeting system. 

See Target Acquisition and Designation Sight, p. 2.32, for more details on 

this system and how to use the TADS camera. 

See Target Acquisition Modes, p. 5.10, for information on targeting threats 

using TADS. 

2.7

2.8 

LONGBOW 2 

What is FCR? 


FCR stands for Fire-Control Radar, a second type of target acquisition system 

found only in the Longbow. When you bob-up from behind a hill, the bulbous 

Longbow radar dome on top of the helicopter automatically scans either a 90° 

pie-shaped arc (for ground threats ) or a 360° circle (for air threats) and 

“memorizes” targets. The beauty of the FCR system is that you can store 

multiple targets and then fire off missiles in quick succession. After launch, the 

missiles lock onto individual targets identified by the FCR. (TADS, by contrast, 

can only store/track one target at a time.) 

While tracking ground targets with FCR target acquisition active, the safest way 

to update radar information is to mask yourself in a valley or behind a hill or 

other natural terrain, maintain a steady hover and slowly raise the helicopter. 

Your radar automatically updates whenever the top of your mast has a line of 

sight (LOS) to the target. 

See Mast-Mounted Longbow Radar (FCR), p. 2.46, for more details on this 

system. 

See Target Acquisition Modes, p. 5.10, for information on targeting threats 

using FCR. 

What is MMS? 

Kiowa 

MMS stands for Mast-Mounted Sight. This is the primary sighting and imaging 

system of the Kiowa Warrior. In broad terms, it is the functional equivalent of the 

Longbow’s TADS. The MMS camera is located high up on the Kiowa’s rotor 

mast (hence the name) giving the Kiowa the Longbow’s ability to take sightings 

from beneath treelines or ridge lines. The MMS enjoys an arc of 190° to either 

the right or left, giving it a functional radius of 360°, and a vertical range of 30° 

up or down.

MASTER MODES 

Longbow, Kiowa 

2: COCKPITS 

You can switch your various modes, displays and sensors individually, or you can 

use master mode keys to switch your systems to predetermined settings. Each 

master mode activates a specific combination of MFDs, sensor system, missile 

launch mode and IHADSS (Longbow). 

In the Kiowa, the master mode key changes the MFDs and missile launch modes. 

Master modes are useful because you can easily activate all the items you need 

for a certain situation with a single command. 

Four master modes exist — Navigation (NAV), Direct (LOBL), Indirect (LOAL) 

and Air-to-Air (ATA). You can cycle through them with a common keystroke (M), 

or select modes with a specific keystroke (s1, s2, s3 or s4). In 

the Longbow, the name of the current master mode appears in the upper left corner 

of the IHADSS display. 

M Cycle through master modes (Navigation, Direct, Indirect and Air-to-Air). 

The following keys switch to a master mode immediately, and are useful when 

programming a joystick with multiple buttons. 

s1 Navigation (NAV) Use when navigating to a waypoint. 

s2 Direct (LOBL) Use when firing missiles or rockets at ground targets while in Lock- 

On-Before-Launch (LOBL) missile launch mode. 

s3 Indirect (LOAL) Use when firing missiles or rockets at ground targets while in Lock- 

On-After-Launch (LOAL) missile launch mode. 

s4 Air-to-Air (ATA) Use when firing guns or Stinger missiles at air targets. 

Master Mode Settings 

The chart below shows settings for each of the master modes. The leftmost 

column shows the master mode name; the other columns show individual mode 

settings. Each system’s details are described in the remainder of this chapter. 


IHADSS Left Right Target Missile 

Master Mode MFD MFD Acquisition Launch 

Mode Page Page System Mode 

NAV Cruise ASE TSD TADS LOAL 

DIRECT Transition TADS TSD TADS LOBL 

INDIRECT Bob-Up WPN TSD FCR LOAL 

ATA Cruise Radar (air 

radar mode) 

TSD FCR LOBL 

2.9

2.10 

Kiowa 

LONGBOW 2 

Master Left Right 

Mode MFD MFD 

Page Page 

NAV ASE TSD 

DIRECT MMS VSD 

INDIRECT MMS VSD 

ATA MMS VSD 

Upfront Display 


This is the digital display in the top right section of your cockpit that gives information, 

such as system failures and a 

mission clock. (See p. 5.21 for additional 

targeting information using the 

UPFRONT display.) 

U Toggle Upfront display (between engine/rotor readings and target information) 

Black Hawk Indicator Lights 

The red lights on the Black Hawk’s instrument panel give useful information 

during flight. You have one light (the Master Caution) over the virtual horizon 

gauge, and a strip of three lights in the center of the pilot’s cockpit. Glowing 

lights are “on” and indicate the following conditions. 

Master Caution Your chopper has taken damage 

(Check the System MFD page.) 

HDG (Autopilot 1) and NAV (Autopilot 2) A Autopilot is engaged 

(Move cyclic/collective to disengage.) 

ALT (Hover Hold) H Autopilot hovering is engaged 

(Press again to disengage.) 

Indicator Lights

Longbow Fire Warning Lights 

Physical Backup Gauges 


In the Longbow and Kiowa, the incorporation 

of electronic systems and helmet displays 

have reduced the number of physical gauges 

and switches to under 200. Most of the flight 

information has been moved into the 

IHADSS and MFD displays. 

The indicators and readings you’ll need most 

appear in electronic form. However, several 

physical, secondary gauges are also in the 

cockpit in case of cockpit electronics failure. 

The following physical backup gauges 

appear in the Longbow and Kiowa cockpits: 

Airspeed indicator. Dial gauge showing 

how fast the helicopter is traveling in knots. 

(A knot is a nautical measure of speed, 

approximately equal to 6,076 feet/hour. This 

distance is equal to a nautical mile.) The 

indicator scale ranges from 0 to 250 knots. 

2: COCKPITS 

The left side of the Longbow cockpit has three lights, that indicate engine fires. 

Engine 1 Fire 

Engine 1 Fire Your port (left) engine is on fire. 

APU Fire Your auxiliary power unit (APU) is on fire. 

Engine 2 Fire Your starboard (right) engine is on fire. 

In case of a fire, use your fire extinguisher (available only once per mission), or 

shut down the engine that is on fire. 

cF Activate fire extinguisher (once per mission) 

c[, c] Shut down left/right engine 

APU Fire Engine 2 Fire 

LONGBOW 

GAUGES 

Artificial 

Horizon 

Airspeed 

Indicator 

Altimeter 

KIOWA 

GAUGES 

Artificial 

Horizon 

Airspeed 

Indicator 

Altimeter 

2.11

2.12 

LONGBOW 2 

Altimeter. Dial gauge giving the helicopter’s altitude in feet above sea level (not 

height above ground level). Each clock-wise revolution of the needle indicates 

+1000 feet of altitude, and each counter-clockwise revolution indicates -1000 feet. 

The counter in the center of the dial increments or decrements one digit for each 

revolution. 

Artificial Horizon. Dial gauge using a horizontal line to display the helicopter’s 

attitude relative to the horizon. This line remains parallel to the horizon regardless 

of the craft’s pitch or roll angles. 

The Black Hawk makes use of many more physical gauges — see p. 2.54. 

Using PNVS / ANVIS (Night Vision Systems) 

If you’re having trouble flying at night or in bad weather, try activating the nightvision 

system. The Longbow Apache uses Martin Marietta’s PNVS (Pilot Night 

Vision System) while the Kiowa and Black Hawk use the ANVIS/HUD system from 

AEL. These systems make flying easier by using the night vision camera to 

provide a passive light amplification image of the terrain. Use night vision if you’re 

having trouble seeing the ground. (PNVS and ANVIS are not targeting systems — 

they are used solely for flying the aircraft.) 

P Toggle the night vision system on/off 

INTEGRATED HELMET AND DISPLAY 

SIGHTING SYSTEM (IHADSS) 

The IHADSS is used only in the Longbow Apache, not in the Kiowa or Black Hawk. 

The Longbow Apache’s Integrated Helmet and Display Sighting System (IHADSS) 

allows the pilot and co-pilot/gunner to monitor navigational and targeting information 

on a small eyepiece display mounted on their helmets. (In the game, the 

“eyepiece” is what you see in the viewscreen.) The IHADSS combines readings 

from several subsystems into a single optical screen. 

Using the IHADSS 

This integrated helmet system is automatically on whenever the helicopter is in 

operation. However, you’ll need to switch IHADSS modes during flight. 

The IHADSS has four modes of operation — Hover, Bob-Up, Transition and 

Cruise. The name of the current IHADSS mode appears in the upper left corner 

of the display. The information presented changes slightly between the different 

modes, and also varies with different weapons. 

j Cycle through IHADSS modes

Reading IHADSS information. Everything on this screen is vital, and understanding 

your overall environment is critical to your survival. However, don’t be 

overwhelmed by the numbers and lines sitting in the middle of your screen — the 

next section (IHADSS Flight Symbology) explains it all. 

Adjusting the IHADSS. You can adjust the brightness of the display. The 

brightest setting is neon-green, the medium setting is dark-green, and the darkest 

setting is black. Change the brightness if you’re having trouble distinguishing 

IHADSS items in the forward view. 

aI Brighten IHADSS display (changes to bright green) 

cI Dim IHADSS display (changes to dark green, then black) 

2: COCKPITS 

The following keys switch to an IHADSS mode immediately, and are useful if 

you’re programming a joystick with multiple buttons. 

s5 Activate Hover IHADSS mode (use when hovering) 

s6 Activate Bob-Up IHADSS mode (use when popping out/firing from a masked position) 

s7 Activate Transition IHADSS mode (use when taking off, landing, or going from a hover to 

forward flight) 

s8 Activate Cruise IHADSS mode (use during forward flight) 

Note: IHADSS information is also superimposed onto the 2 (left cockpit), 3 

(right cockpit) and 4 (virtual cockpit) views. 

IHADSS Helmet System 

Both Longbow crew members wear the Honeywelldeveloped 

IHADSS, which consists of a helmet and 

display eyepiece, a graphical adjustment panel, two 

electronic units, and two sensor units. The sensor 

units are connected to the helmet by two cables that 

transmit information about the helmet’s current position 

and the line of sight for each crew member. 

The helmet display unit (HDU), or eyepiece, is 

attached to the right side of the helmet and can be flipped vertically when not in 

use. A cathode-ray Optical Relay Tube inside the eyepiece projects symbology 

and images onto a monocle sight. The display background is a grayscale (10 

shades of gray), composite image gathered by infrared camera systems. 

Targeting information from the TADS is then superimposed on this image, along 

with navigational information, such as compass heading, attitude lines, velocity 

vector, vertical speed and altimeter reading. 

The IHADSS gives vital flight information to both occupants, and allows the co-pilot/ 

gunner to aim the guns by moving the helmet. It also allows the pilot to process 

multiple pieces of information in a single glance, instead of constantly dividing attention 

between the dashboard and external environment. This is a major asset during 

combat, especially when ground fire and enemy aircraft pose imminent hazards. 

2.13

2.14 

LONGBOW 2 

IHADSS FLIGHT SYMBOLOGY 


The Integrated Helmet and Display Sighting System projects assorted navigational 

and targeting information onto a display. It also displays symbols generated by the 

Target Acquisition and Designation Sight system and uses an infrared nighttime 

display (the Pilot Night Vision System). Information from the flight instruments, 

navigational system and weapons system is overlaid on this video display and 

appears in a small reticule mounted on the helmet. 

4 

12 

11 

19 

5 

Magnetic FCR Sweep Alternate Acceleration Command 

Heading Tape Indicator Sensor Bearing Cue Heading 

1 IHADSS Mode Indicator 

Master Mode Indicator 2 

20 Engine Torque Readout 

Velocity Vector 18 

8 True Airspeed Readout 

Rate of Climb Scale 13 

9 Navigation Waypoint 

Information Readout 

Radar Altitude 6 

3 

Sight Reticle 

FCR Field of View Field of Skip/Slid High- 

Centerline Marker Regard Box Lines and Ball Action Display 

17 

16 

15 

14 

10 

1 IHADSS Mode Indicator. The name of the current IHADSS mode 

appears in the upper left corner as HOVER, BOB-UP, TRANSITION or CRUISE. 

Elements that appear in each mode are discussed in this section. 

j Cycle through IHADSS modes (see p. 2.14 for individual keys). 

2 Master Mode Indicator. The name of the active master mode 

appears in the upper right corner of the display as NAV, DIRECT, 

INDIRECT or ATA. 

M Cycle through master modes (see p. 2.9 for more details). 

Hover IHADSS Mode 

s5 Activate Hover IHADSS mode (use when hovering). 

Analog Altimeter Scale 

7 

3 Sight Reticule. Line of sight cross hairs in the center of the 

display mark the center of your straight-ahead view. (A similar reticule 

with dashed lines appears when a target has been selected. Take 

care not to confuse the two.) When firing guided weapons, line up the 

solid reticule with the target. The appropriate weapon indicator will 

turn solid, indicating that you have a valid weapon lock and can let loose with your 

missiles or rockets (see Weapon-Specific Items, p. 2.22).

4 Magnetic Heading Tape. Scrolling tick marks on the top of the 

display show the four compass directions — N, S, W and E. Other 

indicators (the command heading and the FCR radar heading) are 

overlaid on the tape. 

A, S Use the cyclic to change headings — the tape scrolls accordingly. (At speeds below 60 knots, 

use the rudder pedals — [ or ].) 

5 Command Heading. This small open carat on the magnetic 

heading tape (4) shows the compass heading of the next 

programmed waypoint. Center this chevron in the middle of the 

heading tape when you’re flying to the next navigational point. 

A, S If the chevron appears to be stuck on the left or right side of the heading tape, turn to move it 

toward the center of the heading tape. (Again, you can also use [ or ] at slow speeds.) 

6 Radar Altitude. This digital readout shows the helicopter’s altitude 

in feet above ground level, as long as altitude remains below 1420 

feet. It changes in 1-foot increments. When flying above 1420 feet, 

rely on your barometric altimeter (25 – see Cruise IHADSS Mode, 

p. 2.21). 

=, - Adjust collective to change altitude (at low speed, or while hovering) 

W, Z Move the cyclic up/down to change altitude (while cruising) 

2: COCKPITS 

7 Analog Altimeter Scale. An analog version of the radar altitude 

indicator, this bar gives the helicopter’s altitude in feet above ground 

level (which is not necessarily equal to feet above sea level). As 

altitude increases, the thin bar grows taller; as the helicopter 

descends, it shortens. Once you climb above 200 feet, this altimeter 

disappears. 

The five small tick marks that extend to the right (at the bottom of the scale) indicate 

10-foot increments up to 50 feet. The other tick marks that extend to the left 

apply to the rate of climb scale (13 – see p. 2.17). 

If autopilot is active, another number appears above the altitude reading. It gives 

the current autopilot altitude setting and changes if you alter it using cW, Z. 

8 

True Airspeed Readout. This digital readout indicates the current 

forward speed of the helicopter. It doesn’t take wind or sideways/ 

backward motion into account. This gives the true airspeed (from 0 to 

250 knots) in a numerical display. However, it doesn’t reflect accurate 

speeds when you’re traveling in a direction other than straight ahead. 

W Push cyclic forward to increase airspeed (but not too far, or you’ll descend) 

Z Ease up on cyclic to reduce airspeed (or pull up sharply) 

If autopilot is active, another number appears above the airspeed reading. It gives 

the current autopilot airspeed setting and changes if you alter it using cA, S. 

2.15

2.16 

LONGBOW 2 

9 Navigation Waypoint Information Readout. This readout gives 

the currently selected waypoint number (such as W06) and the 

remaining distance in kilometers. A time to arrival also appears (in 

Cruise and Transition IHADSS modes). 

When you specify a new waypoint, navigation information changes. Your current 

waypoint appears as a flashing circle in the TSD MFD (see p. 2.24), and as a 

number in the IHADSS display. The heading to the next waypoint appears as an 

open carat that scrolls along the bottom of the heading tape. 

W Select next waypoint. sW Select previous waypoint. 

aN Toggle in-flight Navigation map (to view waypoints and see mission information) 

See Mission Planner, p. 1.11, for map details. 

10 

High-Action Display. The text fields surrounding the 

large box at the bottom of the IHADSS are collectively 

called the high-action display. It gives weapon and sensor 

information. The high-action display also appears in Head-Down view (see Optical 

Relay Tube Unit, p. 2.53), along with current airspeed and altitude readings. 

Weapon Type. FFAR rocket (RKT), Multi-Purpose Sub-Munition rocket (MPSM), 

Hellfire (MSL) or Stinger missile (ATA) 

b Cycle through weapon types (except guns) 

Missile Launch Mode. Lock-on-before-launch (LOBL) or lock-on-afterlaunch 

(LOAL) missile launch mode (see Engaging Targets with 

Hellfires, p. 5.18). 

i Switch between LOAL and LOBL missile launch modes 

Weapon Inhibit. Weapon launch parameters appear here (see p. 5.20). 

Sight Status. This field tells whether the laser or FCR is transmitting. The text 

field changes, depending on the active targeting system, and whether or not 

you have realistic options selected. If FCR is active and you’re playing with 

realistic fcr options, FCR XMIT appears. (If you’re playing with simple options, 

FCR ACQ appears instead.) 

When you’re playing with the REALISTIC TADS option, if the TADS system is active and 

the laser is on, TRGT appears. Whenever the laser transmits, an asterisk flashes 

next to this text. (If you’re playing with simple options, TADS ACQ appears instead.) 

h Switch between TADS and FCR. 

Range. Range-to-target in kilometers (such as 1.2). The letter “A” means that 

range has been automatically calculated by the computer. The range field 

switches formats, using the most accurate method available. 

A##.# TADS triangulation method of calculating range (inaccurate) 

R##.# FCR range (more accurate, but only updates once per scan). See 

Realistic FCR Operation Commands, p. 2.31. 

*#### Laser range (most accurate). See Laser Operation, p. 5.22. 

XXX.X No range information is currently available.

Advanced Hover IHADSS Mode Elements 

2: COCKPITS 

11 Alternate Sensor Bearing. The alternate sensor bearing is a 

small, solid chevron that displays along the bottom of the heading 

tape (4). This symbol indicates the direction of the TADS sensor 

relative to the line of travel of the helicopter. 

The field of view marker (16) inside the field of regard box (15) moves to reflect 

this position, which can move +30° to -60° vertically and 220° horizontally. 

If you’re using TADS target acquisition, this indicator shows the bearing of the 

currently selected target. As long as you keep TADS active, this chevron “sticks” 

to the heading tape and scrolls left or right as the tape moves. If FCR is the 

active target acquisition system, it remains locked on the currently designated 

target, because the FCR can have multiple targets. 

8, 2, Slew TADS camera (view current line of sight in TADS MFD). 

4, 6 

Numpad 

4 Activate Virtual Cockpit view (you can slew in this view as well). 

a + Joystick If you’re in the 4 view, you can also use the joystick to slew the camera. 

Note: When you’re using FCR target acquisition, you can’t move the TADS 

camera. (Press h to switch between TADS and FCR.) 

12 FCR Sweep Indicator. This solid, double arrow scans from left 

to right and shows the current scanning direction of the mastmounted 

radar. The radar gathers information on targets identified 

during “bob-ups” and transmits this information to the FCR target 

acquisition system. 

13 Rate of Climb Scale. The triangular indicator on this tick-mark 

scale describes how fast the helicopter is climbing or descending. It 

slides vertically along the left side of the scale, moving up when the 

rate of change is fast and down when it’s slow. The ticks on the 

tape correspond to 100-foot-per-minute changes in altitude. 

14 

Skid/Slip Lubber Lines and Ball. The pair of lines (lubber lines) 

indicates the center position for the skid/slip ball indicator, much like the 

lines on a builder’s level. Skidding, also known as slipping, occurs 

when the helicopter is traveling in a forward direction, but slides sideways 

because of forward momentum gained from the previous heading. 

The small circle that moves along the lubber lines is called the skid or slip ball. 

Like the air bubble in a level, this ball resides between the skid lubber lines 

when the helicopter is traveling in a true, forward path. When the helicopter slips 

left or right, this circle slides accordingly. 

2.17

2.18 

LONGBOW 2 

15 Field of Regard Box. The large rectangle centered 

along the bottom section of the IHADSS display is the 

field-of-regard box. It represents the 220° x 90° field of 

view of the TADS camera. When you pan the TADS 

camera left or right, the small rectangle inside this box (the field of view marker) 

moves accordingly. (See Alternate Sensor Bearing (11) for camera slew commands.) 

16 Field of View Marker. This small rectangle inside the field of 

regard box (15) indicates where your TADS camera is pointed in 

relation to the current flight path of the helicopter. The rectangle 

describes the TADS camera’s current field of view. (This box simulates 

what the CP/G can see in reality without moving the TADS sensor package.) 

17 FCR Centerline. This centerline appears in the field of regard 

box (15) and shows the current bearing of the target locked by the 

Fire-Control Radar. A small horizontal line across this centerline 

shows the elevation of the radar in relation to the field of regard. 

18 Velocity Vector. This line between the center of the sight 

reticule and a small dot is an overhead, graphical representation of 

the helicopter’s lateral velocity. It takes both speed and severity of 

motion (such as turning sharply) into account. The faster the helicopter 

is traveling, the longer the line. It points in the direction the helicopter is 

traveling. 

19 Acceleration Cue. This mobile circle is similar to the velocity 

vector, only it provides a graphical position that takes into account 

the helicopter’s current acceleration. The higher the rate of acceleration, 

the further the circle moves away from the center of the 

viewscreen. 

20 

Engine Torque Readout. This digital indicator shows how 

much torque is being output by the engines, and displays the 

highest torque of the two engines. A torque value of 98% or greater 

causes this box to gain a solid border, alerting the pilot that the 

torque limit has been exceeded. 

You can over torque for a while but it adds excessive wear and tear to the helicopter. 

- If torque is too high, reduce collective.

Bob-Up IHADSS Mode 

22 

Bob-Up 

Command 

Heading 

2: COCKPITS 

s6 Activate Bob-Up IHADSS mode (use when you’re hidden and need to bob-up to fire) 

This IHADSS mode includes all items that appear in Hover IHADSS mode, but 

also incorporates the hover position box and a second command heading. 

21 Hover Position Box. This octagonal box originates at the center 

of the viewscreen and gives an “overhead” view of approximately an 

8' x 8' area of ground. (The entire IHADSS display, by comparison, 

represents a 44' x 44' area.) The sight circle in the middle of the 

IHADSS display represents the helicopter’s position. As the helicopter drifts, the 

octagonal box moves around onscreen and indicates how far you’ve strayed from 

the original hover position. 

Try to keep the octagon centered over the sight reticule. The easiest way to do 

this is to move your flight control device toward the octagon. If the box is to the 

left and up, for example, press the joystick left and up. With a little practice, you’ll 

be able to anticipate the box’s movements and keep your helo in the middle of it. 

If this proves too difficult, use the hover hold feature. (You must be flying at a 

speed below 15 knots to activate this autopilot function.) You can also re-center 

the octagonal box on your sight reticule. 

H Toggle hover hold (maintain current altitude and hover) 

s6 Press the Bob-Up IHADSS mode key again if you drift too far and want to re-center the box 

over the sight reticule 

Advanced Bob-Up IHADSS Mode Element 

Hover Position Box 21 

22 Bob-up Command Heading. During bob-up maneuvers, a 

second chevron appears on the magnetic heading tape (4). This 

represents the helicopter’s heading as it was when the Bob-Up 

IHADSS mode was engaged, and it remains on that heading until 

the pilot switches the IHADSS mode. 

2.19

2.20 

LONGBOW 2 

Transition IHADSS Mode 

24 Flight Path Indicator 

Horizon Line 

s7 Activate Transition 

IHADSS mode (use when landing or moving from a hover into forward flight) 

The Transition IHADSS mode displays all the information in Hover IHADSS mode, 

along with two additional items — the horizon line and flight path indicator. The 

estimated time to arrival for the current waypoint also appears to the left of the 

High Action Display (10). 

23 Horizon Line. Whenever the helicopter is flying level, 

this dashed line is flat and centered on the sight reticule in 

the center of the viewscreen. When you perform a pitch 

maneuver, the line moves up or down to reflect the angle 

of climb/descent. Similarly, the line “tilts” as you bank the 

helicopter left or right. 

24 Flight Path Indicator. The flight-path indicator (FPI) is a small 

circle with tick marks extending up and to the left and right. It 

indicates the helicopter’s current direction of travel and moves up, 

down, left and right as you maneuver. 

23

Cruise IHADSS Mode 

27 Bank Angle Indicator 

Weapon Constraint 

(varies between 

weapon types) 

s8 Activate Cruise IHADSS mode (use when cruising in forward flight) 

2: COCKPITS 

Barometric Altitude 25 

Pitch Ladder 

26 

In Cruise IHADSS mode, the IHADSS displays all the information found in 

Transition IHADSS mode, except that the horizon line (23) disappears. Instead, 

there are three additional readouts — barometric altitude, pitch ladder and bank 

angle indicator. The estimated time to arrival for the current waypoint also appears 

to the left of the High Action Display (10). 

25 Barometric Altitude. Since the radar altitude indicator (6) only 

reads up to 1420 feet, another device is necessary at higher 

altitudes. The barometric altitude readout is a digital display that 

gives altitudes from 0 to 30,000 feet above sea level. To figure 

altitude, it compares the current air pressure to a pressure calibrated at sea level. 

(Air pressure decreases as altitude increases.) 

26 Pitch Ladder. The pitch ladder is a series of horizontal lines that 

scroll vertically in the center of your view. It describes both vertical 

movement and bank/roll angles. When the craft dives, the lines scroll 

upward; during ascents, they scroll downward. The pitch ladder is 

also capable of rolling 360° (the lines tilt to reflect the bank angle). 

Pitch ladder lines above the horizon are solid; those below the horizon are 

dashed. (The small tips on the ends of the lines point toward the horizon.) 

27 Bank Angle Indicator. This indicator is a curved scale that 

usually displays 30° to the left and right of center in 5° increments. 

The same command heading mark (lubber line) that marks the 

heading on the heading tape (4) also marks the bank angle of the 

helicopter. 

2.21

2.22 

LONGBOW 2 

Weapon-Specific Items 


See Kiowa Pilot Display Unit, p. 2.48, for information on weapon constraints in 

the Kiowa. 

Whenever you’re using certain weapons, additional items are added to the 

IHADSS display. It doesn’t matter which IHADSS mode is currently active — 

these elements are dependent on the current weapon type. A short name for the 

active weapon type appears next to the High-Action Display box (10) — MSL for 

Hellfire missiles, RKT for rockets, MPSM for multi-purpose submunition rockets, and 

ATA for Stinger missiles. 

b Select active weapon (cycle through Hellfires, rockets and Stingers) 

cM Toggle weapons between ARM (active) and SAFE (inactive) 

z Fire active weapon 

e Fire cannon 

When the weapon system is active, targeting information is gathered and displayed 

by either the TADS or FCR. Much of this information appears in the TADS MFD 

as well (see p. 2.32). 

Target Reticule. These small, dotted cross hairs mark the location of 

the current target. 

Hellfire Missile Constraint. Specific to Hellfire missiles, this box indicates 

the direction in which you need to move to align the helicopter 

with the current target. You must maneuver the helicopter to line up 

the box with the target reticule. 

The computer applies certain constraints to the Hellfire locking mechanism. When 

you align the dashed cross hairs with the target, the missile has a valid lock, and 

the constraint border switches from a dashed line to a solid one. The constraint 

box moves in the direction of the target. For example, when the box drifts to the 

right, it indicates that the pilot needs to look/steer right to bring the target into view 

and acquire a lock. 

Basically, what you need to do is maneuver so that the target reticule (shown 

above) is inside the weapon constraint symbol. When you do so, you’ll see VALID 

LOCK on the screen. This indicates that you have a lock and can fire your weapon.

2: COCKPITS 

Rocket Steering Cursor. Specific to 2.75-inch Folding Fin Aerial 

Rockets, this I-beam shows what direction the helicopter needs to 

move to meet the constraints for firing FFARs. The rocket constraint 

only displays if this rocket type is active, and its operation is similar to 

that of the Hellfire missile constraint box. The steering cursor’s purpose is to help 

the crew members look/steer toward the target and bring it into view for a lock. It 

won’t allow a lock if safety or performance is inhibited, or if the Master Arm indicator 

is set to SAFE (press cM to arm weapons). When the helicopter is correctly 

aligned, the I-beam switches from dashed to solid, indicating that you have a valid 

lock and can fire a rocket. 

Your FFAR launcher pivots up and down when you’re locked onto a target. This 

allow the pilot to hit a target anywhere vertically on the ‘I’ beam reticule. 

ATA Missile Constraint Circles. When the air-to-air (ATA) missile 

system is active, two concentric circles appear on the display and 

indicate where the missile seeker head is looking. The circles are 

solid if all performance and safety constraints have been met, and 

are dashed if they have not. 

Missile Timer. When you launch a Hellfire missile, a missile timer 

appears in the High-Action Display (10) on the IHADSS, counting 

down in seconds. When it reaches zero, the missile strikes the target. 

2.23

2.24 

LONGBOW 2 

MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAYS (MFDS) 

All three helicopters use MFDs — each description lists the appropriate helicopters that use that display. 

One of the defining features of the current generation of combat helicopter is the 

addition of MFD displays in the cockpit. In the Longbow, two CRT screens exist, 

and both can independently display nine different pages of information (see MFD 

Types, p. 2.6). 

Tactical Situation Display (TSD) (p. 2.24) Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) (p. 2.35) 

Radar (RAD) (p. 2.29) System (SYS) (p. 2.38) 

Target Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS) (p. 2.32) Engine (ENG) (p. 2.38) 

Weapons (WPN) (p. 2.33) 

Communications (Comms) (p. 2.40) 

Flight MFD (p. 2.40) 

Kiowa Only 

Mast-Mounted Sight (MMS) (p. 2.43) Vertical System Display (VSD) (p. 2.41) 

In the actual helicopters, the pages are accessed via buttons around the perimeter 

of the screen. In the game, you use keystrokes. 

, Cycle through the left MFDs (in the order listed above). 

(In the Kiowa, this cycles the CP/G MFD.) 

s, Cycle through the left MFDs in reverse order. 

. Cycle through the right MFDs (also the Kiowa Pilot MFD). 

s. Cycle through the right MFDs in reverse order. 

M Switch master mode (changes both MFD displays). 

MFDs are explained in order of usefulness, not order of appearance in the game. 

Tactical Situation Display (TSD) MFD 

Longbow, Kiowa, Black Hawk 

The Tactical Situation Display, or TSD, is one of the most vital MFD pages during combat 

situations. It provides various battlefield information, including waypoints, enemy 

positions, air threats, anti-aircraft threats, priority fire zones, enemy lines and more. 

EXAMPLE 1 

Priority Fire Zone 

Enemy Line 

Enemy Radar 

Waypoint 

Information 

Radar Range 

Ground Threat 

Waypoint 

Range to Target 

Time to Arrival

EXAMPLE 2 

Although the Black Hawk does not have a targeting system, it can still receive 

TSD information through its communications system from other helicopters and 

the ABCCC. Since the Black Hawk has no cockpit-controlled weaponry, the targeting 

functions of the TSD are fairly useless, although the targeting readouts on the 

MFD are still useful for recognizing and avoiding threats. 

On the Longbow, the heart of the TSD is the cone-shaped radar display that 

reflects the FCR scanning area. This display receives its target information from 

either the TADS or FCR target acquisition system. 

How It Works 

Threat Range 

Current Target 

2: COCKPITS 

Current Target Acquisition 

System 

Declutter Status 

Scanning Limits 

The TSD display emanates from the helicopter’s nose (the bottom of the “V”) and 

extends 45° to either side for a 90° sweep. (The Radar MFD appears similarly in 

ground radar mode — see p. 2.29.) The scanning limit of the radar scan appears 

as two solid, angled lines. Any enemy craft or vehicles in this cone can be picked 

up by the radar and display as TSD icons. 

Targets picked up by the radar appear as small icons on the radar (see next 

page). Priority fire zones are notated as PF0, PF1, PF2, etc., and show outlines 

around areas you’ve designated as important target areas. Labeling is slightly different 

in multi-player games. See the Multi-Player Guide for details. 

Radar Range. Range of the applicable radar. 

y Cycle through radar ranges (2, 5, 10, 25 or 50 kilometers). 

The currently selected range appears in the upper right corner of the display. 

Alternatively, left-click (L) on the current range in the MFD to increase range, right-click to 

decrease it. 

If the Realistic FCR Range Option is selected (see Option Menus in the Install 

Guide) it is possible to set different ranges for the TSD and Radar. Set TSD 

range with y and increase/decrease the Radar range with Z and X. 

Targets. Once identified threats (air or ground) move within your radar range, 

they switch from small boxes to graphical symbols on the TSD MFD. You can leftclick 

directly on a threat symbol to lock onto it. SAM and AAA threats also display 

on the Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) page. 

2.25

2.26 

LONGBOW 2 

Each category of threat has its own symbol. When REALISTIC FOR SYMBOLOGY is 

active, the symbols change. See p. 2.30 for realistic FCR symbols. 

Light Structure Heavy Structure 

Light Armor Heavy Armor 

Light Wheeled Vehicle Heavy Wheeled Vehicle 

Light Artillery Heavy Artillery 

Airplane Helicopter 

Ground Threat (ASE) Out-of-Range Target 

Range to Target. The range in kilometers to the locked target appears in the 

bottom right corner of the display. 

Waypoints. Mission waypoints (if in range) appear as circles with numbers; the 

currently selected waypoint flashes. Lines showing your flight route appear in the 

display. The box in the lower left corner gives IHADSS information – the selected 

waypoint (such as W03) and the distance in kilometers. Time to Arrival also 

appears. 

Enemy Lines. Linear arrangements of brackets indicate enemy lines. When you 

cross these boundaries, your CP/G informs you that you’ve flown into enemy territory. 

Current Target/Air Threats. Locked targets have a bright diamond outline. 

Priority Fire Zone. Green boxes are PFZs, or primary target areas that you create 

by right-clicking and dragging the mouse (see next page). Your targeting system 

prioritizes targets in these zones, allowing you to fire multiple Hellfires. Each 

missile tracks a different target when you’re in FCR target acquisition mode. 

Enemy Radar. When an enemy threat activates its radar system, a solid line 

emanates from its icon, indicating that you are being tracked by its radar. If the 

line starts flashing, it means the target has gained a lock on you and has fired a 

missile. 

Threat Range. Large arcs or circles represent effective ranges of SAM sites.

Adjusting TSD Items 

2: COCKPITS 

In the TSD display, you can adjust scale, designate targets, and declutter symbology. 

Range to Target. This is the distance to the current target in kilometers and 

appears in a box in the bottom right corner. 

y Cycle through TSD ranges 

Alternatively, left-click (L) on the current range in the MFD to increase TSD range, right-click to 

decrease it 

Declutter Status. You can “de-clutter” the TSD by displaying only navigation 

information (NAV), target information (TGT) or both (ALL), in that order. 

D Declutter symbology (cycle) 

Current Target. The current target has a diamond around it. With TADS target 

acquisition active, you can only cycle through targets in your line of sight. With FCR 

active, all detected targets appear, whether you can physically see them or not. 

T / sT Cycle through enemy targets (forward/backward) 

Y / sY As above, but cycles only through friendly or neutral targets 

L Lock onto the target under the mouse cursor in the TSD MFD 

Note: If the REALISTIC TARGETING option is active, then T cycles through all targets. 

See the OPTIONS menu section of the Install Guide for details. 

TSD with Realistic FCR 

With REALISTIC FCR OPERAITON active, the display changes slightly. The 90-degree 

arc is replaced by a pie-shaped arc (in ground mode) or circle (in air mode) that 

outlines the new scan area. You control the angle and size of this scan using 

Numpad keys. See Realistic FCR Operation Commands, p. 2.31. 

2.27

2.28 

LONGBOW 2 

Priority Fire Zones (PFZs) 

It is useful to select certain zones as target priorities. These zones let you fire up 

to 16 Hellfire missiles (your entire bank) one after the other. Each missile tracks 

a single target, allowing you to simultaneously engage 16 targets. 

By creating a PFZ, you instruct your targeting system to acquire targets in this 

area first. You can trade PFZ information with your wingman, or assign your 

wingman to different areas (see Wingman Commands, p. 5.24). 

: Right-click-and-drag on the TSD MFD display to create a Priority Fire Zone. This draws a 

green box around the designated zone and gives it a label (such as PF0). 

When you create a PFZ, the active targeting system loses its current locks and acquires 

up to 16 targets within this area instead. Missiles launched into PFZs attack the locked 

target first. 

If a missile’s target is destroyed before it reaches its target, the missile shifts to another 

target within the zone. If all targets have a missile tracking them, then missiles begin doubling 

up on targets. (See Priority Fire Zones, p. 5.11, for detailed information.) 

sL Add targets to your PFZ target list by pressing s and left-clicking on the target you 

want to add. This is useful when new threats move inside your PFZ. You can use this key 

to tell Hellfire missiles which targets to strike first — it moves them to the top of the target 

list. 

Q / sQ Select next/previous PFZ 

Alternatively, left-click (L) on a PFZ label to select it. 

L, then : Delete a PFZ by left-click-and-holding on the label, then right-clicking. 

sD Delete currently selected PFZ 

cD Delete all PFZs 

PFZs and Hellfire Missiles 

PFZs are useful if you’re using radio-frequency (RF) Hellfire missiles in LOAL 

missile launch mode. You can bob-up, acquire targets with FCR target acquisition 

active, and then descend to safety. The FCR system “memorizes” the 

objects it detects – so you don’t have to have them in view when you fire. Then, 

you can make a PFZ and assign it to your wingman, and make a second one for 

yourself. 

Once you launch an RF Hellfire, it heads toward the currently selected PFZ and 

selects targets based on the FCR’s target list. If the primary target gets 

destroyed before the missile arrives, it simply moves on to the next target in the 

list. All you have to do is rapidly fire off as many missiles as you have targets. 

Time to impact appears in the High-Action Display.) 

See Engaging Targets with Hellfires, p. 5.18, for specific details.

Radar MFD 


Threat 

The Radar MFD reflects raw returns from the helicopter’s radar and displays target 

information from either the TADS or FCR targeting system (whichever is active). It 

operates in two modes — air or ground — and has different ranges. Use air radar 

mode to find air targets, and ground radar mode to sweep for ground targets. 

u Toggle between air-to-air radar mode (360° sweep) or air-to-ground radar mode (90° sweep) 

y Cycle through radar ranges (2, 5, 10, 25 and 50km) 

If the REALISTIC FCR RANGE option is selected, the distances cycle through .5, 1, 2, 4 and 8km. 

Alternatively, left-click (L) on the current range in the MFD to increase radar range, right-click 

(:) to decrease it. 

Radar Range. The current range of the radar appears in the upper right corner of 

the page. 

Threat. Targets picked up on radar appear as small boxes. 

Current Target. The currently selected target has a bright diamond around it. 

Air Radar Mode 

In air radar mode, the radar conducts 360° sweeps and displays air threats as 

small boxes relative to the helicopter’s position in the middle of the display. 

Ground Radar Mode 

2: COCKPITS 

AIR MODE GROUND MODE 

Radar 

Range 

Scanning 

Limits 

Heading Tape 

Current 

Target 

In ground radar mode, the radar conducts periodic 90° sweeps in front of the 

helicopter. In addition to the air-mode information, ground radar mode displays 

two more items: 

Scanning Limits. The angled lines to either side of the display indicate the 

scanning limits of the radar when it’s in ground radar mode. 

Heading Tape. A heading tape identical to the one on the IHADSS display (4, p. 

2.14) scrolls across the top of the display. 

2.29

2.30 

LONGBOW 2 

Realistic FCR Options 

You have more control over the radar if REALISTIC FOR OPERATION is active in the 

OPTIONS MENU under Gameplay/Realism/Custom. This controls how the FCR operates 

and changes the appearance of the TSD MFD (as well as the Radar MFD). 

Numpad e Turn radar on/off (or, in TADS mode, turns laser on and off) 

REALISTIC FCR SYMBOLS This option replaces normal symbology on the Radar and TSD MFDs with new 

symbols that indicate whether targets are visible/not visible and moving/ 

stationary. 

REALISTIC FCR RANGE The second option switches the available FCR ranges from 2.5/5/10/25/50km 

to .5/1/2/4/8km. With this option active, you press Z and X (or Numpad 

+ and -) to cycle forward and backward through the ranges (instead of 

y). 

REALISTIC FCR OPERATION The third option gives you manual control of the FCR scan by letting you change 

the size and direction of the radar scan. Since your radar can reveal your presence 

to some enemies, adjusting your FCR scan can help you avoid detection. 

Realistic FCR Symbols 

New symbols show on the Radar/TSD MFDs if REALISTIC FCR SYMBOLS is active. 

Tracked Vehicle No LOS* 

LOS, stationary 

LOS, moving 

Wheeled Vehicle No LOS* 


LOS, moving 

Air Defense Unit No LOS* 


LOS, moving 

Unknown Target No LOS* 


LOS, moving 

Helicopter No LOS* 


LOS, moving 

Aircraft LOS, moving 

* Line of Sight

Realistic FCR Operation Commands 

2: COCKPITS 

If FCR is the active target acquisition system, and REALISTIC FCR OPERATION is 

selected, you can control your Fire-Control Radar scan as follows. 

Numpad 4, 6 Control direction of Fire-Control Radar scan 

(left or right) 

Numpad 8, 2 Increase, decrease arc size of FCR scan (up to 

90 degrees) 

Reducing the arc of the scan reduces your 

visibility on enemy radar detection systems 

and gives you quicker updates. 

When the radar is in air-to-air mode, the scan 

(at maximum width) appears circular on the 

Radar and TSD MFDs. In ground mode, the scan 

is pie-shaped. 

RADAR MFD 

Z, X or Increase, decrease radar range (to .5, 1, 2, 4 or 8km) 

Numpad +, - These ranges apply only if REALISTIC FCR RANGE is active. If not, the range is 2, 5, 

10, 25 or 50km, and you must use the normal key (y) to cycle through 

ranges. 

Numpad 3 Toggles single or continuous FCR scan 

Single means the radar only makes one sweep each time you turn it on. 

Continuous means that the radar keeps scanning the entire arc back and forth until 

you turn the radar off. 

Numpad 9 Zoom Radar MFD image in around your current target. 

(ZOOM flashes in the lower left corner of the MFD.) 

Downloading Targets to the TSD 

You can download targets from other sources onto your TSD if you’ve activated 

the realistic FCR options. Nearby ABCCCs (Airborne Battlefield Command and 

Control Centers) receive targets from other friendly ground and air units in the 

area. These targets are added to the ABCCC’s list, giving you access to a 

comprehensive picture of the battlefield. 

When you activate ABCCC targeting, targets from the nearest C&C center are 

downloaded to your target list. 

c~ Download unseen targets to the Longbow target list 

Note: If you give your wingman the c4 Pop-up and Scan Area command, 

he’ll feed targets directly into your target list. You don’t need to use c~ to get 

his targets. 

2.31

2.32 

LONGBOW 2 

Target Acquisition and Designation Sight 

(TADS) MFD 


The TADS MFD displays camera images gathered by the TADS sensor package. 

From the co-pilot/gunner cockpit (front seat), you can display the TADS MFD as a 

full-screen view. (See Co-Pilot/Gunner (Front Seat) Cockpit, p. 2.51, for details.) 

Numpad . Toggle full-screen, Head-Down Display of TADS MFD (or Radar MFD, if FCR is active). 

Press again for normal cockpit view. You must be in the CP/G (front-seat) cockpit to 

use this view. 

Heading Type 

Zoom Level 

Target 

Active Camera Type 

TADS Gates 

Field of Regard Box 

Target. This is a camera image of the currently selected target. 

Heading Tape. A replica of the IHADSS heading tape (4, p. 2.14) lines the top of 

the MFD, but it doesn’t show the centerline. 

Zoom Level. Current TADS camera zoom (WIDE, MEDIUM, NARROW – see next page). 

TADS Gates. Large brackets around an object in the MFD mean that you have 

this object targeted. (You target a different object by centering it in the TADS MFD 

and pressing L to lock it. If no other targets appear, pan the camera to find one.) 

Field of Regard Box. The large box at the bottom of the TADS MFD represents 

the entire field of view of the TADS camera. The small box inside this rectangle 

shows the TADS camera’s current position relative to its entire field-of-view. (This 

item also appears at the bottom of the IHADSS – 15, p. 2.14.) 

Active Camera Type. A camera image of the target comes from one of three 

TADS sight sensor systems. An acronym for the active system displays in the 

upper left — DVO (Direct View Optics), DTV (Daylight TV) or FLIR (Forward-Looking 

InfraRed). 

Numpad 1 Cycle between TADS camera modes (FLIR, DVO and DTV) 

Or, left-click (L) on the camera name to cycle modes. FLIR works best in foggy or 

dark conditions; DVO and DTO work best in daytime.

FLIR. This monochrome image has been improved, and you now have “white-hot” 

and “black-hot” options. White-hot displays white objects on a black background, 

while black-hot displays black objects against a white background. 

Numpad 7 Toggle between white-hot/black-hot FLIR imagery 

DTV. The Daytime TV camera gives you a good visual of a target at the Narrow 

zoom level setting. Use this to identify targets at fairly long range. 

DVO. The Direct-Video Optic camera is good for long-distance reconnaissance. 

Panning/Zooming 

Z, X or Switch TADS camera (FLIR, DTV and DVO) zoom level to Wide, Medium or Narrow 

+, - on (medium only applies to FLIR) 

Numpad Or, left-click (L) the current zoom level to change it. 

8, 2, Pan the active camera in any direction. (This corresponds with the head tracking 

4, 6 system in actual Longbows.) You can also hold down a and move your joystick 

Numpad to pan the camera. As a third option, left-click-and-hold (L) in the TADS MFD and 

drag the mouse in any direction to pan. 

TADS and Realistic FCR 

Weapons MFD 


2: COCKPITS 

With REALISTIC FCR OPERATION active, target symbology displays on top of the 

FLIR, DVO or DTV image when TADS is full-screen (CP/G cockpit only – see p. 

2.51). The symbology changes if REALISTIC FCR SYMBOLOGY is selected (see p. 

2.30). The currently locked target has cross hairs on top of it. They move when 

you switch targets. 

Realistic TADS Operation 

If you select REALISTIC TADS OPERATION in the OPTIONS menu (Gameplay/ Realism/ 

Custom), you must manually activate the laser. See Laser Operation, p. 5.22. 

The Weapons MFD identifies what ordnance the helicopter is carrying and what 

sensor system is active. The large schematic represents the helicopter and its four 

wing pylons (hardpoints). The indicator text boxes denote the active target acquisition 

system and weapon tracking system, and whether weapons are armed or not. 

Master Arm Indicator 

Sight Indicator 

Missile Launch Mode 

Indicator 

Weapons Display 

Rocket Salvo 

Range Finder Indicator 

Active Weapon (highlighted) 

Chaff Pods 

Gun Burst Rate 

2.33

2.34 

LONGBOW 2 

b Cycle through weapon types (highlighted box is active weapon) 


e Fire cannon 

h Switch target acquisition system (TADS or FCR) 

Master Arm Indicator. This safety measure toggles weapons between ARM and 

SAFE states. Keep it on SAFE until you’re ready for battle. 

cM Switch between ARM and SAFE 

Weapons Display. Shows how many weapons/countermeasures remain of each 

type. This display uses an aircraft symbol with boxes that represent weapon 

hardpoints. 

The gun counter in the middle of the symbol (a box and number) tell how many 

cannon rounds remain. You can adjust the number of rounds that fire per trigger 

pull (referred to as a gun burst). Press G to cycle between 10, 20, 50 or 100 

rounds. 

Active Weapon. The active weapon system appears as a reversed (bright green) 

image. Numbers inside the rocket box indicate how many rockets are left. In the 

case of Hellfires and Stingers, each missile is represented by a single icon. 

If you loaded radar-guided Hellfires, the missile hardpoint box reads R. If you 

loaded laser-guided Hellfires, LR appears instead. 

If you loaded HE FFAR rockets, the rocket hardpoint box reads RC. If you loaded 

multiple-projectile submunition rockets, MP appears instead. (You must gain a lock 

before firing MPSM rockets. Select rockets as your active weapon, then wait for 

the I-beam cursor to turn solid. See Folding Fin Aerial Rockets, p. 5.17.) 

Sight Indicator. Shows which targeting system is acquiring and designating 

targets. TADS indicates that you’re selecting targets from the TADS target list. This 

list consists of targets the CP/G has chosen for you within range and in a 220° arc 

in front of you. 

FCR indicates that you’re getting targets from the FCR target list. This list consists 

of targets within range and in a 90° arc in front of you. 

h Switch between TADS and FCR target acquisition systems 

Range Finder Indicator. Indicates that Hellfires are using the Longbow’s laserdesignator 

to range targets instead of the Fire-Control Radar (only active if you’re 

firing laser-guided Hellfires). 

If you’re using TADS target acquisition, this box reads LRF. If you’re using FCR 

target acquisition, the text box changes to FCR. 

Missile Launch Mode Indicator. Shows which missile launch mode is active — 

LOAL (lock-on-after-launch) or LOBL (lock-on-before-launch). See Engaging 

Targets with Hellfires, p. 5.18, for details.

Chaff Pods. The number to the right of the chaff indicator (C:) shows how many 

chaff cartridges remain. 

C Release chaff 

Rocket Salvo. The number to the right of RKT tells how many rockets are 

launched when you issue a fire command. 

S Cycle through rocket salvo sizes (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 or 24) 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) MFD 


2: COCKPITS 

The ASE display gathers information from the Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) 

and Radio Frequency Interferometer (RFI) and creates a 360° view of missiles, 

SAMs and AAA threats around your helicopter, which is centered in the view. 

Whenever a threat is within range and emits radar, this MFD displays its position. 

The ASE page also tells you when you have jamming activated. 

Threat’s Radius of Attack 

Approaching Missile 

Threat 

ASE Range 

Enemy Jamming 

(against your aircraft) 

Jammer Status 

(your aircraft’s jammers) 

Threats. Threats located and identified by the RWR and RFI show up as symbols. 

Numbers by the symbols identify the threat type — for example, a ground threat 

symbol with an 8 indicates a Russian SA-8 SAM site. A solid diamond denotes an 

Approaching Missile. The symbols are defined under Tactical Situation Display 

(TSD) MFD, p. 2.24. 

Symbol Threat Type 

6 SA-6 SAM 

8 SA-8 SAM 

9 SA-9 SAM 

10 SA-10 SAM 

11 SA-11 SAM 

13 SA-13 SAM 

15 SA-15 SAM 

23 ZSU-23 AAA Gun 

26 2S6 (SA-19) SAM 

2.35

2.36 

LONGBOW 2 

Radius of Attack. The radius of attack for ground threats, or the area within which 

you’re vulnerable to their fire. Circles in the MFD indicate the attack limits of a particular 

enemy ground gun or SAM site. Stay outside these arcs to avoid their fire. 

The arcs change appearance according to the enemy’s actions: 

Dotted arc Threat is searching with radar. 

Solid arc Threat is tracking with radar. 

Flashing arc Threat has launched a guided missile. 

Line to you Threat is searching, tracking or launching missiles specifically 

at you. 

Jammers. The ASE system indicates whether IR and radar jammers are active or 

not. When they’re in use, text appears (IR JAM or RAD JAM), and a flashing lightning 

bolt appears on top of your helicopter icon in the center of the ASE. (The IR 

jammer is often called the “disco light.”) Both jammers activate automatically, but 

you can also control them manually. 

I Toggle infrared (IR) jamming (attempts to deter IR missiles) 

J Toggle radar jamming (attempts to confuse enemy radar systems) 

When your Fire-Control Radar is being jammed by enemy systems, FCR JAM 

appears in the upper right corner of the MFD. 

Realistic Jammers 

Jammer information displays in the ASE page. The RWR defaults to unrealistic, 

meaning that it jams threats in 360° radius. To give the jammer realistic scanning 

ability (in a 45° arc to either side of the current flight path), open the OPTIONS 

menu and select CUSTOM from the REALISM section of the GAMEPLAY menu. Then, 

select the REALISTIC JAMMER checkbox. 

Radar Range. This is the range at which the RWR is scanning for threats emitting 

radar (the RWR displays its information in the ASE MFD). You must adjust the 

ASE range separately from the Radar MFD range. 

D Cycle through ASE ranges (2, 5, 10, 25 and 50 kilometers) 

Alternatively, left-click (L) on the current range in the MFD to cycle through scan ranges.

ASE Autopage 

2: COCKPITS 

You can automatically instruct the ASE page to appear whenever you’re 

engaged by a SAM or AAA gun by pressing sA. (This key toggles the function 

on/off — it’s on by default.) The ASE Autopage function is useful during 

combat and saves you from paging through MFDs while you’re taking fire. When 

the battle is over, the ASE doesn’t disappear — you must manually deactivate it. 

What is Aircraft Survivability Equipment? 

The Longbow and Kiowa have a collection of Aircraft Survivability Equipment 

that helps the pilot identify and repel anti-aircraft threats. These include the 

following items: 

Radar Warning Receiver (AN/APR-39A). Sounds a tone and voice warning 

when you’re picked up by an enemy’s radar. 

Laser Warning Receiver (AN/AVR-2). Sounds a tone and voice warning when 

you’re being tracked by a laser. 

Radio Frequency Interferometer (RFI). Detects the strength and wavelength of 

incoming radar waves. 

Chaff Dispenser (AN/ALQ-136). Releases strips of reflective material designed 

to confuse radar-guided missiles by distorting radar. 

Radar Jammer (also AN/ALQ-136). Broadcasts radar “noise” that clutters 

opposing radar screens. 

Infrared Jammer (AN/ALQ-144 IRCM). Reflects laser beams to blind incoming 

IR missiles. Also called “disco light.” 

IR Suppressor (Black Hole). Cools exhaust during hovers and forward flight to 

reduce heat signature. 

Information from ASE components appears on the Aircraft Survivability 

Equipment (ASE) MFD in the Longbow and Kiowa. 

2.37

2.38 

LONGBOW 2 

System MFD 


Components. The helicopter’s components are listed inside the MFD. (The Kiowa 

and Black Hawk System MFDs differ slightly, but the status names are the same.) 

The System MFD shows how badly your helicopter has been damaged by displaying 

the status of each important system as follows: 

OK System is operational. 

MARG System has marginal damage. 

INOP/FAIL System is inoperative. 

Note: A message appears on the UPFRONT display if the FCR no longer functions. 

See Damage, p. 5.4, for other damage information that appears on the 

UPFRONT display. 

Fuel. The amount of fuel remaining appears at the bottom of the MFD. Fuel burns 

at approximately 1 lb. every 5 seconds. 

Engine MFD 


LONGBOW 

Components 

Fuel 

Torque Bars 

RPM Bars 

Fuel 

Status 

Engine Temperature Bars 

The Engine MFD monitors the torque level and temperature for both of the 

Longbow’s engines. Information appears both in bar format and digital format 

(below each bar). Indicators on the bar denote ranges and maximum levels.

The torque bars increase in height when you add collective, and decrease when 

you reduce collective. Try to keep the torque level at or below the solid circle 

marker at the top of the bar display — it marks the desirable torque setting. 

= Add collective (increases torque) 

- Decrease collective (decreases torque) 

Interpreting the Symbols 

Symbols beside the bars describe minimum, maximum and safe operational ranges. 

Max level of operation. Ideal level of operation. 

Maximum level of operation with rotor RPM at approximately 90% (top arrow). 

Maximum level of operation with rotor RPM at approximately 50% (lower arrow). 

Normal operating range (revolutions per minute). 

You can turn individual engines on and off using the keyboard. If one of your 

engines catches fire, it’s a good idea to shut it down. 

c[ Toggle left engine on/off 

c] Toggle right engine on/off 

Additional Information 

2: COCKPITS 

Torque. Twin bars marked TORQUE indicate the percentage level of torque on the 

rotor. The bar rises in height as the collective is increased (greater pitch angles 

increase the level of torque) and shrinks as collective is decreased. (The bottom 

of the bar represents 0%, the top represents 120%.) 

Normally, torque averages 80% to 100%. Ideally, the bar should extend up to the 

solid dot (recommended setting). You can take 120% torque for short bursts, but 

prolonged high torque can damage your engine. The reading for the engine producing 

the most torque appears in the upper left corner of the IHADSS (20, p. 

2.18). 

Np / NR Two gauges marked NP display revolutions per minute readings for the 

left and right turbine engines. The NR gauge displays revolutions per minute for 

the rotor shaft. 

TGT. The TGT gauges indicate the temperature of the left and right engines. 

Fuel. The amount of fuel remaining appears at the bottom of the MFD. Fuel 

burns at approximately 1 lb. every 5 seconds. 

2.39

2.40 

LONGBOW 2 

Flight MFD 


This MFD page displays important IHADSS information — the pitch ladder, slip 

ball, current waypoint and distance to it, altitude, airspeed, heading and torque. 

(Refer to Cruise IHADSS Mode, p. 2.21, to learn how to interpret this display.) 

Pitch/Ladder 

Horizon Line 

Engine Torque Readout 

True Airspeed Readout 

Current Waypoint/ 

Distance and Time Remaining 

Communications (Comms) MFD 


This MFD displays the designation and callsign of every unit in communications. 

Designation 

Callsign 

Scroll arrows 

Left-click the arrows in the scroll bar to scroll through the list of friendly, airborne units 

/ Scroll down COMM MFD 

s/ Scroll up COMM MFD 

Magnetic Heading Tape 

Radar Altitude 


Skid/Skip Lines and Ball 

L

Vertical System Display (VSD) MFD 

Kiowa 

This versatile MFD, unique to the Kiowa Warrior, is basically three MFDs in one, 

combining many of the functions of the Longbow’s Flight and Weapons MFD 

pages. Which one displays depends on a) whether or not the Master Arm function 

is on or off, and b) what weapon is active. See IHADSS Flight Symbology, 

p. 2.14, for details on items in this display. 

Master Arm OFF (see p. 2.34) The VSD functions as a flight reference, showing 

the artificial horizon, speed, distance to waypoint, altitude and similar aids to 

navigation. 

Magnetic Heading Tape 

Command Heading 

True Airspeed Readout 

Navigation Waypoint 

Information Readout 

2: COCKPITS 

Master Arm ON, weapons active The VSD becomes a weapons sight, displaying 

available targets, distance to target and other relevant information for the weapon 

type selected. The diamond icon on the VSD displays where the Mast-Mounted 

Sight is currently pointing, while the circle icon is your pitch indicator. When both 

icons are lined up with the target, the target is firmly in your sights. 

See Kiowa Weapon Constraints, p. 2.49, for specifics on acquiring locks with 

weapons. 

FFARS ACTIVE HELLFIRE ACTIVE STINGERS ACTIVE 

Weapon 

Constraint 

Weapon Status 

Information 

Weapon 

Loadout 

Weapon 

Constraint 

Target box (Icon) 

Pitch Ladder 

Horizon Line 


Altitude 

Range to 

Target 

Weapon 

Constraint 

2.41

2.42 

LONGBOW 2 

Range to Target. The range in kilometers to the locked target appears in the 

bottom right corner of the display. 

Waypoints. The box in the lower left corner gives navigation information — the 

selected waypoint (such as W03) and the distance in kilometers. Time to Arrival 

also appears. 

Target Box. Once you have a target in your field of view, a small diamond 

appears on the VSD. If the target moves out of view, the diamond moves in that 

direction. To gain a firing lock on that target, maneuver the helicopter so that the 

diamond moves under the VSD weapon constraint. Your weapon constraint will 

turn solid (described in the next paragraph). 

Weapon Constraint. The VSD displays a weapon constraint. Its shape differs, 

based on whether you have the machine gun, Hellfires, Stingers or rockets active. 

This same constraint displays on the Pilot’s Display Unit — see Kiowa Weapon 

Constraints, p. 2.49, for details. 

Weapon Loadout. These small icons show what missiles you’re carrying 

(Hellfires or ATA Stingers). The solid icon indicates the active weapon. 

b Switch active weapon 

Weapon Status Information. These text fields display the arming status (ARMED 

or SAFE), launch mode and weapon inhibit information for the active weapon.

Mast-Mounted Sight (MMS) MFD 

Kiowa 

This MFD performs basi- 

Heading Tape 

cally the same function for 

the Kiowa as the TADS 

Target 

MFD performs for the 

Longbow. Although the 

Gates 

organization of the infor- 

Weapon Inhibit Field 

mation is a bit different, the 

functionality of the MFD is 

Active Camera Type 

the same. 

Target. This is a camera image of the currently selected target. 

Heading Tape. The helicopter’s heading tape lines the top of the MFD. The 

center of this tape indicates the current compass direction in which you are facing. 

Gates. Large brackets around an object in the MMS MFD mean that you have 

this object targeted. (You target a different object by centering it in the MFD and 

pressing L to lock it. If no other targets appear, maneuver around until you find 

one.) 

Weapon Inhibit Field. In the Longbow, messages describing whether or not you 

have a weapon lock, or the reason why you don’t, appears in the IHADSS. In the 

Kiowa, this message appears in the MMS MFD in the lower right corner. See 

Weapon Inhibit Field, p. 5.20, for a list of messages. 

Active Camera Type. The cameras used in the Kiowa are different than those 

used in the Longbow. A camera image of the target comes from one of two Kiowa 

sight sensor systems. An acronym for the active system displays in the bottom 

center — TIS (Thermal Imaging System) or TVS (Television System). 

Numpad 1 Toggle between MMS camera modes (TIS or TVS) 

L Or, left-click on the camera name to toggle modes 

To zoom the camera in and out: 

Z, X or Switch MMS camera zoom level 

+, - (TIS zooms to 6X or 25X; TVS to 5X or 17X). 

(Numpad) Or, left-click (L) the current zoom level to change it. 

2: COCKPITS 

MMS Bearing. Unlike the TADS, the Kiowa MMS has no field of regard. Instead, 

numeric angles appear in the top right corner of the MFD and represents the current 

slew angles of the MMS sight. The top line indicates vertical slew angle (-30 

degrees to +30 degrees) and the second line indicates the horizontal slew angle 

(-170 degrees to +170 degrees). 

Range. Range to the currently selected target. 

2.43

2.44 

LONGBOW 2 

IN-FLIGHT NAVIGATION SYSTEM 

See Mobile Mission Planning Cell, p. 1.10, for more details on this map. 

The game has an in-flight navigation system that looks and feels very similar to 

the Mission Planning screen. The map’s main purpose is to display the current, 

real-time position of your helicopter, as well as all helicopters in other flights. 

Most of the other data and display options are identical to the Mission Planner — 

the major difference is that you can’t change tasking assignments, weapon loadouts, 

or crew positions. You can’t rehearse the mission or view a terrain profile. 

Another difference between the Mission Planner and this map is that you can’t 

adjust any waypoints that were set before you took off. You can, however, add 

new waypoints to your own flight path (but not the flight paths for other helicopters). 

Adding waypoints is most useful when you run across unforeseen 

situations — by adding a new waypoint, you can sometimes avoid trouble or 

answer a request for assistance. 

After you’ve added a new waypoint, you’re free to move it or delete it. 

♦ To add a waypoint, left-click on the small green box between two sequential 

waypoints. All subsequent waypoints will be renumbered accordingly. 

♦ To move a waypoint, left-click-and-drag it to any point on the map. 

♦ To delete a waypoint, right-click on it to open the Waypoint Information 

Window, and left-click on the Delete box. All subsequent waypoints will be 

renumbered accordingly. 

KIOWA DIGITAL MOVING MAP 

Kiowa 

The Kiowa comes with a scrolling digital map display that displays known information 

about the area. The map appears in the center dashboard display, and is 

shared by both cockpits. This display has no sighting function — it is purely a 

navigational aid. Note that the digital map is based on archived geographic 

information, not on the imaging systems of the Kiowa itself. 

Waypoint 

Grid Lines 

Waypoint Information 

Player Helicopter 

Mission Clock 

Map Coordinate 

Contour Map

2: COCKPITS 

Contour Map. The contour map (see p. 1.12) appears behind this MFD, and 

scrolls as you fly over the terrain. The lighter contour, the higher the terrain. Low, 

flat areas appear as a darker shade of green. The top of the map is always north. 

To toggle the background map, left-click MAP OFF (it then changes to MAP ON). 

Grid Lines/Map Coordinates. The map is segmented into 1-kilometer squares by 

thin, green grid lines, as well as into 5-kilometer squares marked by bold, green 

grid lines. Where the heavy 5km grid lines intersect, map coordinates appear. 

The coordinates of the map quadrant you’re currently flying over appears in the 

lower right corner as a letter, followed by a number. This corresponds to the coordinates 

in the Mission Planner map (see p. 1.11 for details). 

Player Helicopter. Your helicopter appears in the center of this MFD as a small 

aircraft icon. When you change bearings, the icon rotates to reflect your current 

compass direction. The top of the map represents north, the right side east, etc. 

Mission Clock. The lower right corner of the digital moving map shows how much 

time has elapsed since the mission started. 

Waypoint Information. Mission waypoints (if in range) appear as circles with 

numbers; the currently selected waypoint flashes. Lines showing your flight route 

appear in the display. The box in the lower left corner gives navigation information 

– the selected waypoint (such as W03) and the distance in kilometers. Time to 

Arrival also appears. 

Zoom Level. Current map zoom level in kilometers. This MFD is linked to the 

TSD — if you change the zoom level here, it is also reflected in the TSD radar 

range. 

y Switch map zoom (also TSD range) to 2, 5, 10, 25 or 50 kilometers 

2.45

2.46 

LONGBOW 2 

TARGETING AND SIGHT SYSTEMS 

The AH-64D Longbow and Kiowa Warrior have several systems that aid in 

acquiring and identifying targets. Both have night vision systems that aid pilots at 

night and during bad weather. 

The Longbow has a Fire-Control Radar (FCR), Target Acquisition and Designation 

Sight (TADS), and Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS). The Kiowa has a Mast- 

Mounted Sight (MMS), Pilot Display Unit (PDU), and ANVIS night vision system 

(similar to PNVS). These systems are discussed in more detail in the following 

sections. 

Mast-Mounted Longbow Fire-Control Radar (FCR) 


The most significant new system of the AH-64D is the mast-mounted Longbow 

radar system. This bulbous addition sits atop the rotor shaft (above the blades) 

and provides 360° scanning capabilities. 

Interfacing with the Longbow radar is the Fire-Control Radar (FCR) targeting 

system, which uses the radar to scan 90° for ground targets (360° for air targets), 

then “memorizes” them. It can identify and store up to 256 separate targets 

(stationary or mobile ones) and has both an air and ground radar mode. 

The FCR system also classifies and prioritizes targets. It can detect a variety of 

targets in both a 360° air radar mode and a 90° ground radar mode. The FCR 

“memorizes” contacts when you bob up, stores the data, and can transmit this 

information to other helicopters, airplanes or command posts via a wireless data 

modem. Target information also displays on two separate tactical MFDs (Radar 

and TSD pages).

Target Acquisition and Designation Sight (TADS) 


The second target acquisition system in the AH-64D Longbow is the Target 

Acquisition and Designation Sight. Like the FCR, it allows the 

crew to identify and target enemy aircraft or ground vehicles 

from the air. (However, it can only lock onto targets in a 220° 

arc in front of the helicopter.) The entire sensor system is 

housed in a turret on the helicopter’s nose and includes camera 

systems that allow daytime and nighttime target acquisition. 

Also, the TADS contains a laser designator and range finder, 

which are used to identify targets for laser-guided missiles. 

When the aircraft is being flown by a single human pilot, the 

TADS is controlled by the computer co-pilot/gunner, who 

TADS CAMERA CONTROL 

searches and prioritizes targets. 

You have the choice of using the FCR or TADS system when acquiring targets. 

h Switch between FCR and TADS target acquisition 

(The active system appears in Weapons MFD and in the High Action Display – 10, p. 2.14). 

TADS and MMS Cameras 


TADS (Longbow). The TADS/PNVS turret houses the Direct View Optics system 

(DVO), the Daylight Television system (DTV) and the Forward-Looking Infrared 

system (FLIR). The view you see in your TADS MFD is an image that has been 

picked up by one of these turret cameras. The turret can rotate 220° horizontally, 

and +30° or -60° vertically. Sensors in the turret relay information through an optical 

tube to the cockpit. 

During night missions, the FLIR camera in the TADS/PNVS turret can provide 

backup night vision to the pilot in case the Pilot Night Vision Sensor system fails. 

MMS (Kiowa). The MMS assembly consists of a low-light level TV camera, a digitally 

enhanced thermal imager and the laser range-finder and designator. Although 

the ANVIS night-vision system is separate from the MMS, the system is equally 

capable of target acquisition in the day or night. 

Numpad 

8, 2, Hold down to pan the TADS/MMS MFD camera 

4, 6 Alternatively, left-click-and-hold (L) the mouse in the MFD and drag it the desired direction. 

As a third option, hold down a and move the joystick in the Head-Down Display (see p. 

2.53). 

5 Recenter the TADS / MMS MFD camera 

2: COCKPITS 

2.47

2.48 

Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS) / ANVIS 


Another camera (just above the TADS cameras) is the Pilot Night Vision System 

(PNVS). It receives thermal images from an infrared camera and lets the pilot fly 

the helicopter at night or in bad weather/smoky situations. This camera creates a 

picture of the terrain and ground objects by monitoring the amount of heat emitted 

from them. In the day, buildings and objects absorb heat and radiation from the 

sun. After sunset, the camera picks up heat waves radiating from these ground 

objects. The “heat signatures” mark the location of ground targets and accurately 

describe the target type. 

The Kiowa Warrior uses a thermal imaging system called ANVIS, which performs 

the same functions as the PNVS. 

P Toggle PNVS/ANVIS camera on/off (use at night or in bad weather). 

The PNVS turret camera moves independently of the TADS camera. In the real 

world, this allows the pilot to move his helmet and receive imagery from one direction 

while the CP/G moves his helmet in a different direction and views something 

else. This occurs in the game as well, except that you can control both views. 

Kiowa Pilot Display Unit (PDU) 

Kiowa 

LONGBOW 2 

The Pilot Display Unit (PDU) is the Head-Up display for the Kiowa Warrior. It is 

essentially a small glass display mounted in front of the pilot’s seat of the Kiowa 

Warrior. The PDU automatically and continuously displays targeting and weapon 

constraint information, some of which is also accessible in the VSD MFD (see p. 

2.41 for details on this MFD). 

Numpad 0 Toggle between pilot’s seat (on the left) and CP/G’s seat (on the right) 

Target Box. Once you have a target in your field of view, a small green box 

appears around it. If the target moves out of view, the box disappears. To gain a 

firing lock on that target, maneuver the helicopter so that the target box moves 

under the PDU weapon constraint. Your weapon constraint will turn solid 

(described in the next paragraph). 

Weapon Constraint. The PDU displays a weapon constraint. Its appearance 

differs, based on whether you have the machine gun, Hellfires, Stingers or rockets 

active. See Kiowa Weapon Constraints, p. 2.49.

Kiowa Weapon Constraints 

Additional weapon-specific items are added to the PDU display when you use 

your weapons. It doesn’t matter which master mode is currently active — it all 

depends on the current weapon type. To tell which weapon is active, look at the 

VSD MFD — an icon appears for whichever weapon you’re using. 

b Select active weapon (cycle through Hellfires, rockets and Stingers) 

cM Toggle weapons between ARM (active) and SAFE (inactive) 


e Fire cannon 

2: COCKPITS 

Gun Constraint. When you have the machine gun active, cross hairs appear on 

your PDU. However, you can’t slew the gun as you can in the Longbow. This 

means that you need to maneuver so that the target box is under the cross hairs. 

When the cross hairs turn from dashed to solid, you can fire. 

The number of rounds remaining appears in the lower left corner of the VDU 

when the gun is active. 

Hellfire Missile Constraint. Specific to Hellfire missiles, this constraint box 

remains stationary in the PDU. It is dashed when you’re out of constraints (don’t 

have a weapon lock) and turns solid when you can fire. 

To bring the target into constraints and acquire a lock, you must maneuver your 

helicopter so that the target box moves under the dashed missile constraint in the 

PDU. When you correctly align the target with the constraint, the missile gains a 

valid lock, and the constraint border turns solid. 

FFARS ACTIVE HELLFIRE ACTIVE STINGERS ACTIVE 

Active Pitch Circle I-beam 

Weapon (Weapon (Weapon 

Constraint) Constraint) 

Target 

Box 

Active Weapon Target 

Weapon Loadout Box 

Weapon Weapon 

Status Constraint 

Active Target Weapon 

Weapon Box Constraint 

Weapon 

Status 

2.49

2.50 

LONGBOW 2 

Rocket Steering Cursor. When rockets are active in the Kiowa, two separate 

weapon constraint items appear on the PDU. These constraints apply only to 

multi-purpose submunition (MPSM) rockets — FFARs do not require a lock. 

The rocket constraints only display if rockets are active, and both constraints must 

be met to gain a lock. The first constraint is an I-beam, which shows what direction 

the helicopter needs to move horizontally to bring the target into weapon constraints. 

Swing the helicopter right or left until the target box is under the PDU, 

and the I-beam is centered on it. 

The second constraint is a pitch circle, which indicates vertical alignment. Nose 

the helicopter up or down until the target box is under the PDU, and the circle is 

centered on the target. 

Once you’ve aligned both elements, you can fire your MPSM rockets. You can’t fire, 

however, if you’re out of range, if you don’t have the I-beam and circle correctly 

aligned over the target, or if the Master Arm indicator is set to SAFE (press cM 

to arm weapons). 

ATA Missile Constraint Circles. When the air-to-air (ATA) missile system is 

active, a large circle appears on the display and indicates where the missile seeker 

head is looking. The circle turns solid when the target meets the weapon constraints, 

and remains dashed if it has not. Bring air targets into the center of the 

circle to gain a missile lock.

CO-PILOT/GUNNER COCKPIT 


Both the Longbow and the Kiowa feature a separate cockpit for the co-pilot/gunner 

(CP/G). In the Kiowa, the two seats are virtually identical. In the Longbow you can 

perform most of the same tasks in the front (CP/G) seat as you can in the pilot’s 

seat — the main difference is that the CP/G seat has an Optical Relay Tube 

(ORT) Unit. 

Uses for CP/G Cockpit 

Unless you’re flying specifically as a CP/G in a multi-player scenario, you don’t 

have to use the second cockpit. The Kiowa’s CP/G really doesn’t have any advantages 

over the pilot’s seat. In the Longbow, however, the greatest advantage is 

that you can display different MFDs in each cockpit. Typically, offensive MFDs are 

most useful in the CP/G cockpit, defensives ones in the pilot’s cockpit. In the 

Longbow, the cockpit dash view of the ORT is only visible in the front (CP/G) seat 

(between the left and right MFDs). 

If you are flying in a multi-player scenario, with both a human pilot and a human 

CP/G, you may wish to keep in mind that according to Army SOP, the highestranking 

person in the helicopter occupies the CP/G seat under normal circumstances. 

This is because he is in the best position to know whether the mission 

has been accomplished, gauge the general battlefield situation, and determine in 

an emergency situation whether to proceed with the mission or bug out. 

Kiowa’s Left Seat (CP/G) 

2: COCKPITS 

The co-pilot’s seat in the Kiowa is functionally identical to the pilot’s. The only 

differences are that the single MFD appears on the opposite side of the panel, 

and the PDU doesn’t appear. Kiowa pilots and CP/Gs share the same Digital 

Moving Map display (see p. 2.45 for map details). 

Numpad 0 Toggle between left seat (CP/G) and right seat (pilot’s cockpit) 

KIOWA LEFT-SEAT DASH 

2.51

2.52 

LONGBOW 2 

Longbow’s Front Seat (CP/G) 

The full-screen view of the ORT, called the Head-Down Display (HDD), shows 

TADS or Radar MFD image (whichever is active) with target information superimposed 

on top of it. This screen is repeated in a small, cockpit dash display known 

as the Head-Out Display (HOD) – a monochrome image that duplicates the HDD. 

Numpad 0 Toggle between front-seat (CP/G) and pilot’s cockpit 

Numpad . Toggle HDD mode (between full-screen or repeater mode) from the CP/G cockpit 

IHADSS Normal IHADSS information appears in this cockpit. 

MFDs The front-seat cockpit has two MFDs. 

UPFRONT Text Display The top half gives damage information (and target 

information, if U is active). The bottom displays the 

elapsed mission time. 

Optical Relay Tube Unit The ORT shows either the TADS or Radar 

(ORT) 

MFD. You can view ORT information on a small 

screen in the cockpit (Head-Out Display), or in fullscreen 

mode (Head-Down Display) by pressing 

Numpad . (toggle). 

IHADSS/MFDs/UPFRONT Display 


IHADSS 

Optical Relay Tube 

(ORT) Unit 

Left MFD 

Upfront Display 

The IHADSS display, MFDs and UPFRONT display operate just as they do in the 

back seat. You still switch the left and right MFDs normally (with , and .), and 

but you can have different MFDs open in each cockpit. 

HOD 

Right MFD

Optical Relay Tube (ORT) Unit 


In addition to two regular MFDs, the 

Longbow’s CP/G cockpit has an ORT unit 

that shows either the TADS or Radar MFD. 

The CP/G performs his targeting functions 

by either looking through the HDD (an eyepiece 

mounted in the middle of the cockpit 

dash) or at the HOD (small dash display). 

Head-Out Display (HOD) 

The Head-Out Display emulates either the 

TADS or Radar MFD, depending on which 

acquisition mode is active. If TADS is the 

active target acquisition system, the TADS 

page appears. If you have FCR active, the 

Radar page appears. 

See Radar MFD (p. 2.29) and TADS MFD 

(p. 2.32) for ORT view commands specific to 

these MFDs. 

Head-Down Display (HDD) 


2: COCKPITS 

Head-Down Display (HDD) 

ORT UNIT 

Head-Out Display (HOD) 

You can “look” through the optical relay tube in the front-seat (CP/G) cockpit by 

using the Head-Down Display. When you do so, target information normally available 

in the TADS and Radar MFDs is superimposed over camera imagery in a 

full-screen view. 

Your current airspeed appears in the upper left corner of the High-Action Display 

in this view. Current altitude appears in the upper right. 

When you’re not in HDD view, ORT information appears in the HOD dash display. 

Numpad . Toggle ORT display between Head-Down/Head-Out view. 

The HDD view displays a full-screen TADS or Radar MFD (whichever system is active). 

Press again to return to HOD (dash) view. 

2.53

2.54 

LONGBOW 2 

BLACK HAWK ANALOG COCKPIT 

Black Hawk 

The cockpits of the Longbow and Kiowa are almost entirely digital, with all important 

flight-status information appearing in the MFDs or Upfront display. The Black 

Hawk, however, has far fewer digital readouts, and relies far more on traditional 

analog aircraft instrumentation. 

Mission Clock 

Overtorque 

Indicator 

TGT Engine Readout 

Radar Warning 

Receiver 

N P Readout 

Compass 

Cockpit Gauges 

Airspeed Indicator 

Artificial Horizon 

Radar Altimeter 

Barometer 

Altimeter 

Rate of Climb 

Indicator 

Horizontal Situation 

Indicator 

Engine Torque 

Readout 

The following appear as dial gauges or bar readings built into the cockpit of the 

Black Hawk. 

Airspeed Indicator. Dial gauge that shows how fast the helicopter is traveling in 

knots. A knot is a nautical measure of speed, approximately equal to 6076 

feet/hour (a distance equal to one nautical mile). The indicator scale ranges from 

0 to 250 knots. 

Altimeter. Dial gauge that gives the helicopter’s altitude in feet above sea level 

(which differs from height above ground level). Keep in mind that this reading 

might indicate 2000 feet above sea level, while your ground altitude may show 

much less than that — the ground is usually higher than sea level. 

Radar Altimeter. Dial gauge that measures altitude, up to 1500 feet above 

ground level. (It uses a primitive radar to bounce signals off of the ground, then 

measures how long it takes for signals to return. The scale is logarithmic.)

2: COCKPITS 

Horizontal Situation Indicator. This gauge indicates how far off course you 

might be at any given moment. The outer ring of the HSI has a compass, while 

the line bisecting the inner ring represents the direct path of your assigned course. 

A deviation bar shows (in relative terms) how far you are from your course. If the 

course bar is perfectly vertical, and your deviation bar exactly overlays the course 

line, then you are on course. 

Torque Readout. Gauge that indicates how much engine power/torque is currently 

being produced by each engine. When the collective is adjusted, the power and 

torque change accordingly. 

TGT Engine Readout. Gauge that indicates the temperatures of the left and right 

engines. 

NP Readout. Gauge that displays revolutions-per-minute readings for the left and 

right turbine engines. 

Radar Warning Receiver (RWR). Electronic display that identifies radar-emitting 

sources. When a threat is detected, lines emanate from the center of the RWR in 

the direction of the threat. The longer the lines, the greater the severity of the 

threat (as estimated from its radar signal). 

Compass. A magnetic compass showing the current heading of the aircraft. 

2.55

2.56 

LONGBOW 2 

VIEW CONTROLS 


During flight, you have access to a number of useful views. You can “look” in any 

direction, watch your missile as it strikes a target, slew your TADS helmet view, 

pan around your aircraft, and more. 

Alternate views are both useful and entertaining. All game objects are highly 

detailed (down to their rotating turrets) and are active even while you’re occupied 

elsewhere. You can even hear their sound effects in exterior camera views. Using 

these views helps you keep track of what’s going on in the combat environment. 

View Panning 

You can pan the view in any exterior view (outside of the cockpit) as described 

below. You cannot, however, pan to an upside-down view. 

Numpad 8 Tilt camera up Tilt any exterior view up slightly. 

Numpad 2 Tilt camera down Tilt any exterior view down slightly. 

Numpad 6 Pan right Rotate any exterior view to the right. 

Numpad 4 Pan left Rotate any exterior view to the left. 

Numpad 5 Reset view Return view to default (centered) position. 

Numpad + Zoom in Zoom in any exterior view. 

Numpad - Zoom out Back out any exterior view. 

a + joystick Tilt/Pan view Tilt or rotate any exterior view.

Inside Cockpit Views 

Note: The “no cockpit” views listed below keep the IHADSS display in your view 

at all times. 

1 Front cockpit view. Looks out the front of the cockpit. 

s1 Front view, no cockpit. Removes cockpit/MFDs and shows only IHADSS. You can pan this 

view without affecting the TADS sensor/cannon position. (See View Panning, above, for 

controls.) 

2 Left cockpit view. Looks out the left side of the cockpit and displays IHADSS information. 

s2 Left view, no cockpit. As 2, but without cockpit art. 

3 Right cockpit view. Looks out the right side of the cockpit and displays IHADSS information. 

s3 Right view, no cockpit. As 3, but without cockpit or MFDs. 

4 Virtual cockpit / target lock view. The first press of 4 puts you in a “virtual cockpit” 

view looking straight out the aircraft’s wind screen. A second press, however, will lock your 

view to the closest target (in the Longbow, your cannon automatically aims itself at this target). 

Subsequent pressings cycle the view through available targets. 

Exterior Views 

5 Chase view. Views your helicopter from a fixed position behind the tail rotor. (The camera 

“chases” your helicopter.) Pressing this key multiple times cycles to an exterior view of the 

left side, an exterior view of the right-side, and then returns to the chase view. 

s5 Fly-by view. Views your helicopter as it flies by the camera. 

6 Next object view. Cycles through all objects in this order: aircraft, ground vehicles, 

inanimate ground objects. 

s6 Previous object view. Cycles through all objects in reverse order. 

8 Player missile view. Switches to your missile’s viewpoint. 

2: COCKPITS 

s8 Player missile view toggle. Automatically switches to your missile’s viewpoint anytime you 

launch one. 

9 Incoming missile view. Switches to the viewpoint of an approaching missile when it closes 

in on you. 

s9 Incoming missile view toggle. Automatically switches to the viewpoint of any missile that is 

approaching you. 

= Death view. Switches to exterior view of a recently destroyed target. 

s= Death view toggle. Automatically switches to exterior view of a target when it’s destroyed. 

Note: All of the “toggle” switches (s8, s9 and s=) cause the view 

to change automatically under the appropriate conditions. The name of the 

camera and its new status briefly displays on the IHADSS (for example, DEATH 

CAMERA ON). 

2.57

2.58 

LONGBOW 2 

Target Views 

The next six views cycle through a current target list (a list of targets identified by 

the FCR, TADS or CP/G). This list varies, depending on which system you’re 

using to find targets, and whether or not you’ve established any Priority Fire 

Zones (PFZs). 

♦ Switching targets in view (by pressing T) transfers the current lock to that 

target instead. 

♦ If you’re using FCR target acquisition and have designated PFZs, the view 

cycles through targets in that zone. 

♦ If you’re using FCR target acquisition and have no PFZs, the view cycles 

through whatever targets the FCR currently has stored. 

♦ If you’re using TADS target acquisition, the view cycles through targets 

identified by the TADS sensor. 

7 Next target view. Displays a side view of the next target in your target list. 

s7 Previous target view. Displays a side view of the previous target in your target list. 

0 Player-to-next-target view. Tactical view that lines you up with the next target in the list 

(the camera “sees” you, then the enemy, in a direct line of sight). Subsequent presses cycle 

through other targets. 

s0 Player-to-previous-target view. As above, except that it cycles to the previous target 

in the list. 

- Next-target-to-player view. Tactical view that lines your previous target up with you 

(the camera “sees” the enemy, then you, in a direct line of sight). Subsequent presses cycle 

through other targets in the list. 

s- Previous-target-to-player view. As above, except that it cycles to the previous target 

in the list.

3 

Ground School

3.2 

LONGBOW 2 

LIFT FORCE ...........................................3.1 

Generating Lift ..................................................3.2 

Bernoulli’s Principle.....................................3.2 

Angle of Attack ...........................................3.3 

Angle of Incidence.......................................3.4 

ROTATIONAL MOTION...........................3.5 

Dissymmetry of Lift ...........................................3.5 

Compressibility of Air ..................................3.6 

Coning........................................................3.6 

Downwash.........................................................3.6 

Ground Effect in a Hover.............................3.7 

Settling with Power .....................................3.7 

Torque...............................................................3.8 

Tail Rotor....................................................3.8 

Hovering and Translating Tendency..............3.8 

3. GROUND SCHOOL 

HORIZONTAL MOTION ..........................3.9 

Translational Lift................................................3.9 

Drag.........................................................3.10 

Asymmetry of Lift............................................3.10 

Retreating Blade Stall ......................................3.12 


3: GROUND SCHOOL 

Although records of experiments in rotary flight date back to the 15th century, it 

wasn’t until after World War II that a full-size model of a helicopter capable of 

consistently flying more than a few hundred feet was developed. Early attempts at 

helicopter design were thwarted by a lack of understanding of the physics of 

rotary flight and the special problems it created. 

This chapter describes the forces that govern rotary-wing flight. The first section 

provides an overview of the basic aerodynamic principles of lift. The next sections 

explain the interaction of the forces and velocities inherent to the rotational motion 

of the blades and the horizontal motion of the aircraft. 

Boxed text provides examples or additional, more detailed information in some sections. 

LIFT FORCE 

For now, let us ignore forward movement, and look at two basic aerodynamic 

forces that allow a helicopter to get off the ground and hover. 

Gravitational force. The most fundamental force you encounter is gravitational 

force, the force that pulls everything toward the center of the earth. 

Lift. The lift force counteracts gravity, and is created as a result of air flowing over 

a wing or blade surface. 

Equal = Hover 

Lift 

Gravity 

Lift greater = Rise 

When lift is greater than the gravitational force, the aircraft rises. When lift is less 

than gravitational force the aircraft sinks. When the two forces are equal, the 

aircraft hovers. 

When we talk about the weight of an object, we are actually talking about 

strength of the gravitational force pulling it toward the earth. Thus, as an object 

gets lighter or heavier, the strength of the gravitational force acting on it 

decreases or increases. 

The heavier an object, the greater the lift force needed to keep it in the air. Thus a 

fully loaded helicopter must generate more lift than an empty one. Also, as a helicopter 

flies, it burns fuel, and thus becomes lighter, requiring a smaller lift force. 

Lift 

Gravity greater = Sink 

Gravity 

Lift 

Gravity 

3.1

3.2 

LONGBOW 2 

Generating Lift 

The design of an aircraft’s airfoils (wings or blades) enables them to generate lift. 

Airfoils are designed differently for each application — rotary-wing airfoils are built 

to take advantage of both forward flight and rotary motion. The geometric design 

of the blade helps the craft adapt to variable flight conditions. 

Two physical principles, Bernoulli’s principle and angle of attack, explain how the 

design of an airfoil creates lift. 

Bernoulli’s Principle 

Bernoulli’s principle states that as the speed of a fluid increases, its pressure 

decreases. Air acts much like a fluid as it flows around an airfoil. It separates and 

flows both under and over the exterior surfaces. (The point of separation is called 

the point of impact.) Differences in the speed of the air flowing across the upper 

and lower surfaces of the airfoil create differences in pressure, which in turn 

create lift. 

In the diagram below, notice that the path from A to B along the top surface of an 

airfoil is longer than the path between these two points along the bottom surface. 

Because the upper surface of an 

airfoil is longer than the lower 

one, air must travel a greater distance 

over the top surface. Since 

the upper and lower surfaces 

A 

move through the air in the same 

amount of time, the air must travel 

B 

faster over the upper surface to 

B 

cover this greater distance. 

According to Bernoulli’s principle, 

this difference in airspeed creates 

a higher pressure beneath the 

airfoil and lower pressure above it. Since slightly more pressure is present below 

the airfoil, the airfoil is pushed upward. This upward force is called lift. 

Two consequences of Bernoulli’s principle affect the amount of lift generated by 

an airfoil: 

♦ At faster speeds, the pressure differential above and below the airfoil is 

greater. The faster an airfoil moves through the air, the more lift it generates. 

♦ At higher altitudes, the air becomes thinner (less dense) and thus generates 

less pressure and less lift.

Angle of Attack 


When a helicopter powers up, its blades are parallel to the ground. Once they’re 

spinning fast enough, the pilot angles the blades. When the blades cut through 

the air at an angle, they generate lift. 

The angle at which the blade hits the air is called the angle of attack. This angle 

changes as the pilot changes the angle of the blades with his flight controls and 

as the direction of the air moving over the blades changes (as, for example, in 

gusty wind conditions). 

To understand how blade 

angle of attack increases lift, 

imagine holding your hand 

outside a car window while the 

car is moving. If you hold your 

hand so that your palm faces 

the ground, the edge of your 

hand cuts through the air with 

relatively little resistance. If 

you hold your hand perpendicular 

to the ground, the force of 

air rushing against your palm 

pushes it back. But if you 

angle your hand so that its 

front edge is tilted slightly upward, the force of air will push your hand slightly up 

as well as back. 

Airflow 

Dynamics of a Stall 

Angle of attack is dependent 

on the direction of airflow 

over the blades 

Disrupted 

Airflow 

Direction of 

Airflow 

Angle of attack = 0° 

Similarly, when air 

moves over an 

angled blade, the 

force of the air 

pushes it slightly 

upward, contributing 

to the total lift 

force on the aircraft. 

The lift force 

generated 

increases with the 

angle of the blade 

— up to a point. 

As you saw with 

your hand, there 

is a point at which angle of attack becomes too steep, when the flow of air over the 

blade is disrupted and the force pushing the blade backward is greater than the 

force pushing it up. The blade is no longer generating lift. This is known as a stall. 

3.3

3.4 

LONGBOW 2 

Angle of Incidence 

Angle of 

incidence 

Rotor disc plane of rotation 

Angle of incidence is 

unaffected by airflow 

Angle of incidence refers to the angle of the blades with respect to the plane of 

rotation of the rotor disc. This angle is strictly mechanical and is not affected by 

differences in airflow. This is the angle that the pilot alters with flight controls. 

The collective alters the angle of incidence of all of the blades to the same 

degree at the same time. The cyclic control changes the blades’ angles of incidence 

differentially at various points along the path of rotation, causing the plane 

of the entire rotor disc to tilt. (If the pilot pushes the cyclic forward, the angle of 

incidence of the blades is greater when they are passing over the tail than it is 

when they are passing over the nose. This tilts the entire rotor disc forward.) 

See Collective Stick and Cyclic Stick, pp. 4.2 - 4.3.


ROTATIONAL MOTION 

As stated earlier, lift is an upward force created as an airfoil cuts through the air. 

In a helicopter, the airfoils (blades) move through the air in three directions — 

horizontally, vertically and circularly. The interaction between forces generated by 

these planes of motion determines how the helicopter moves. 

The speed of the blades as they rotate around a central point is called angular or 

rotational velocity or blade speed. The velocity of air moving over blades varies 

along the length of the blades, which in turn means that the lift force varies along 

the length of the blades. This phenomenon is known as dissymmetry of lift. 

Dissymmetry of Lift 

Basic geometry tells us that the 

greater the circumference of a circle, 

the greater distance a point 

along the circle has to travel to 

make a single revolution. Points 

along a helicopter blade are simply 

points traveling in concentric circles 

around the rotor shaft. The paths 

traveled by points at the tip of the 

blade are much longer than the 

paths of points near the center, but 

the entire blade completes a rota- 

tion at the same time. This means the points at the tips on the blade are moving 

faster than the points near the rotor shaft. 

Since the sections of the blades near the rotor shaft move more slowly, less lift is 

produced in the area near the rotor shaft (see Bernoulli’s Principle, p. 3.2). The 

difference in the amount of lift generated by different sections of a helicopter blade 

is called dissymmetry of lift. 

15° 

15º 

45º 45° 

This point travels 

in a larger circle 

This point 

travels in a 

smaller 

circle 

To compensate for dissymmetry 

of lift, helicopter blades incorporate 

a twist toward the interior of 

the blade. This increases the 

pitch angle of the blade as you 

near the rotor shaft, and therefore 

creates more lifting force. This 

causes lift to be created evenly 

throughout the entire length of 

the rotor blade. 

3.5

3.6 

LONGBOW 2 

Compressibility of Air 

It makes sense that the faster the blades spin, the more lift can be created. This 

holds true until the blade speed nears the speed of sound. Air compresses 

around the blades and produces a shock wave on the bottom surface at blade 

speeds between Mach 0.5 and 0.6, and on the top surface at blades speeds 

near Mach 0.9. This phenomenon is called compressibility of air. A helicopter’s 

blades are not designed to go through this shock wave and the resulting pitch 

force. 

Mach 0.9 is generally accepted as the maximum blade speed for a helicopter; 

this translates to about 200 knots forward airspeed. (Air compression effects 

create a problem for helicopters at much lower speeds than for fixed-wing aircraft 

because the speed of the advancing blades on a helicopter is actually the 

sum of the forward airspeed and the blades’ rotational velocity. See Asymmetry 

of Lift, p. 3.10.) 

Coning 

As more lift is generated by 

the helicopter, the blades rise 

above the horizontal position 

and assume a cone-like position. 

This happens because lift 

is applied to the entire blade, 

but only one end of the blade 

is free to move up (or down). 

So, all of the lift applied to the 

blade acts on the blade tip. 

The greater the degree of 

coning, the less lift is produced. 

This is because once 

the rotor blades are coned, the 

amount of effective disc area 

Downwash 

Disc rotating flat – 

greater effective disc area 

Coned disc – 

less effective disc area 

(Degree of coning exaggerated for emphasis) 

decreases. The effective disc area is the area covered by one revolution of the 

blade. If the blades are coned, they “shorten” the diameter of the disc. 

As the rotor blades spin, they push air downward. Air just outside the rotor disc 

flows up, arcs over, and is pushed down through the rotor disc. This flow of air is 

called induced flow or downwash. Downwash doesn’t present problems during 

normal flight and gradual altitude changes; it can even be used to increase lift during 

a hover. However during steep descents (exceeding 30°) downwash can be 

fatal.

Ground Effect in a Hover 


When a helicopter hovers within a rotor length of the ground, downwash pushes 

down against the surface. An artificial cushion is then created as the air “bounces” 

off the terrain and back up into the rotor blades. This is called ground effect. 

In the game, you’ll notice ground effect when you’re flying within 50 feet or so of 

ground level. Look at the torque indicator (which indicates the engine’s power output) 

when hovering at 50 feet, then again when you’re hovering above 100 feet. 

The difference in engine torque required to sustain lift at these altitudes is due to 

ground effect. 

Within a ground effect cushion, less power is required to keep the helicopter aloft 

because downwash bouncing off of the ground adds to the lift produced by the 

spinning rotor blades. When hovering inside ground effect, pilots can decrease the 

collective angle of the blades and reduce engine power. Hovering outside ground 

effect requires more power than any other helicopter maneuver. 

Smooth surfaces (like asphalt or concrete) generate a better cushion. Rougher 

terrain tends to distort the air flow and make the cushion less uniform. 

Settling with Power 

If a helicopter makes an extremely fast descent with little forward velocity, it can 

get caught in its own downwash, and the pilot may find it difficult to generate 

enough lift to break the descent. This condition is called settling with power, also 

referred to as the vortex ring state. 

When a helicopter settles with power, its descent rate exceeds the airspeed of the 

downwash. This means that airflow under the inner section of the rotor disc is no 

longer creating lift — air is actually flowing upward relative to the disc. Lift is being 

created in the wrong direction, pushing the craft down in the direction of descent. 

Inducing Flow During Hover 

Air 

flows 

down 

Induced Flow in Settling 

with Power State 

Lift pushes up 

Lift pushes down 

3.7

3.8 

LONGBOW 2 CHAPTER 3 

Torque 

A bizarre function of early 

helicopter models frustrated 

designers for centuries. 

Whenever a model took 

off, it would keel over in 

one direction or spin and 

hop uncontrollably. This 

behavior was later understood 

to be the result of a 

torque force: the rotor 

shaft was spinning in one 

direction, while the rest of 

the craft was twisting in 

the opposite direction. 

Why does torque occur? 

Newton’s Third Law of physics states that for every action, there’s an equal and 

opposite reaction. In this case, the reaction is torque. A helicopter body spins 

opposite the direction its rotor is spinning. 

Tail Rotor 

Tail tends to turn in 

opposite direction 

Tail rotor 

counteracts 

drift of tail 

The Longbow Apache has a tail rotor to counteract torque. The pilot uses directional 

control pedals to apply force in the opposite direction of the torque created 

by the spinning blades. The tail rotor generates this force in the same way the 

main rotor generates a lift force – the directional control pedals increase/decrease 

the blade angle of attack, which in turn increases/decreases the amount of force 

the tail rotor creates. The tail rotor can also be used to yaw the aircraft in a hover 

and sharpen turns (see Directional Control Pedals, p. 4.4). 

Hovering and Translating Tendency 

Direction 

blades spin 

During hovers, helicopters with a tail rotor tend to drift to one side because the tail 

rotor “pushes” the craft sideways. This is called translating tendency. Helicopters 

with blades that rotate counterclockwise (most helicopters built in the U.S.) drift to 

the right. To compensate for this drift, the pilot can tilt the entire rotor disc to the 

left. This causes the main rotor to apply more force against the tail rotor. 

Some modern helicopter designs have built-in features that take translating 

tendency into account. The main rotor may tilt slightly to the left when the cyclic 

control is centered. Or, the control system may tilt the rotor to the left when 

collective is increased during a hover. (See Collective Stick and Cyclic Stick, 

pp. 4.2 - 4.3, for more information.)


HORIZONTAL MOTION 

Unlike a fixed-wing aircraft, which is propelled forward by thrust from the engines, 

a helicopter moves forward (or backward, or sideways) by tilting the lift force. 

To move forward, a pilot adjusts 

his cyclic control (see Cyclic 

Stick, p. 4.3), which adjust the 

angles of the individual blades 

as they rotate so that the entire 

rotor disc (the plane of rotation 

of the rotor and blades) remains 

tilted downward (see diagram). 

When the aircraft hovers, the 

rotor disc remains parallel to the 

ground and all of the lift force it 

generates pushes the aircraft 

up. When the rotor disc is tilted, 

the lift force is also tilted. When 

the disc is tilted as in the 

diagram above, more lift is being generated in front of the helicopter than behind 

it, and the helicopter moves forward. 

Because some of the lift force is being directed forward when a helicopter is 

moving forward, the vertical component of the lift force is smaller. Thus more total 

lift must be generated to keep the aircraft moving forward at a constant altitude. 

The same thing happens when you are turning (rolled to one side), as the lift force 

is shifted to the side. 

Translational Lift 

Total lift 

Total lift Vertical lift 

Horizontal lift 

Hover 

Forward 

Flight 

Lift is initially produced as the rotor blades spin and their angled surfaces cut 

through the air. When the helicopter switches from a hover into forward motion, air 

passes over the helicopter from nose to tail. This air moves over the spinning 

blades as well, creating additional lift. Lift created by the horizontal motion of a 

helicopter is called translational lift. 

Just as more “normal” lift is produced at higher blade speeds, more translational 

lift is produced at higher airspeeds — up to a certain point. Translational lift kicks 

in at speeds near 20 knots, and, in the Longbow Apache, reaches a maximum 

level at about 60-70 knots. Since this speed produces the best lift, it is the speed 

at which the Longbow Apache achieves the best climb rate. Beyond this speed, 

more power is required to overcome the effect of air resistance (or drag) against 

the blades, and the amount of lift generated decreases. 

3.9

3.10 

LONGBOW 2 

Drag 

Commonly known as air resistance, drag is the force that counteracts an object 

moving through air. As an airfoil moves through the air, the air resists the surface 

of the airfoil, pushing against it. The upward component of this force produces 

lift. The backward force, however, is a drag force that works against the forward 

motion of the blades. This drag force increases as angle of attack increases. 

(See Angle of Attack, p. 3.3.) 

Drag produced by angle of attack is called induced drag. No airfoil can generate 

lift without also generating drag. And just as greater speed produces a greater 

lift force, it also produces greater drag. 

Asymmetry of Lift 

Blade speed and lift become more complicated when a helicopter moves horizontally, 

because the blades of the helicopter are revolving in a circle, and their 

rotational velocity adds to or detracts from their horizontal velocity at different 

points in the rotational cycle. 

During half of the rotation, the blades are moving toward the nose of the helicopter. 

During the other half, they are moving toward the tail. 

The blades moving toward the nose (advancing blades) are traveling forward at 

some speed. If the helicopter moves forward at a certain speed, its blades also 

move forward at this same speed. For the advancing blades, the sum of these two 

speeds equals the speed of the air passing over the blade. 

The blades that are moving away from the nose (retreating blades) are actually 

moving in the opposite direction of the helicopter. In this case, the speed of the air 

passing over the blades is the helicopter’s forward airspeed minus the speed at 

which the blades are moving toward the tail. 

Since the speed of the blade is faster during part of the blade’s revolution, the 

amount of lift it creates fluctuates. More lift is created by advancing blades, and 

less lift is generated by retreating blades. This causes asymmetry of lift, meaning 

that the lift force on one side of the rotor disc does not equal the lift force on the 

other side. 

Assume that a helicopter with only two rotor blades is traveling forward at 150 

mph, and that the outer tip of the rotor is spinning with an angular velocity of 400 

mph. The position of the blades in their circular path will be described by the 

“time” convention, where 12 o’clock is the nose of the helicopter and 6 o’clock is 

the tail. 

As one blade moves from 12 o’clock (the nose) to 9 o’clock, it is traveling from 

the front of the aircraft toward the rear. This is called the retreating blade 

because it is moving “backward” relative to the forward motion of the helicopter.


The other blade moves from the rear of the aircraft toward the front (from the 6 

o’clock position to 3 o’clock). It is the advancing blade because it is traveling 

“forward,” or in the same direction as the helicopter’s motion. 

The advancing blade is moving in the same direction as the helicopter (forward), 

so the speed of the air passing over the blade is the sum of these two speeds 

(150 + 400 = 550 mph). The retreating blade is moving in the opposite direction 

of the helicopter, so the speed of the air passing over it is the difference 

between the speed of the advancing helicopter and the speed of the retreating 

blade (400 - 150 = 250 mph). 

Now, return to a basic principle of lift — more lift is created at higher airspeeds. 

The speed of the advancing blade is 550 mph, while the speed of the retreating 

blade is 250 mph. The advancing blade creates more lift, because it’s traveling 

faster. This additional lift only occurs on the side where the blades are advancing. 

Thus, helicopters in the U.S. tend to veer up to the left. This phenomenon is 

called asymmetry of lift. 

= 250 

150 

400 

Retreating 

blade 

400 

150 

150 

400 

550 

650 

250 

Advancing 

blade 

130 

= 550 

3.11

3.12 

LONGBOW 2 

Retreating Blade Stall 

As the forward speed of the helicopter increases, the airspeed around its retreating 

blade decreases, which means the lift generated on the retreating blades 

decreases. In order to compensate for the reduction of lift, the angle of attack of 

the retreating blades must be increased in order to equalize the lift on both left 

and right side of the rotor disc. (The pilot does this by moving the cyclic control 

toward the side where the lift is greatest.) Increasing the angle of attack too much, 

however, results in a stall (see Angle of Attack, p. 3.3). Pockets of stalled air are 

created near the center and edge of the rotor disc. 

Areas of reduced lift 

The blades stall and then unstall as they move through this region (remember, the 

same blade retreats and then advances as it rotates). This causes vibrations 

which warn the pilot that the blades are stalled and might be damaged if the stall 

condition increases. As you continue to increase airspeed beyond this point, the 

stalled region grows bigger, the vibrations get worse and eventually either the 

rotor is destroyed or you roll to one side, since less lift is generated on the stalled 

side of the rotor. 

Autorotational Landing 

In the event of engine failure and/or an uncorrectable blade stall, a pilot may be 

forced to make an autorotational landing. An autorotational landing is a landing 

made without power from the engines. As the helicopter descends, air flows 

upward through the rotor disc. The rotor system is designed so that this updraft 

keeps the blades rotating, providing a minimal amount of lift that may allow the 

pilot to stay up in the air long enough to land without crashing. 

For landing instructions, see Autorotational Landing, p. 4.14.

4 

Flight Training

4.2 

LONGBOW 2 

HELICOPTER CONTROLS.........................4.1 

Rotor.................................................................4.1 

Collective Stick...................................................4.2 

Advanced Collective Controls........................4.2 

How Collective Works ..................................4.2 

Cyclic Stick ........................................................4.3 

How Cyclic Works ........................................4.3 

Directional Control Pedals ..................................4.4 

How Directional Control Pedals Work ...........4.4 

In-Game Flight Tutorials.....................................4.4 

Adjusting Realism and Difficulty.........................4.5 

Autopilot and Coordinated Flight Functions .........4.5 

Autopilot.....................................................4.5 

Advanced Autopilot Keys .............................4.6 

Hover Hold .................................................4.7 

Force Trim...................................................4.7 

Coordinated Turn.........................................4.7 

4. FLIGHT TRAINING 

PRACTICE FLIGHT (NON-COMBAT) .........4.8 

Startup..............................................................4.9 

Takeoff ...........................................................4.10 

In-Flight ..........................................................4.11 

Landing...........................................................4.12 

Advanced Combat Landing ........................4.13 


This chapter describes the basic controls of the helicopter and the mechanics of 

taking off, climbing, diving, turning and landing. 

♦ See In a Hurry?, p. 0.12, for a short overview of the basic instruments and 

keystrokes you need to fly Longbow 2. 

♦ See Weapons Systems, pp. 5.9-5.23, for details on how to use the onboard 

weapon systems, acquire targets, and arm/fire all of the Longbow’s weapons. 

♦ See Cockpit/Systems, Chapter 2, for an explanation of all cockpit displays 

and analog/digital instrumentation. 

♦ See Training Building, p. 1.5, to try out the game’s interactive tutorial system. 

You’ll learn everything you need to know to fly and fight. 

HELICOPTER CONTROLS 

Most pilots who have flown both fixed-wing and rotary aircraft agree that flying a 

helicopter is more difficult than flying an airplane. The characteristics of rotary 

flight make maintaining a steady course difficult, 

and pilots must constantly adjust the controls 

and monitor the surroundings. 

Pilots use both their feet and hands to continually 

adjust three main controls — collective, 

cyclic and directional control pedals. The collective 

controls vertical movement; the cyclic 

controls forward, backward and banking 

movements; and the pedals change heading. 

Note: Different joysticks support different functions. Please use the appropriate 

button if it’s different from the controls/keys listed in this section. 

Rotor 

Collective 

Stick 

Cyclic stick 

4: FLIGHT TRAINING 

Directional 

Control 

Pedals 

The helicopter’s cyclic and collective controls affect the rotor blades. When the 

rotor is spinning, changing the angle of the blades controls the amount of lift and 

the direction in which the helicopter moves. 

Before taking off, you must disengage the rotor brake. After landing, you must 

engage it. If you want to autorotate, you can disengage the rotor (it will still spin). 

You can also stop the rotor with the rotor brake. However, it stops all circular rotor 

motion. 

R Turn rotor brake on/off (toggle) 

Use this key before takeoffs (except in Instant Action Missions), or if you want to 

stop the rotor from spinning (when you’re visiting a FARP or landing). 

cR Engage/disengage the rotor (toggle) 

This happens automatically if both engines lose power (so that you can autorotate 

and maintain rotor RPM – see Autorotational Landing, p. 4.14). 

4.1

4.2 

LONGBOW 2 

Collective Stick 

The collective controls lift (and thus altitude) by altering the pitch of all four main 

rotor blades simultaneously. Use the following keystrokes to simulate the collective 

stick if you’re using the keyboard to fly. If you’re 

using a joystick with an active throttle wheel, you 

can also use the wheel to control collective. 

= Add collective (increases altitude) 

- Decrease collective (decreases altitude) 

Throttle Move forward to add collective, backward to decrease 

wheel 

collective. You can reverse this by selecting the 

HELICOPTER STYLE COLLECTIVE option in the OPTIONS menu 

(see Install Guide). 

Advanced Collective Controls 

Other keys give you fine collective control. Try them once you get the basics 

down: 

s= Add collective (1%) 

s- Decrease collective (1%) 

` Set collective to 0% 

1 through 0 Set collective from 10% to 100% 

Note: The digital percentage readout in the upper left corner of the IHADSS 

does not reflect the current collective setting. It reflects the torque percentage. 

How Collective Works 

Collective: 

Rise/Sink 

The collective changes the angle (pitch) of 

the rotor blades “collectively.” This means it 

adjusts all blades at once by the same 

amount. This is a static change, meaning the Flat rotor pitch decreases collective 

pitch of each blade remains constant 

throughout each blade revolution. Increasing 

the angle of the blades (“adding collective”) 

increases lift. Decreasing the blade angle 

Steep rotor pitch adds collective 

(“reducing collective”) lessens lift. 

When a pilot adds collective, the helicopter 

rises vertically. But if too much collective is added, the blade angle can be too steep 

and create drag instead of lift. This occurs because as collective is increased, the 

extreme pitch angle of the blade causes the engine to bog down. Easing up on 

collective produces less lift and results in a gradual descent. As you increase 

collective, engine torque yaws the helicopter slightly to the right. Lowering torque 

will yaw the helicopter slightly to the left.

Cyclic Stick 

The cyclic controls pitch and bank. Your 

joystick (or keyboard, if it’s the active flight 

device) acts as the cyclic stick. 

W, Z Pitch the aircraft down, up 

A, S Bank the aircraft left, right 

How Cyclic Works 


Cyclic: Pitch/Bank 

Plane of rotation before cyclic change 

The cyclic affects the angle of individual 

rotor blades at different points in a 360° 

revolution. The individual blade angles are 

increased during half of the revolution, and 

decreased during the other half. Steeper 

blade angles generate additional lift during 

part of the revolution, causing the blades to 

flap higher. During the rest of the revolution, 

the blades don’t rise as much because the Plane of rotation after cyclic change 

blade angle (and lift) is less steep. 

The result of this change is that the entire 

rotor disc (a circular plane formed by the revolving blades) adopts a new “tilt,” or 

attitude. This effectively changes the direction of thrust, allowing the pilot to gain 

forward speed, bank and pitch. 

You can only tilt the rotor disc so far (in other words, you can’t pitch down too 

steeply). Once the angle of attack (angle at which the blades meet the air) is too 

great, the blades fail to generate lift. This is called stalling. 

4.3

4.4 

LONGBOW 2 

Directional Control Pedals 

Directional control pedals tail rotor control heading by increasing or decreasing the 

pitch of the tail rotor blades. You can use pedals or keystrokes to “push” the helicopter’s 

tail left or right, which yaws the nose in that direction. (This is most effective 

at low speeds.) 

[ Yaw the nose left 

] Yaw the nose right 

How Directional Control Pedals Work 

The tail rotor controls the direction in 

which the nose is pointed. This 

direction can be different than the 

flight path of the helicopter. Pilots 

mostly use the directional control 

pedals to spin the helicopter during a 

hover. However, pedals are also 

used in conjunction with the cyclic 

stick to make a sharp turn at low 

speeds. (At high speeds, the pedals 

don’t do much more than counteract 

torque produced by the main rotor.) 

Tail Rotor: Yaw 

The blades on the tail rotor are 

angled so that when the pedals are 

centered, the blades produce just enough lift to offset the torque produced by 

the main rotor (see Torque, p. 3.8). When the pilot pushes the pedals to either 

side, he is changing the pitch of all the tail rotor blades. This is identical to how 

the collective stick controls the pitch of the main rotor blades. 

Applying more force to the right pedal causes the helicopter body to rotate to the 

right. Applying more force to the left pedal decreases collective and rotates the 

helicopter to the left. 

In-Game Flight Tutorials 

Training missions available in the Training Room on the base will guide you 

through the various helicopter’s features and capabilities. The tutorial missions 

feature a voice-over interspersed with interactive, hands-on training. For details, 

see Training Building, p. 1.5.

Adjusting Realism and Difficulty 

If you selected CASUAL settings during installation, the flight settings will be simple. 

You can set more realistic options in the Options Menu. See the Install Guide for 

details. 

See Options Menu in the Install Guide for details on each option. 

1. Open the OPTIONS menu (press q (in-flight) or aO (otherwise)). 

2. Select CUSTOM. The REALISM options have let you control enemy skill, copilot/gunner 

involvement and flight dynamics. The FLIGHT MODEL options let you 

set various flight dynamic options. 

3. Press ACCEPT until you back out to the main screen. 

4. Select ACCEPT again to close the option screen. 

Autopilot and Coordinated Flight Functions 

You can also utilize several in-flight functions to make flying easier. 

Autopilot. Automatically steers you to your next waypoint. (You can adjust speed 

and altitude while autopiloting.) 

Hover Hold. Maintains a hover at your current altitude. 

Force Trim. Maintains current cyclic position, allowing “hands-off” forward flight. 

Autopilot 


The game has an autopilot feature that will continue to fly the helicopter without 

your assistance. This is useful when you’re traveling between waypoints and don’t 

want to continually adjust the flight controls. You can adjust altitude and speed 

while in autopilot mode. 

You have several autopilot settings. Press A multiple times to cycle through them. 

A (1x) Autopilot on a straight course (AP1 appears in the upper right corner of the IHADSS) In the 

Black Hawk, this is an indicator light (see Black Hawk Analog Cockpit, p. 2.54. The Kiowa 

displays the current autopilot setting in the VSD. 

This takes you on a straight course that follows your current heading at the 

current altitude and speed settings. 

A (2x) Fly toward next waypoint (AP2 appears in the upper right corner of the IHADSS) In the Black 

Hawk, this is an indicator light (see Black Hawk Analog Cockpit, p. 2.54. The Kiowa 

displays the current autopilot setting in the VSD. 

The second time you press the autopilot key, you fly toward your next 

programmed waypoint. 

4.5

4.6 

LONGBOW 2 

A (3x) Deactivate autopilot 

Autopilot disengages automatically when you press A a third time, or when you 

move your joystick or adjust collective using normal controls. It will also disengage 

if you’ve reached your final waypoint. (At that point, it simply stops flying forward 

and hovers at a constant altitude.) 

If autopilot is active in the Longbow, AP1 or AP2 appears in the top right corner of 

the IHADSS display. In the Black Hawk, this is an indicator light (see Black Hawk 

Analog Cockpit, p. 2.54. The Kiowa displays the current autopilot setting in the 

VSD. 

Text also appears above the actual airspeed and altitude indicators on the 

IHADSS. It gives the current autopilot settings for airspeed and altitude. These 

settings change if you alter the autopilot settings. 

Advanced Autopilot Keys 

cW Increase altitude. Keep this key combination until you’ve set the autopilot to the desired altitude. 

The default altitude is 100 feet above ground level. You can adjust this in 50-foot increments, 

up to 500 feet. 

cZ Decrease altitude. Keep pressing this key combination until you’ve set the autopilot to the 

desired altitude. You decrease this in 50-foot increments, down to 100 feet. 

cS Increase forward speed. Keep pressing this key combination until you’ve set the autopilot to 

the desired speed. Whenever you autopilot, you’ll travel at this speed. The default speed is 

100 knots. You can change this in 10-knot increments, from 60 to 150 knots. 

cA Decrease forward speed. Keep pressing this key combination until you’ve set the autopilot to 

the desired speed. Whenever you autopilot, you’ll travel at this speed.

Hover Hold 


All helicopters tend to drift and rotate during a hover. If you’re hovering and need 

to stay put, activate this auxiliary autopilot function. You must be flying slower 

than 15 knots (including any sideways velocity, or “side-slip”). With hover hold 

active, the helicopter assumes the current altitude and attitude. 

H Toggle hover hold mode on/off 

In the Longbow, HOV appears in the upper right corner of the IHADSS. In the 

Black Hawk, this is an indicator light. See Black Hawk Analog Cockpit, p. 2.54. 

The Kiowa displays hover hold in the VSD. This option deactivates when you 

move the cyclic stick or adjust collective using normal controls. 

You can go into a hover while autopilot is active. Pressing the hover key (H) 

during autopilot will slow you down and bring you into a stable hover. 

Force Trim 

If you’re using a joystick, you can reset its center point. This allows you to maintain 

forward flight without keeping the joystick constantly pressed forward. 

Simply adjust the rotor pitch until you achieve your desired speed and are flying 

level. Then, activate force trim to “freeze” the cyclic in that position. It will remain 

in that position until you toggle this option off. (You can still maneuver using your 

joystick, but whenever you return it to the center position, you’ll be flying forward.) 

sC Toggle cyclic force trim on/off (default is off) 

4.7

4.8 

LONGBOW 2 

PRACTICE FLIGHT (NON-COMBAT) 

This section covers the basics of non-combat flight — how to take off, navigate, 

hover and land. A keystroke at the beginning of a line indicates which key you 

should press to perform the listed action. A key in parentheses indicates a keystroke 

you’ll need in the future (but don’t need to press now). You can practice 

flight techniques in the Free Flight training mission. (Left-click on the Training 

Building in the overhead Base view, then on the Free Flight book. The instructor 

will explain a few details about autorotation. Don’t worry about that – get the 

basics down first.) 

In the following sections, use these controls whenever you’re instructed to adjust 

collective, cyclic or the directional control pedals: 

Collective = Increase collective (and altitude) 

- Decrease collective (and altitude) 

Cyclic W Pitch the helicopter down (or push joystick forward) 

Z Pitch the helicopter up (or pull joystick back) 

A, S Bank the helicopter left, right (or push joystick left, right) 

Pedals [ Yaw nose left 

] Yaw nose right

Startup 


To interpret cockpit items, see Integrated Helmet and Display Sight System, p. 2.12, and 

Multi-Function Displays, p. 2.24. 

Selecting the Instant Action tower places you in the cockpit of an AH-64D 

Longbow Apache. The following steps will teach you how to perform basic 

maneuvers and help familiarize you with the cockpit. 

Note: The following step, disengaging the rotor brake, is not necessary for 

Instant Action Missions. It is listed here because you’ll need to do this in all other 

mission types. 

(R) Make sure rotor brakes are disengaged. Usually, before you can take off, you need to disengage 

the rotor brake. In Instant Action, however, you begin the mission in a hover. 

Once the brake is released, the blades will reach idling speed. You can see the rotor RPM 

increasing in the Engine MFD page when it reaches 100, you’re ready to go. 

s1 Activate NAV Master Mode. Activate the Navigational master mode and check the location 

of your first programmed waypoint. (Note that you are in Cruise IHADSS mode.) The 

current waypoint appears as a carat on your scrolling heading tape. 

Note that when you changed master modes, the information in the two small display 

(MFD) screens changed as well. In the current right MFD (Tactical Situation Display), the 

next waypoint (when it’s in radar range) appears as a circle with “2” next to it. 

,, . Cycle through MFDs. The AH-64D Longbow has nine MFD “pages” of information that 

can be displayed in either MFD window. You can change the information that appears in 

this screen. , operates the left MFD; . operates the right MFD. (You can also use 

s, and s..) 

For now, cycle back to the Tactical Situation Display (TSD) MFD. These displays won’t 

really be important until you start flying combat missions. 

4.9

4.10 

LONGBOW 2 

Takeoff 

= Increase collective. You need to increase rotor speed by adding collective until the helicopter 

starts to rise. (The more collective you add, the more torque is produced. To see the 

percentage of torque, look at the reading in the upper left corner of the IHADSS display. 

Be careful not to exceed 100% torque — if you do, the rotor may become overloaded.) 

= Climb. As you continue to add collective, you progressively tilt the angle of each rotor 

blade. As the blades push against the air and create lift, the helicopter rises. 

=, - Stabilize altitude. Watch the radar altitude tape on the right side of the IHADSS display. 

Once you’ve risen to roughly 150 feet, reduce collective until you can maintain a constant 

altitude. When this happens, you’re in a hover. 

s= / s- These keys provide fine collective control (±1%) 

H Activate Hover Hold. When you activate this toggle, the helicopter automatically trims its 

controls to maintain a hover. In the Longbow, HOV displays in the top right corner of the 

IHADSS. The Black Hawk has an indicator light that glows, and the Kiowa VSD. 

[, ] Adjust heading. Swing the tail rotor around and center the waypoint carat in the middle 

of the compass at the top of the IHADSS. When it’s correctly positioned, your helo’s nose 

is oriented toward waypoint 2.


In-Flight 

W Move cyclic forward. To deactivate hover hold, use the cyclic. You can now gain forward 

speed by using the cyclic to tilt the rotor forward. 

As you gently push the cyclic stick forward, the nose of the helicopter drops slightly. Don’t 

apply cyclic too quickly — the helicopter’s controls take a moment to produce tangible 

movements, making it easy to overcontrol. 

=, W Climb to cruise altitude. Unless you’re extremely close to an enemy position, you’ll want 

to gain some altitude and cruise toward the first programmed waypoint. Increase the collective 

and push the cyclic slightly forward to both accelerate and gain altitude. 

W Increase cyclic. Keep nudging the cyclic forward, to pitch to an angle of about 45°. 

(Check the angle by looking at the pitch ladder indicator.) Once you have this angle, keep 

increasing collective until your airspeed indicator reads 120 knots. 

=, - Steady altitude. Keep an eye on your radar altimeter. Once you’ve reached cruising altitude 

(around 200 feet), reduce collective slightly until altitude remains constant. You can 

also use slight cyclic adjustments. 

A, S Turn. To adjust your heading, gently move the cyclic left or right. The Longbow Apache 

has an electronic system that compensates for sideslip by adjusting throttle and control 

inputs — this is called a coordinated turn. 

In gradual turns (at speeds above 60 knots), use the cyclic instead of the directional 

control pedals. The pedals are reserved for low-speed turns or quick-turn combat 

maneuvers, but they aren’t that effective in fast, forward flight. 

Note: If you’ve turned off COORDINATED TURNS (by pressing sD), you’ll need to 

compensate for sideslip by adjusting the tail rotor with the pedals. (During lowspeed 

turns, the COORDINATED TURN option has no effect.) 

4.11

4.12 

LONGBOW 2 

Landing 

Once you’ve visited all your waypoints, perform the following steps to transition 

into a hover and land. 

Note: You can make landings easier by activating the IN-FLIGHT OPTIONS menu and 

selecting EASY LANDINGS or NO CRASHES. (See Install Guide for details.) 

Z Reduce forward velocity. When you’re within a mile or so of the LZ, ease back on the 

cyclic to reduce your speed to approximately 70 knots. At the same time, reduce the collective 

to shave off altitude. 

You’ll need to be about 50 feet above the ground when you begin your hover, so watch 

the radar altimeter tape closely during your approach. 

s7 Switch to Transition IHADSS mode. This mode is useful when you’re getting ready to 

land. With this mode active, your IHADSS display looks like it did at takeoff. 

A, S 

W, Z, Approach the LZ. As you close in on the landing zone, adjust your heading using the 

cyclic control and align the nose of the helicopter with the LZ. 

Z Slow to hover speed. At about 1 kilometer away from the LZ, pay attention to the altimeter. 

You need to reach an altitude of 50 feet. When you’ve done so, decrease the cyclic 

to reduce your forward speed to 15 knots. 

Z Transition into a hover. When you’re directly over the LZ, adjust cyclic until you stop moving. 

Don’t forget to turn off force trim if it’s active (press sC). 

- Decrease collective. Once you cease moving forward, the craft starts to rise. To correct 

this, reduce your collective until you maintain a constant altitude.

Advanced Combat Landing 


[, ] Maintain heading. You should be correctly aligned at this point. However, wind or other 

adverse conditions may require you to make slight heading adjustments. Steer using the pedals, 

not the cyclic. (Remember, the directional control pedals are used to turn at low speeds.) 

- Descend and touch down. When your heading is correct and steady, reduce the collective 

enough to descend to a few feet above the ground, then gently ease up to drop the 

final few feet. You want to make as soft a landing as possible to avoid damaging the 

landing gear. 

B Apply wheel brakes. Your helicopter may drift after you touch down. Applying the wheel 

brakes ensures that you stay in one place. 

R Engage rotor brake. After you touch down, engage the rotor brake to stop rotor spin. 

Sometimes, your airbase may be under attack or the designated LZ may lie perilously 

close to enemy forces. In this case, you may not have time to follow 

usual landing procedures and may have to switch to an advanced landing tactic. 

W, Z, Make a low-flying approach. Try flying as close to the ground as possible 

A, S during your approach. Then, fly over the LZ at nearly full speed (ideally, 50-70 knots). 

`, Z Fly over LZ and lose speed. After you pass directly over the zone, zero out collective 

and pull back sharply on the cyclic. This yanks the helicopter’s nose up and causes the 

craft to snap backward. 

- Reverse and settle. At this point, you’ll have passed forward over the landing area. The 

cyclic adjustment, however, reverses your direction and re-centers you over the pad. 

Once this happens, reduce your collective and settle onto the LZ as gently (but quickly) 

as possible. 

4.13

4.14 

LONGBOW 2 

Autorotational Landing 

Note: One of the tutorial missions (FREE FLIGHT) explains how to perform an 

autorotational landing. See Training Building, p.1.5, for details. 

In the case of engine failure, landing safely becomes a dangerous process. 

Fortunately, helicopters are able to autorotate, or use the blade surfaces as 

“wings” to glide in for a survivable landing. 

As long the helicopter has forward speed (around 60 knots), you can land it with 

minimal damage and injury. An autorotational landing is somewhat similar to 

gliding in an airplane — the speed of air moving over the blades creates lift sufficient 

to support the weight of the helicopter. 

During development, helicopter pilots rigorously test the speed limits of a prototype 

model. They purposely cause blade stall to determine the safest operating 

speeds. The data collected by these pilots is used to generate height-velocity 

curves. These charts dictate how much airspeed and altitude a pilot must have 

to make a safe autorotational landing if the engines fail. An autorotational chart 

with safe airspeeds and altitudes for autorotational landings is given in 

Autorotational Descent Charts, p. D.4. 

Follow these steps to make an autorotational landing: 

- Reduce collective. When engines fail, your first reaction must be to lower the collective 

to its minimum setting (0%). This causes the blades’ angle of attack to decrease, which 

reduces air resistance against the blades and retains the current RPM setting. 

W Dive for speed. If airspeed drops below 60, your rate of descent will surpass 40 feet 

per second, which is the maximum descent rate for survival of the craft and crew. As 

much as altitude permits, dive to increase your forward airspeed. 

W, Z, Choose a makeshift landing site. Start scanning ahead for a suitable landing site. 

A, S 

Anyplace flat and away from enemy fire will work, as long as you can keep your airspeed 

constant. Adjust your heading so that the nose of the craft is pointed toward the 

crash site. 

Z Decrease forward speed. Once you approach the landing site, pull back on the cyclic 

stick to reduce your forward speed. 

= Add collective. This slows your descent when your altitude nears 100 feet. This angles 

the blades and provides lift to cushion against the crash. 

Applying collective too early causes the craft to hover above the ground and drop 

vertically as the rotor blades lose speed and quit providing lift. Adding cyclic too late 

doesn’t bleed off enough vertical speed and causes a high-speed landing. Either way, 

the hard landing becomes extremely dangerous and the rate of survivability drops 

drastically.

5 

Combat

LONGBOW 2 

STAYING ALIVE .....................................5.2 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment.........................5.2 

Evading Missiles.................................................5.3 

DAMAGE...............................................5.4 

TACTICAL MISSIONS..............................5.6 

AH-64D Longbow Apache ............................5.6 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior ...............................5.7 

UH-60L Black Hawk ....................................5.8 

WEAPONS SYSTEMS..............................5.9 

Finding the Enemy.............................................5.9 

Visual Tracking............................................5.9 

Sensor Systems ...........................................5.9 

Target Acquisition Modes..................................5.10 

TADS/MMS Target Acquisition Mode...........5.11 

FCR Target Acquisition Mode......................5.11 

Priority Fire Zones ....................................5.11 

Selecting Targets from Your Target List .............5.12 

Getting Best Cannon Targets ......................5.12 

Getting Best Missile Targets .......................5.12 

Selecting Targets with the Mouse ...............5.12 

Engaging Targets with Cannon, FFARs 

and Stingers..................................................5.13 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon ..........................5.14 

Global Helicopter Technology CFD-5000 Pod..5.14 

Black Hawk Door Guns..............................5.15 

Stinger Infrared-Guided Missile (AIM-92)...5.16 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket (FFAR)................5.17 

Engaging Targets with Hellfires ........................5.18 

LOBL Missile Launch Mode.........................5.18 

LOAL Missile Launch Mode.........................5.19 

Launching Hellfires with PFZs...........................5.19 

Troubleshooting — Getting a Valid Lock ..........5.20 

Weapon Inhibit Field .................................5.20 

Identifying the Target................................5.21 

5. COMBAT 

Laser Operation...............................................5.22 

Realistic TADS and the Laser ......................5.23 

Using the Laser with Laser Hellfires ...........5.23 

WINGMEN AND BACKUP.....................5.24 

Wingman Commands .......................................5.24 

Giving Your Wingman Targets....................5.24 

Getting Your Wingman’s Targets ................5.25 

Other Wingman Commands .......................5.25 

Calling on Backup............................................5.26 

Calling an Air Strike ..................................5.26 

Calling an Artillery Strike ..........................5.26 

COMBAT TACTICS ................................5.27 

Air-to-Ground Tactics........................................5.27 

Escorting Transports...................................5.28 

Terrain Masking ........................................5.28 

Contour Chasing – Speed vs. Safety ..........5.28 

Bob-Up .....................................................5.29 

Pop Sideways............................................5.30 

Air-To-Air Tactics...............................................5.30 

Against Fighters ........................................5.31 

Against Helicopters....................................5.31

5: COMBAT 

The mobility of rotary craft has radically changed military strategy — not only can 

helicopters transport troops and arms into critical areas without airstrips, but they 

can also cross any type of terrain at low altitude. They have a maneuverability 

advantage over faster fixed-wing fighters in that they can fly close to the earth and 

shift from forward flight into a hover at a moment’s notice. Their only limiting factor 

is their top speed. 

The advent of advanced weapons systems and laser-guided/radar-active missiles 

has also helped transform the helicopter from a lumbering, lightly-defended transport 

to a formidable battlefield weapon. The arrival of such modern gunships has 

already changed the helicopter’s role in combat. Previously limited to attacking 

lightly armed enemy positions, attack helicopters can now engage any target, 

including submarines, ships, tanks, ground troops, urban facilities, portable AA 

guns and most fighters. They can also provide target information to nearby air and 

ground units. Unfortunately, SAMs, AAA and man-portable air defenses continue 

to modernize as well, remaining a major threat for helicopter pilots engaged in 

combat. 

5.1

5.2 

LONGBOW 2 

STAYING ALIVE 

Today’s helicopters face increasingly dangerous ground and air threats — 

weapons that target by remote laser, missiles that employ active and semi-active 

radar-homing, and more sensitive, all-aspect IR (infrared, or heat-seeking) 

missiles. Several Longbow Apache features counteract these threats. A longer, 

leaner profile with minimized vertical surfaces presents a smaller radar target. The 

Black Hole IR suppression system diffuses hot engine exhaust gas through 

ejector nozzles to lower gas plume and metal temperatures, making the Longbow 

Apache a poorer IR target. The Black Hawk and Kiowa also both have a full suite 

of defensive countermeasures, and the Kiowa (with its small size, maneuverability 

and recon design emphasis) is a particularly slippery target. 

However, these advances in design cannot completely protect an aircraft, and its pilot 

must accurately understand all ASE (Aircraft Survivability Equipment) systems in order 

to locate and identify, then avoid or eradicate all threats and survive the mission. 

Aircraft Survivability Equipment 


Most ASE is automated. When a threat engages you while flying a Longbow, the 

ASE page automatically pops up on the left MFD. (It remains up until you switch 

to another left MFD page.) Threats are represented by various symbols — 23 is a 

ZSU-23 anti-aircraft gun, for example. (For detailed information on the symbols 

used in this window, see Aircraft Survivability Equipment MFD, p. 2.35.) The 

ASE page only displays objects that are actively using their radar. 

Line indicates threat 

tracking you 

Enemy 

ASE range 

Radius of attack 

Your aircraft 

The rings around the symbols show the radius of attack for each ground threat. 

When you are inside this range, you can be hit. If the ring around a threat turns 

solid, the threat has switched from search mode into tracking mode. If a line 

connects you to the threat, then the threat is actively tracking you. 

At this point, your jammer will automatically kick in — you will know this by the 

lightning bolt that appears over your aircraft on the ASE MFD and by looking at 

the jammer indicators. RADAR JAM appears for radar threats; IR JAM appears for IR 

threats. The AN/APR 39A Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) also has a voice 

capability that will verbally warn you when threats are tracking you.

You can, at any time, manually control your ASE. 

I Manually toggle IR jammer on/off 

J Manually toggle radar jammer on/off 

D Increase/decrease ASE range 

sA Toggle ASE autopage on/off 

Evading Missiles 


5: COMBAT 

When the ASE autopage feature is off, the ASE page will not pop up automatically 

when you are engaged. Turning autopage off does not turn off the voice 

warning system. 

SAM sites can be more dangerous than conventional guns because the missiles 

they fire at you are infrared, radar-active or laser-guided. (If the REALISTIC ASE 

option is active, only radar-guided missiles will appear on the ASE page.) When a 

SAM threat symbol on the ASE page begins to flash, the threat is launching. Your 

RWR begins to track the missile’s progress (you can see the missile’s track on the 

ASE MFD) and your jammers fire up. Your chaff dispenser automatically ejects a 

cloud of radar-reflective aluminum strips behind the aircraft. 

Both the Black Hawk and the Kiowa have chaff pods capable of loading both chaff 

and flares (Longbows load chaff only). Flares are effective against heat-seeking 

threats. Although the Black Hawk does not have an ASE display, it does have its 

RWR indicator (see p. 2.54) to warn of incoming missile threats. 

If ASE alone isn’t spoofing the missile, you’ll have to dodge it. Depending on your 

situation, there are a couple of ways to do this. 

♦ Turn until you are facing the missile. 

♦ When the missile is a few seconds away, drop down to the ground and remain 

still. 

♦ If for some reason you can’t drop down to the ground, try slipping to the side 

when the missile is a few seconds away. 

By dropping down to the ground, you either put something between you and the 

missile or get lost in the ground clutter. You also leave a cloud of chaff in the air. 

All of this will probably cause the missile to lose its lock on you. (This defensive 

tactic doesn’t work against RAPIERS, however.) 

As with other ASE functions, you can manually dispense chaff at any time. 

C Dispense chaff 

5.3

5.4 

LONGBOW 2 

DAMAGE 


♦ Systems can be damaged on your helicopter. However, all three helicopters 

have damage control options (such as a fire extinguisher). If one or both 

engines catch fire, you can manually extinguish the blaze from the cockpit. 

(The extinguisher works on either engine in the Longbow). You can only 

activate a fire extinguisher once per mission. 

cF Activate fire extinguisher (fire bottle) 

♦ If one of your engines has been severely damaged, you can shut it down using 

c[ (shut down left engine) and c] (shut down right engine). (The Kiowa 

has only one engine — use c[ for it.) 

♦ The UPFRONT display shows additional damage information that doesn’t 

display in the System MFD. 

IHADSS FAIL (Longbow only) Integrated Helmet and Display Sight 

System Failure. IHADSS is damaged/destroyed and no 

longer displays. 

FCR FAIL (Longbow only) Fire Control Radar Failure. Fire-Control 

Radar is damaged/destroyed and can no longer detect new 

targets or guide Radar Hellfires. 

LASER FAIL (Longbow, Kiowa) Laser Spot Tracker/Designator 

Failure. Laser optics are damaged/destroyed and are no 

longer able to lase targets or guide laser Hellfires. 

TADS FAIL Target Acquisition and Designation System Failure. 

TADS optics are damaged/destroyed, and TADS camera no 

longer pans. 

PNVS FAIL Night Vision System Failure. Night vision optics are 

damaged/destroyed, and you can no longer use PNVS. 

FLIR FAIL Forward Looking Infrared System Failure. FLIR optics 

are damaged/destroyed, and you no longer receive FLIR 

images. 

RJAM FAIL Radar Jammer Failure. Radar jammer is 

damaged/destroyed and can no longer jam radar guided 

missiles. 

PWR FAIL (Longbow, Kiowa) Radar Warning Receiver Failure. RWR 

is damaged/destroyed, and the ASE MFD no longer 

appears. Chaff and jammer systems do not automatically 

engage threats. A failure message sounds.

5: COMBAT 

SCAS FAIL Stability Control Augmentation System Failure. Digital 

flight control system is damaged/destroyed. You cannot 

auto-hover or autopilot, and the helicopter’s flight characteristics 

suffer. 

APU FAIL Auxiliary Power Unit Failure. APU is damaged/destroyed, 

and you cannot restart the engines if they are shut down. 

“APU is on fire” message sounds. 

BUCS FAIL Back-Up Control System Failure. Back-Up Control 

System is damaged/destroyed. “BUCS has failed” message 

sounds. 

The hydraulic system must remain functional for the BUCS 

to operate. If both the SCAS and BUCS are damaged, then 

the aircraft is no longer controllable. 

OIL PSI LO Oil Pressure Low. Oil line is leaking/destroyed. Engine 

temperature increases and the chance of fire increases. 

FUEL PSI LO Fuel Pressure Low. Fuel line is leaking/destroyed. Fuel 

consumption increases, and if your helicopter is on fire, it 

will probably spread. 

HYD PSI LO Hydraulic Pressure Low. Hydraulic lines are damaged/ 

destroyed. Hydraulic pressure drops, and control response 

deteriorates. 

5.5

5.6 

LONGBOW 2 

TACTICAL MISSIONS 

Each of the three helicopters modeled in Longbow 2 fills a significant and unique 

battlefield function. Since you’re the one who will be deciding which aircraft to 

send on a given mission (see Mission Planning, p. 1.11), it is necessary to 

understand the functional differences between the aircraft in your arsenal. 

The Longbow is an AH — Attack Helicopter. The Kiowa is an OH — Observation 

Helicopter, and the Black Hawk is a UH — Utility Helicopter. 

AH-64D Longbow Apache 

Although the Longbow Apache is one of the 

most complicated and sophisticated pieces 

of high-tech hardware, its mission is simple. 

It is a killing machine. It packs as much 

destructive potential as possible onto the 

smallest, most agile platform possible and 

then make the whole package as smart and 

versatile as possible. There’s very little on 

the modern battlefield that doesn’t fear the 

Longbow Apache. 

The most common wartime mission for the 

Longbow Apache is to move in and annihilate 

the enemy. Its primary functions are 

search-and-destroy and tactical strike. The 

Longbow’s particular specialty and original 

reason for existence is as a tank destroyer, but its capabilities go far beyond that 

narrow function. Its pop-up and stealth capabilities make it perhaps the most 

deadly ambush machine designed to date. As an escort, it’s unsurpassed — a 

Black Hawk guarded by a pair of Longbows is about as safe as it gets. 

Its advanced imaging, targeting and communications capabilities give the 

Longbow Apache formidable recon and command/control potential, but despite 

these abilities, both these functions are properly the function of the Kiowa, which 

performs them even better. You don’t want to use an Longbow Apache as a scout 

or a command chopper when a Kiowa’s available, any more than you want to 

send a Kiowa out on a solo combat mission when an Longbow Apache’s available. 

Apache vs. Longbow Apache. Until recently, the AH-64D was a Longbow 

Apache with the Longbow radar dome. Non-Longbows were AH-64As (the AH- 

64B prototype never made it to mass production, and only a few AH-64Cs were 

made). Recently, the Army scrapped its plans to eventually mount Longbow 

domes on all AH-64 aircraft, while at the same time making significant upgrades to 

the AH-64As. The net result is that all AH-64 aircraft are considered AH-64Ds, 

whether they include the Longbow hardware or not. 

For the capabilities of the Longbow radar, see Target Acquisition Modes, p. 5.10.

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior 

5: COMBAT 

The OH-58D Kiowa Warrior is strictly a 

scout/recon helicopter — a totally 

unarmed, peek-and-run spy aircraft. 

The Kiowa Warrior, however, adds a 

light but effective offensive package to 

the mix, making it remarkably versatile. 

As a recon helicopter, the Kiowa has 

imaging and communications capabilities 

that are, in many ways, superior 

to the Longbow Apache’s. In particular, 

its Mast-Mounted Sight (MMS), 

located high up near the rotors, allows it to peek up over treelines and ridge lines 

to check out the enemy in exhaustive detail while remaining unseen. 

When it’s performing its primary function as a spy, many pilots prefer to not even 

take the Warrior’s full weapons loadout. Loading just one of the Warrior’s two hard 

points gives the Kiowa enough offensive punch to blast past an inconvenient 

threat on the way out of danger, while the decrease in weight from the partial 

load-out gives it a tiny but potentially crucial edge in maneuverability. 

A fully armed Kiowa Warrior, however, is a significant battlefield threat in its own 

right. It may not come close to the Apache’s muscle on a one-to-one basis, but in 

even small groups the Kiowa Warrior is not to be taken lightly. Three or four Kiowa 

Warriors make an excellent light strike force, while a pair of Warriors make an 

excellent escort for a Black Hawk (in a pinch, even one Kiowa Warrior is far better 

than no escort at all). 

The Apache and the Kiowa Warrior together form an ideal combat alliance. In 

multi-player games, for a devastating strike force against large concentrations of 

the enemy, try sending a pair of Apaches up the middle while a set of Kiowas 

harass the flanks. One Apache and one Kiowa also make an ideal combination on 

search and destroy missions, with the Kiowa providing the search and the 

Longbow the destroy. The Kiowa can act as a forward observer for the Apache — 

acquiring targets before the Longbow radar can and feeding them to the Apache 

for appropriate action. 

Finally, if a bit less glamorously, the Kiowa’s formidable smarts and inconspicuous 

size make an ideal command/control platform. In any large strike force of mixed 

helicopters, the highest-ranking person in the air will probably be in a Kiowa, using 

its imaging capabilities to keep an eye on the situation and its communications 

gear to keep the rest of the force on track. The Army even has specialized Kiowas 

(not modeled in Longbow 2) equipped with extra gear specifically for Brigade-level 

command functions. 

5.7

5.8 

LONGBOW 2 

UH-60L Black Hawk 

The Black Hawk is an airborne utility truck, the spiritual descendent of the faithful 

Army mule. Black Hawks do not do tricks. The Black Hawk exists to fly straight 

into hell, take on or put off its cargo, and fly right back out again with maximum 

efficiency. While the Apache and Kiowa can sit back behind a ridgeline, pop up 

and unload at their leisure, then high-tail it home when their ammo runs out, the 

Black Hawk has to be ready to go all the way down the enemy’s throat. It takes a 

special kind of cojones to be a Black Hawk pilot. Not only does it lack the smarts 

and subtlety of a Longbow Apache or Kiowa Warrior, it’s also significantly bigger, 

making a proportionally more inviting target. 

The Black Hawk carries a crew of three, and has space for 11 more (one infantry 

squad) or their equivalent in cargo. Next to troop insertion and extraction, the 

Black Hawk’s other main function is medevac rescue missions. 

The Black Hawk’s door guns exist for the purpose of suppression — to clear an 

LZ while the Black Hawk is landing and keep the enemy at arm’s length while it 

takes off. This doesn’t mean, however, that the door-guns cannot be or are not 

used in the air. If the enemy is considerate enough to put himself in the doorgun’s 

sights, it would be rude not to take the shot offered. Black Hawks survive in battle 

by using every edge they can find.

WEAPONS SYSTEMS 

In order to successfully carry out missions, you must accurately find, engage and 

destroy targets. To do this, you have to know how to use your sensor and 

weapons systems (described in this section). 

Finding the Enemy 

If you want to destroy them, you’ve got to know where they are .... 

Visual Tracking 


In all helicopters, you can use the 4 virtual cockpit to get a visual on your targets. 

In the Longbow, your sensor and targeting systems will follow the movement 

of your “head” and your cannon will even aim itself at the point where you are 

looking. You can “turn your head” to look at targets by switching to helmet view 

and cycling through targets. Your helmet view, targeting systems and cannon will 

automatically lock to the target you select. 

4 Switch to virtual cockpit view 

4 x 2 Slew to current target 

1 Return to front cockpit view 

You can also pan your view manually and lock your targeting systems on what 

you see: 

Numpad 

8, 2, Pan view (also a and joystick) 

4, 6 

Numpad 5 Center view 

L Add target to TADS target list and lock onto that target 

Using your eyes and cannon this way is the easiest way to locate and engage 

close threats. To systematically find and engage long-range targets, you should 

make use of both your co-pilot/gunner and the Longbow and Kiowa’s advanced 

sensor systems. 

Sensor Systems 


5: COMBAT 

AH-64D Longbow Apache without radar. In the Longbow, the TADS sensor package 

is used to locate and acquire targets. This sensor package has a range of 6km 

and can pan horizontally 220°, up 30° and down 60°. Contact information is displayed 

on the TSD MFD. Targets can be viewed on the TADS MFD. Also, the 

Longbow’s laser sensor can be used in conjunction with TADS targeting. See Laser 

Operation, p. 5.22, for details. 

5.9

5.10 

LONGBOW 2 

AH-64D Longbow Apache. The Longbow Apache features another sensor 

system, the Westinghouse Millimeter-Wave Fire Control Radar. It has a 360° air 

mode and a 90° ground mode; raw data for both modes can be displayed on the 

Radar MFD. Additionally, the FCR can “memorize” contacts — you can bob-up to 

acquire contacts and then return to cover in order to view this data. Stored radar 

data is displayed on the TSD MFD. The FCR has a 50km range and illuminates 

targets for radar-active Hellfires. 

U Switch between Air and Ground radar modes 

Y Cycle through TSD ranges 

,, . Cycle through left and right MFDs 

See Radar MFD, p. 2.29; TADS MFD, p. 2.32 and Tactical Situation Display 

MFD, p. 2.24. 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior. The Kiowa’s Mast Mounted Sight (MMS) is ideal for both 

combat targeting and (the Kiowa’s main function) scouting. Located at the top of 

the rotor mast, it gives the Kiowa the ability to recon while hovering beneath a 

treeline or ridge line. It has a radius of 190° right or left (giving it an effective 

coverage of 360°, though it doesn’t have the capability for full 360° panning) and 

30° of coverage up or down. Functionally, it performs most of the same tasks as 

the Longbow’s TADS, and like the TADS uses an active laser for targeting. Data 

from the MMS is displayed on the Kiowa’s MMS and TSD displays. 

See MMS MFD, p. 2.43, and Pilot’s Display Unit, p. 2.48. 

Target Acquisition Modes 


The AH-64D Longbow Apache employs two target acquisition modes: TADS and 

FCR. Only TADS is available in Longbow Apaches without radar. 

h Toggle between TADS/FCR acquisition modes 

TADS or FCR in the bottom left corner of your IHADSS (in the left side of the High 

Action display) tells you which target acquisition mode is active. The target acquisition 

mode determines what kind of target list is generated. You use the target 

lists to select and engage targets. 

See Realistic FCR Operation Commands (p. 2.31) and Realistic TADS 

Operation (p. 2.33) for more information on acquiring and locking targets.

TADS/MMS Target Acquisition Mode 


In this mode, your CP/G (Co-Pilot/Gunner) provides you with a target list. The 

TADS/CPG list can prioritize targets — taking into account distance, angle, 

weapon constraints, threat perception, etc. — and distinguishes between friendly 

and enemy targets. The list does not “remember” targets — once a target is out of 

Line Of Sight (LOS), Field Of View (FOV) or range, it is removed from the list. 

With TADS as the active mode, you can employ laser targeting. See Laser 

Operation, p. 5.22, for details. 

FCR Target Acquisition Mode 


5: COMBAT 

The Fire Control Radar in the dome on top of the chopper’s mast provides you 

with a list of targets. This list is not sorted, and there is no visual distinction 

between friendly and enemy forces on the TSD. Targets remain on the list even if 

they leave LOS or FOV — they are removed from the list only if they go out of 

range while the FCR is tracking them. The sweep rate of the FCR dome 

determines how quickly new targets are detected and added to the list – see 

Radar MFD (p. 2.29) for details. 

Priority Fire Zones (PFZs) 


You can give your wingman and backup lists of targets to attack by creating a PFZ 

and handing them off. (See Giving Your Wingman Targets, p. 5.24, and Calling 

on Backup, p. 5.26.) Creating and handing off PFZs is an important tactical skill. 

In the Longbow Apache this is a sub-mode of the FCR 

that allows you to select and fire on multiple targets. 

You can create a PFZ in any of the three helicopter 

types. The Longbow with radar, however, is the only 

one that allows you to fire multiple targets at once. 

Creating a PFZ. Position the mouse cursor over the 

TSD. Right-click-and-drag a box around the group of 

targets that you want to include in the zone. 

: Right-click-and-drag to create PFZ 

Priority Fire Zone 

sL Add targets to your PFZ 

A PFZ list includes only the targets that are in the PFZ box when the box is created 

— any targets which subsequently appear in the PFZ box on the TSD will not automatically 

be added to the PFZ target list. The list can also contain a maximum of 16 

targets. To manually add targets to a PFZ, hold down s and left-click on the 

targets on the TSD to be added. A PFZ target list can include friendly and enemy 

targets, and no distinction is made between them. 

5.11

5.12 

LONGBOW 2 

Selecting a PFZ. Left-click on the PFZ label (PFZ 1, PFZ 2, etc.) or cycle through 

the PFZs with Q and sQ. Selecting a PFZ activates the target list for that 

PFZ: when you call for a target, it will come from this active list. 

L Left-click on label to select PFZ Q Select next PFZ 

sQ Select previous PFZ 

If you have a PFZ active, it remains active, even if it is no longer visible on the 

TSD, until you select another PFZ or use your cursor to select a single target. 

(The TSD displays target information for targets in a 90° arc in front of you only.) 

The targets you call for will come from this list, even though you cannot see 

them. To delete the PFZ, you have to bring it back into view or press sD 

Deleting a PFZ. You can delete PFZs at any time, whether you’ve cleared them 

out or not. 

L Left-click-and-hold, then right-click on PFZ label sD Delete selected PFZ 

Selecting Targets from Your Target List 


cD Delete all PFZs 

When your PFZ is empty, it will not automatically be deleted. You must manually 

delete the PFZ before you can call for targets from the FCR target list. (You can 

select or create another PFZ and delete the empty one later, however.) 

The following key commands select objects from your current target list. Thus, if 

you are in TADS target acquisition mode, the targets are selected from the 

TADS/CPG list. If you are in FCR target acquisition mode, targets come from the 

FCR target list, unless you have a PFZ selected on the TSD. If you have a PFZ 

selected, targets come from the PFZ list. 

The commands behave differently depending on which list is active, because the 

TADS/CPG list is sorted by priority and friendly/enemy status. The FCR target list 

is sorted by the order contacts were acquired. PFZ lists are not sorted at all. 

T Target next enemy on list (next object on PFZ list) 

sT Target previous enemy on list (previous object on PFZ list) 

Y Target next friendly on list (non-functional on PFZ lists) 

sY Target previous friendly on list (non-functional on PFZ lists) 

When you select a target, a dotted cross appears over it on your IHADSS. 

Getting Best Cannon Targets 

Have your CP/G sort targets according to your distance to target, with closest 

targets first. This command is available with the TADS and FCR lists. After your 

list is re-sorted, use the keys above to cycle through targets. 

cT Prioritize your TADS or FCR list, putting closest targets first

Getting Best Missile Targets 

Engaging Targets with Cannon, FFARs and Stingers 


5: COMBAT 

When in TADS target acquisition mode, you can ask your CP/G to sort targets in 

order of “best” missile target. Your CP/G decides which is “best” based on range 

to target, aspect angle, threat perception, etc. This command is not available 

with FCR and PFZ lists. After your list is re-sorted, cycle through your targets 

with the above target keys. 

aT Prioritize your TADS list, putting “best” targets first 

Selecting Targets with the Mouse 

When in FCR target acquisition mode, you can also select a target from the TSD 

by clicking on it with the mouse. 

Current weapon 

Longbow. The Weapons MFD displays your loadout 

and number remaining for weapons, chaff and cannon 

rounds. The active weapon is highlighted (see 

Weapons MFD, p. 2.33). The VSD MFD performs the 

same function in the Kiowa (see VSD MFD, p. 2.41). 

Active 

weapon 

The current weapon also appears in the bottom right corner 

of the IHADSS. RKT stands for FFARs, MPSM for M-261 rockets, 

ATA for Stingers and MSL for Hellfires. (Your cannon is 

always active in addition to your current weapon.) 

Kiowa Warrior. The Pilot’s Display Unit (PDU) shows targeting and current 

weapon information. The active weapon appears as an icon 

in the display — see p. 2.48 for details. The Virtual Situation 

Display also gives weapon information (shown here). 

Which weapon you use should depend on your loadout, the 

type of target and how close you are to it. 

B Cycle through weapons 

VSD MFD 

5.13

5.14 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon 


Your cannon is useful against “soft” targets, such as infantry and unarmored 

trucks. It has an effective range of less than 1km (although you can still destroy 

things up to about 3km, provided you shoot at them long enough). If you have a 

target selected, the gun is automatically aimed so that the calculated impact point 

coincides with the target’s anticipated movement. If no target is selected, the 

cannon will fire straight ahead, or in the direction the pilot’s helmet is oriented, if 

you are in Virtual Cockpit (helmet) view — 4. (Pressing 4 once enters this 

view. Pressing it a second time locks onto the current target and slews the view 

to track the target’s movement.) 

To engage TADS/CPG target with the cannon: 

1. Select a target and keep it onscreen. 

2. If REALISTIC TADS OPERATION is on, the laser 

should also be on to add accuracy to the 

cannon. 

3. Wait until the range indicator reading on your 

IHADSS display is less than 1km. 

4. Fire until the target is destroyed (e). 

Global Helicopter Technology CFD-5000 Pod 

Kiowa 

LONGBOW 2 

Range 

Indicator 

If you move or pan your TADS camera, your cannon and TADS unlock from your 

current target. You must relock your gun to your current target in order to fire at it. 

sL Relock TADS and cannon on your current target 

The Kiowa has a Global Helicopter Technology CFD-5000 pod that houses a an 

M2 .50-caliber Heavy Barrel Machine Gun. In the game, the Kiowa can mount one 

of these guns at a time (missiles and rockets can be loaded normally on the other 

hard point). The browning is probably the best choice only in situations where you 

expect massed forces of infantry and unarmored targets. The browning is a fixedforward 

weapon, aimed by orienting the helicopter itself towards the target. A simple 

crosshair sight in the middle of the windscreen is provided to assist in targeting, 

and the gun’s accuracy can also be gauged by its tracer trail.

Black Hawk Door Guns 

Black Hawk 

The UH-60L Black Hawks modeled in Longbow 2 do not have any cockpitcontrolled 

armament, but they do have a pair 

of pintle-mounted door-guns, one on each 

side of the aircraft. The primary purpose of 

these guns is to clear a landing zone and 

provide covering fire while taking on or 

putting off cargo or passengers. However, 

they can also be used for in-flight aircraft 

defense, or even close air support against 

infantry and unarmed targets. 

The type of door gun to be mounted can be 

selected during Mission Planning, but both 

guns on any given helicopter must be of the same type. The M134 5.56 mm minigun 

possesses a rate of fire of several thousand rounds per second, and is 

unmatched against infantry and unarmored targets. However, the superior penetration 

of the M60D 7.62mm machine gun, even with a rate of fire barely 10% of 

the M134’s, makes it the gun of choice against lightly armored targets, and some 

pilots may prefer it against other helicopters as well. 

You can toggle back and forth between the Black Hawk cockpit and the door gun 

position by using numpad 0. Numpad . switches between the left and right door 

guns. Like the Longbow’s cannon, a door gun is aimed by using the numpad 

keys. This is not because the door guns possess any fancy computerized helmetsighting 

systems — it’s simply assumed that if a door 

gunner is looking at something, he’s also aiming at it. To move from one door gun 

to another, use the numpad .. 

Numpad 0 Switch from cockpit to door gun position 

Numpad . Switch between left/right door gunner position 

Numpad Aim door gun 

2, 8 

4, 6 

or a + Joystick 

5: COMBAT 

5.15

5.16 

LONGBOW 2 

Stinger Infrared-Guided Missile (AIM-92) 


Stingers are fired against air targets, using an IR seeker head to track the target’s 

heat source. When the seeker locks on to its target, it emits a shrill tone, signaling 

you to fire. A Stinger’s range is about 4.5km, and it is extremely fast. 

To engage an air target with Stingers: 

1. Switch to ATA master mode with s4. 

2. Select a target. 


In the Longbow, a bouncing “donut” representing the 

missile’s seeker head appears on the IHADSS. 

In the Kiowa, a circle appears in the PDU and VSD. 

3. Orient your aircraft toward the target. 

In the Longbow, the seeker will home in on the target, and 

the “donut” will stop moving. 

Kiowa VSD 

In the Kiowa, you must move until the target is positioned directly under the circle 

in the PDU. 

4. When the circle turns from dashed to solid, fire (z). 

In the Longbow, messages in the Weapon Inhibit Field can help guide you in getting 

a valid lock. See Weapon Inhibit Field, p. 5.20. 

In the Kiowa, Stingers are aimed using the PDU display (or the VSD MFD, which 

function similarly). When a Stinger is your active weapon, the PDU displays a 

circular targeting area. If the enemy is located anywhere within that area, he is 

targeted and should be hit by fired Stingers. See Kiowa Weapon Constraints, 

p. 2. 49, for details on acquiring locks and firing weapons in this helicopter.

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket (FFAR) 


5: COMBAT 

FFARs can be used against lightly armored targets, such as troops, trucks and 

support vehicles. These rockets are unguided; you must aim them directly at the 

target to fire. You have two types to choose from — HE rockets (designated as RC 

in the Weapons MFD) or multiple-projectile submunition rockets (designated as 

MPSM). 

Line the I-beam up with the cross hairs over your target. (The I-beam must be 

centered horizontally and vertically, but the rocket pods will track up and down the 

extent of its vertical bar.) 

You can fire FFARs in salvos of 1, 2, 4, 8, 12 and 24 — S cycles through the 

salvo sizes. (You can only see this if you have the Weapon MFD 

active — the number following RKT at the bottom of the Weapons MFD 

indicates your current salvo size). The 24 rocket salvo is unavailable 

to the Kiowa, since it can’t mount more than two 7-rocket pods. 

To engage a TADS/CPG target with FFARs: 


1. Use S to set number of rockets per salvo, then 

select a target. 

2. Cycle through weapons (B) until rockets 

are selected. 

In the Longbow, RKT appears in the bottom right 

corner of the IHADSS. 

In the Kiowa, the rocket crosshairs appear in the 

VSD MFD. 

Kiowa VSD 

3. Line up the I-beam so that it is over the target box. 

In the Kiowa, the I-beam aligns you with the target horizontally — you must 

also manuever so that the vertical constraint (the circle) is over the target as 

well. 

4. Fire (z) when the I-beam becomes solid. 

5. If the I-beam does not become solid, change the pitch angle (pull up or down 

on the collective), check range to the target and/or reduce your speed. 

The rocket I-beam cursor on the IHADSS remains dashed until you bring the 

target into horizontal and vertical constraints. 

5.17

5.18 

Engaging Targets with Hellfires 


Missile 

Launch 

Mode 

LONGBOW 2 

Longbow IHADSS 

Hellfires are used against heavier armored targets, 

such as tanks. There are two types of Hellfires — 

laser-guided and radar-guided (RF, or Radio- 

Frequency). The Longbow carries both types, while 

the Kiowa only carries laser-guided. 

Laser- and radar-guided Hellfire missiles behave differently, 

depending on which target list and launch mode 

you have active. All Hellfires must be within range to 

fire. If the target is too far or too close, the Hellfire won’t 

Kiowa VSD 

lock on or launch. 

Hellfires can be launched in one of two modes: Lock On Before Launch (LOBL) 

and Lock on After Launch (LOAL). You can tell which you are in by looking in the 

lower right corner of your IHADSS or on your VSD in the Kiowa. 

The combination of missile launch mode and the target acquisition mode determines 

how a Hellfire tracks its target. The target acquisition and missile launch 

modes for a missile are determined at launch time. Changing the modes in-flight 

does not affect the missile’s behavior, except as noted below. 

Note: The only combinations available in Longbow Apaches without radar and in 

Kiowas are TADS/LOBL and TADS/LOAL. 

Direct and Indirect master modes. You can switch to Direct or Indirect master 

mode to quickly configure all of your avionics to launch Hellfires launching. Direct 

master mode switches you to LOBL missile launch mode, using TADS targets. 

Indirect master mode switches you to LOAL missile launch mode with FCR targets. 

Your IHADSS and MFDs also change — see Master Modes, p. 2.9. 

LOBL Missile Launch Mode 

♦ Requires a valid lock before launching. 

♦ The Hellfire moves towards your current target with a low, shallow loft profile. 

♦ You must maintain target lock throughout the missile’s trajectory. If the target 

lock is broken, the Hellfire will self-destruct within a few seconds if you don’t 

re-acquire a lock. 

♦ The Hellfire can switch targets mid-flight, if the new target is in its field of view 

(but may not have time to adjust its trajectory). 

With TADS Target Acquisition Mode/MMS 

In TADS target acquisition mode or with the Kiowa’s MMS, the missile is aimed at 

current TADS/CPG target. You can’t use PFZs, but your CPG can sort your list by 

best missile targets (aT). This is the combination associated with Direct master 

mode.

With FCR Target Acquisition Mode (Longbow only) 

Targets out of line of sight (LOS) cannot be engaged in LOBL because a valid lock 

is required for launch. In the Longbow’s FCR target acquisition mode, the missile is 

aimed at your current FCR target, unless a PFZ is active. (If so, see below.) 

LOAL Missile Launch Mode 

5: COMBAT 

♦ The Hellfire launches straight ahead with a high launch profile that puts the 

missile in a downward dive approximately 1km ahead of your aircraft. Once a 

target is designated, the missile maneuvers toward the target. 

♦ You do not have to unmask (pop-up) in LOAL missile launch mode after 

launching your radar Hellfire. It re-acquires the target on its own. 

With TADS Target Acquisition Mode 

PFZs cannot be used. If firing from cover, you must fire before selecting a target, 

because the TADS/CPG list does not “remember” targets that are no longer visible. 

With TADS/CPG Targeting Active 

If a target within the missile’s FOV (the large box on the IHADSS) is not designated 

in time for the missile to alter course, the missile self-destructs. 

With FCR Target Acquisition Mode (Longbow only) 

Targets out of LOS can be targeted because the FCR list stores target information 

from the Fire Control Radar, even when the targets are no longer visible. The missile 

goes after your current FCR target, unless a PFZ is active. 

Launching Hellfires with PFZs 


PFZ with Laser Hellfires. The laser designator that guides these missiles 

cannot designate multiple targets. Therefore, you can only aim for your current 

target. See Laser Operation, p. 5.22, for more details. 

PFZ with RF Hellfires. The first Hellfire launches toward the first target on your 

current PFZ list, regardless of your current target. The next Hellfire launched 

switches to the next target in the PFZ. This cycle continues through all targets 

on the list, then starts over, picking targets from the beginning. This lets you ripple-fire 

several RF Hellfires and simultaneously destroy different targets. 

The Hellfire lock constraint remains on the IHADSS until the last Hellfire detonates. 

This lets you know you still have a valid line of sight to the target. If the 

box turns dashed, you’ve lost your line of sight and your lock (in the case of 

laser Hellfires). 

Note: If your current PFZ is deleted or de-selected, all launched missiles will 

self-destruct. 

5.19

5.20 

LONGBOW 2 

Troubleshooting — Getting a Valid Lock 


For Hellfires, getting and keeping a valid lock essentially means keeping the 

missile’s seeker head pointed in a direction that allows it to find its target. When you 

choose Hellfires, a target box appears on your IHADSS. If you are in LOAL missile 

launch mode, this box is much larger than it is in LOBL missile launch mode. 

The box marks the seeker’s field of view. Position it in the general direction of 

your target; when it turns solid, you have a valid lock. If it is dashed, you do not 

have a valid lock. The text in the weapon inhibit field explains why you do not 

have a valid lock and helps you correct. 



Messages displayed in this field tell you whether you have a valid lock, and how 

to correct in order to get one if you don’t. These messages are useful only for 

Stingers, MPSM FFARs and Hellfires, as HE FFARs use constraints instead of a 

lock. 


VALID LOCK The target is valid and you can fire your weapon. 

NO TARGET You do not have a target selected. 

NO ACQUIRE Your radar (in FCR mode) or laser (in TADS mode) is off. You 

need to activate the appropriate target acquisition system before 

you can lock up a target. 

ARM? Master Arm is set on “safe.” (This is equivalent to the plastic 

safety cup that folds down over the weapons trigger in a real 

helicopter to keep the trigger from getting pressed accidentally.) 

Press cM to free your weapons. 

NO MSLS You have run out of the type of missiles you’ve selected. 

OUT OF RANGE The current target is beyond the maximum range of the current 

weapon. Choose a closer target or move toward your current 

target until it comes into range.

5: COMBAT 

MIN RANGE You’re too close: the current target is closer than the minimum 

range of your weapon. Engage with cannon if target is under 

1km away, or with FFARs if it is under 3km away. Failing this, 

choose another target, or put more distance between you and 

your current target. Hellfire and Stinger minimum range is 

approximately .5 km. 

SKR LIMIT (Seeker limit) The current target is outside of the field of view 

(FOV) of the current weapon. Yaw your aircraft so that your 

target falls within the missile constraint box of your Hellfires, or 

so that the “donut” representing the Stinger’s seeker head can 

lock on the target. 

LOS INVALID The current target is out of the line of sight for the current 

weapon. Something is between you and your target. If you have 

dropped down below cover, pop back up. If you can’t bring the 

target into your LOS, choose another target. If you’re forced 

under cover due to heavy fire (and are using Hellfires), try an 

LOAL missile launching. 

INVALID TYPE The current target cannot be engaged by the current weapon 

(i.e., it is an air-to-air weapon and you have a ground target 

selected). 

INVALID MODE You are in FCR acquisition mode and have a Radar Hellfire 

selected, but the FCR dome on your mast has been damaged. 

Switch to TADS target acquisition mode to fire. 

Master arm vs. master mode. The master arm key switches your weapons 

from “arm” (fireable) to “safe” (not fireable). The master mode key changes your 

target acquisition mode, missile launch mode, IHADSS mode, and left and right 

MFDs to one of four different sets of presets. 

Identifying the Target 

The TADS and TSD give you information about your target with the symbols 

used to represent it (See TADS MFD, p. 2.32 and Tactical Situation Display 

MFD, p. 2.24). 

For quick reference, you can toggle the Upfront Display (the box that normally 

displays radio frequencies) to show target ID info. This is a cheat, however, and 

not a feature in a real Army helicopter. 

U Toggle Upfront Display 

5.21

5.22 

LONGBOW 2 

Laser Operation 

The game models the Longbow and Kiowa’s 

external laser sensor, which guides laser Hellfire 

missiles and (in the Longbow) provides accurate 

range-to-target information for your chain gun. 

The laser activates automatically in most cases, 

but you can take manual control of it if you select 

REALISTIC TADS OPERATION in the OPTION menu (next 

page). Note that the REALISTIC TADS OPERATION 

option also activates manual laser operation in 

the Kiowa using the MMS. 

LASE TRGT appears to the bottom left of the High- 

Laser Transmitter 

Action Display when laser targeting is active. A 

small asterisk also displays just above this text (by the range-to-target reading) 

and means that the laser is transmitting. 

♦ Laser targeting gives you better range feedback (and thus, accuracy) when 

you’re firing guns, and gives you pinpoint accuracy when you’re using laserguided 

Hellfires. 

♦ LASE TRGT appears to the bottom left of the High-Action Display if laser 

targeting is active. 

♦ In some missions, you must lock onto a certain target with your laser and hand 

off (laser designate) that target to another friendly aircraft in the area. (Your 

mission briefing will indicate which missions.) 

A radio message will indicate when a friendly is looking for one of your laser 

targets. The target you designate with the laser automatically gets sent to that 

particular friendly unit. If you keep it illuminated, you’ll get a second message 

stating that he has picked up the laser-designated target. 

♦ The laser turns off automatically if your target moves out of TADS camera view. 

In some missions, you can turn off your laser and fire Laser Hellfires at 

targets designated by other units. You must have REALISTIC TADS OPERATION 

active. Simply cycle through targets until you get a VALID TARGET message in 

the Weapon Inhibit Field.

Realistic TADS and the Laser 


5: COMBAT 

Before you can activate the laser, you must select a TADS target. Also, before 

you can manually toggle the laser on/off, you must select the REALISTIC TADS 

OPERAZTION option in the OPTIONS menu (under the Gameplay/Realism submenu). 

See the Install Guide for details. 

Numpad e Toggle laser on/off (with TADS as active target acquisition mode) 

You can activate the laser when you’re using your chain gun. This is highly 

recommended, as it increases accuracy. You must have the laser active to fire 

Hellfire missiles in LOBL mode, however. If you try to fire them while the laser is 

off, you’ll get a NO ACQUIRE message above the High-Action Display. (In LOAL 

mode, you can fire Hellfires with the laser off, but you’ll have to activate it and 

lase the target before the missile’s countdown timer reaches zero.) 

♦ If REALISTIC TADS OPERATION is off, the laser activates automatically. 

♦ If REALISTIC TADS OPERATION is active, but the laser is off, then your helicopter’s 

weapon computer uses the best system available (usually the Fire-Control 

Radar). This can be inaccurate because targets may move before the FCR 

completes its next scan. 

♦ If REALISTIC TADS OPERATION is active, but both the laser and FCR are off, then 

the weapons computer calculates the distance to the target based on the 

TADS camera angle and your current altitude. This is highly inaccurate, as it 

does not take things such as terrain into account. 

Using the Laser with Laser Hellfire Missiles 

L Select Laser Hellfires in the Mission Planner Arming window 

aO Activate REALISTIC TADS OPERATION in the OPTIONS menu 

h Toggle TADS target acquisition on. TADS appears to the left of the High-Action Display 

B Select Hellfire missiles 

s2 Switch to Direct master mode (activates LOBL missile launch mode and TADS/TSD MFDs) 

L or T Lock onto a target and wait for missile lock tone 

Numpad e Toggle laser on (this also gives accurate range-to-target information for the chain gun) 

z Fire Hellfire 

5.23

5.24 

LONGBOW 2 

WINGMEN AND BACKUP 

Your wingman has the same mission you do, and is a valuable aid in remaining 

alive and achieving mission objectives. You control what weapons he carries, and 

you direct him to use these weapons as you see fit. His default orders are to 

protect you. Beyond that, you must direct his actions. 

Wingman Commands 

♦ You can radio orders to your wingman by pressing the wingman command keys. 

♦ If you loaded Radar Hellfires onto your wingman’s hardpoints, he has the 

ability to ripple-fire Hellfires and perform LOAL Hellfire attacks. This is useful 

when you establish Priority Fire Zones for your wingman. (To ripple fire, either 

your wingman must be in a Longbow, or you must be in a Longbow and hand 

off the targets to him.) 

Giving Your Wingman Targets 

c3 Attack my target 

Your wingman attacks your current target on command. You can give him a list of 

targets to attack by creating a PFZ on your TSD, selecting it, and giving the 

“attack my target” command. Your wingman will systematically attack all of the 

targets in this zone. The “attack my target” command supersedes the “weapons 

hold” command. 

If you give orders to attack, but your wingman doesn’t appear to be attacking, 

then he doesn’t have a valid lock. Your wingman’s responses (or lack of them) 

give an indication of how well he’s doing: 

“Attacking your target.” He has found the target and has the right weapon to 

attack. 

“Can’t attack that target, sir.” Either the target is out of range or he can’t see it. 

If he can’t see his target, and the target is in front of him, he will climb for a few 

seconds and try to get a better view. If he still doesn’t see the target, he will drop 

to formation and radio you that he can’t attack. He won’t maneuver closer to a 

target if he’s out of range; you will have to reassign him the target when you are in 

a better position. 

“Can’t attack that target, sir. We are Winchester ammo.” He doesn’t have the 

right weapon for the target (i.e., Hellfires/rockets for tanks/heavy armor; 

Hellfires/rockets/cannon for light to medium armor; or Stingers for air targets). He 

will move on to the next target, if he has one. 

“We need a positive ID on target.” You gave him a friendly to attack! 

No response. You do not have a target selected or the PFZ you handed off to 

him is empty.

Getting Your Wingman’s Targets 

c4 Pop up and scan area 

Your wingman will pop up to about 200 feet, acquire targets, and return to formation. 

The targets he identifies automatically show up in your TSD. You can be in 

either TADS or FCR mode for this to happen. 

Other Wingman Commands 

c5 Weapons hold 

Wingman will hold fire. This is his default status. He will not engage unless you 

command him to, or an enemy aircraft attacks you. (This is the only instance in 

which he will engage without orders to do so.) 

c6 Weapons free 

Wingman will fire on enemy targets that come within his sight. 

c7 Form on my wing 

Wingman will join formation with you. 

c8 Check status 

5: COMBAT 

Use this command to check your wingman’s current status. He’ll radio back a 

message that indicates his weapons loadout status. 

c9 Stay here 

Wingman stays in current geographical position and hovers. 

You can use this command after downloading your PFZ targets (cb) to your 

wingman. He’ll stay in one spot while you move to another position. You can then 

attack targets from two directions. Make sure, however, that you return to your 

original position before ordering him into formation (c7). Otherwise, he may fly 

directly over enemy units. 

c0 Change formation (toggle) 

You can give your wingman formation commands that instruct him to fly 50m 

(default) or 150m away from you. 

cH Return to base 

If your wingman appears to be taking serious damage, you can use this to send 

him home. (He will return to your starting point.) You can call him back with the 

“form on my wing” command if he is less than 5km from you. 

c- Attack ATA/ATG targets 

You can specify what type of targets you want your wingman to attack when he’s 

in Weapons Free mode. This command toggles between ATA (air-to-air) and ATG 

(air-to-ground) targets. 

5.25

5.26 

LONGBOW 2 

c= Cover me 

This command places your wingman in protective mode. He’ll hold his fire unless 

something directly threatens you, at which point he’ll attack. Any other wingman 

command cancels this one. 

cb Hand off targets 

You can give your wingman this command to give him a target, but he won’t 

attack it. He’ll automatically go into Weapons Hold mode and won’t fire until you 

give him the Weapons Free command. When you do, he’ll attack that specific 

target first. 

If you’re using a PFZ, you can give him up to 16 targets (the maximum number of 

FCR targets he can store). 

Calling on Backup 

The Longbow and Kiowa were designed to sneak up on enemy forces and 

acquire targets. They can communicate target information to other friendly units in 

the air and on the ground. 

Calling an Air Strike 

Your air support consists of Air Force A-10s and F-16s. By calling an air strike, 

you can take advantage of their superior speed and arsenals. 

To call an air strike: 

1. Select any target from the FCR or TADS target lists. 

2. Call in the airstrike with c2. 

Make sure you have taken out all nearby anti-air defenses first — otherwise, your 

fellow pilots may be shot down. 

Calling an Artillery Strike 

Nearby artillery units provide you with another resource. 

To call an artillery strike: 

1. Select any target from the FCR or TADS target lists. 

2. Radio your target information in with c1. In a minute, the shells will hit. 

Enemy ground units can call in their own air and artillery strikes. Whenever 

they’re under attack, they radio for help in the form of enemy choppers that 

scramble, or air or artillery strikes from nearby units.

COMBAT TACTICS 


To survive in the air and on the battlefield, pilots must employ both instinct and 

skill. The next sections discuss offensive and evasive tactics useful when flying 

under combat conditions. 

The Longbow and Kiowa can perform these manuevers — however, the Black 

Hawk is too large and bulky for many evasive actions. 

Air-to-Ground Tactics 

The helicopter conducts a variety of ground missions, from low-altitude ambushes 

to anti-aircraft fire suppression. In some cases, a squadron of helicopters will work 

together, flying just above the surface to conduct covert attacks on enemy positions 

and accomplish the mission goals. Other times, a group of attack helicopters 

will coordinate closely with fixed-wing fighters to eliminate ground gun and tank 

positions in an all-out offensive attack. 

In either situation, the most difficult challenge faced by a present-day gunship is 

how to approach enemy positions without being seen. Though maneuverable and 

able to fly at low altitudes and speeds, the helicopter is still vulnerable to surfaceto-air 

missiles and patrolling fighters. 

There are two tactics for approaching and attacking enemy ground vehicles, 

installations or bases. The first, terrain masking, allows the helicopter to approach 

targets unseen. Contour chasing is a useful alternative to this when enemy threat 

is minimal, allowing greater speed but less cover. 

Once in position, the bob-up and pop sideways maneuvers are used to acquire 

nearby targets and fire off guided weapons from a concealed position. 

Escorting Transports 

5: COMBAT 

Escorting Black Hawks to their landing zone is an important mission type in 

Longbow 2. While flying escort you want to stick as close as possible to the Black 

Hawk for most of the trip, to give him the maximum benefit of your sensors and 

jamming capabilities. 

Once you get within about 5km of the LZ, however, it’s time to break ahead to 

make sure the LZ is clear and safe before the transport arrives. Use both TADS 

and FCR to thoroughly check out an LZ. The TADS view is important, because 

infantrymen with SAMs — your most dangerous threat during a landing operation 

— won’t show up on the FCR. 

If the enemy does need to be pushed back from the LZ, FFARs are ideal for the 

operation. And, of course, this is the situation where your guns can really come 

into their own. 

5.27

5.28 

LONGBOW 2 

Terrain Masking 

One of the helicopter pilot’s priorities when flying in enemy territory is to avoid 

being spotted. Evading detection is not always easy, considering the recent 

strides made in radar and infrared scanning systems. A popular method of hiding 

as long as possible is the use of terrain as natural cover. 

Also called Nap-of-the-Earth (NOE) flight, terrain masking involves following the 

contour of the surrounding terrain. Valleys, canyons and hills can all serve as 

cover for an attack gunship. Most radar systems are not sensitive enough to pick 

up targets traveling close to the terrain. Therefore, flying at lower altitudes often 

gives the helicopter pilot an advantage. NOE flight is usually conducted at around 

20 feet (altitude above ground) and 50 knots airspeed. 

Mission routes for modern-day gunships call upon relief maps of the local area to 

find possible screen cover. Paths are designated through foothills, around 

mountains and behind cluttered terrain. The pilot then has the tricky task of trying 

to maneuver in and around these barriers without crashing into them. 

When flying in mountainous regions, pilots usually fly about halfway up the 

mountainside. Fighters flying overhead tend to search the valley’s basin for enemy 

helicopters in hiding, and a craft halfway up its side — especially on the shady side 

of the valley — is hard to spot. The most dangerous problem with this method of 

avoidance is that mountainsides are notoriously gusty. The wind switches directions 

often, creating turbulent conditions that challenge the most skilled pilots. 

Contour Chasing — Speed vs. Safety 

Under normal cruising conditions, the helicopter uses level, straight-line flight and 

travels at about 110 knots. At these higher altitudes, speed is maximized and time 

is minimized, but detection is probable. 

C o ntour chasing flight

NOE flight, in contrast, is not linear and drops the craft’s speed to approximately 

50 knots. This type of flight path offers the best protection against overhead 

fighters, radar and infrared devices. At the same time, airspeed is quite low and 

makes the craft vulnerable to ground troops and rocket fire. 

Contour-chasing offers a compromise between cruising flight and NOE flying. 

Contour-chasing entails flying about 40 feet above the ground at 80 knots or so 

and is often used when enemy forces pose minimal danger. Although it gives 

increased protection over the cruise method, the chance of detection still exists. 

Bob-Up 

5: COMBAT 

The helicopter’s most adaptive features are its hovering ability and maneuverability, 

both of which allow it to take advantage of natural terrain. This is primarily 

important when airborne helicopter forces are battling ground troops that carry 

mobile SAMs and hand-held rockets. Under these battle conditions, another 

maneuver called the bob-up can be combined effectively with terrain masking. 

The bob-up is a simple yet effective maneuver that is used to acquire targets for 

guided weapons or designate targets for other incoming gunships. The pilot 

simply approaches the enemy position at an extremely low altitude, following the 

terrain. Once the pilot maneuvers into position, he must acquire targets and get a 

visual on enemy positions. By using masking, he can hover undetected behind a 

nearby terrain feature and bob up for a momentary glimpse. 

Bob up 

Pop sideways 

5.29

5.30 

LONGBOW 2 

In the AH-64D, the active Fire Control Radar system on the mast above the rotors 

reads enemy positions during these bob-ups and marks targets on the TSD 

display. Up to 250 targets can be stored simultaneously and uploaded via a data 

link to command posts or other friendly craft. 

When a forward observer has designated such a target, or when the co-pilot/ 

gunner is ready to fire off a missile, the helicopter simply rises a dozen feet or so, 

acquires a visual, fires off its weapons and descends. Then, the pilot may speed 

toward another masking object and repeat the process. 

The bob-up maneuver was not originated by the Apache. In fact, it was used 

during the Vietnam war by Hueys seeking to limit their exposure to ground fire. In 

some cases, the pilot can fire weapons without exposing himself at all. A primary 

example is the Hellfire missile on the AH-64D Longbow Apache. A forward 

observer (either on the ground or in the air) can identify a target with a laser beam 

and transmit target information to a nearby attack helicopter. From hiding, the 

Apache can launch a Hellfire, which will travel over the terrain and seek out its 

preprogrammed target. 

To activate the Bob-Up IHADSS mode, press s6. See Bob-Up IHADSS 

Mode, p. 2.19. 

Pop Sideways 

Similar to the bob-up, the pop sideways maneuver allows the pilot to hide behind 

cover, emerging only to acquire targets and fire. The main difference is that in this 

maneuver, the movement into the open is sideways instead of vertical. This tactic 

requires a nearly perfect touch on the cyclic control and crashes are a real danger 

because of the lower altitude. However, less altitude translates into a better safety 

margin for the helicopter by limiting the line of sight of the enemy. 

Air-To-Air Tactics 

Because the skies offer little protection, air-to-air battles require vastly different 

tactics than air-to-ground battles. Your best strategy is to avoid air confrontation 

completely, and failing that, to destroy the enemy before he has a chance to fire at 

you. If you are unable to kill an enemy aircraft quickly, head for friendly airspace. 

If you do find yourself under air attack, the following tactics may help you. 

A helicopter’s best tactics in the air depend on what type of enemy it faces. In 

fighter-helicopter battles, the helicopter operates in a strictly defensive role and 

attacks only if the situation permits. Helicopter-to-helicopter battles, however, can 

lead to drawn out contests in which the pilots fight for supremacy. 

No matter what type of air-to-air combat he participates in, the helicopter pilot 

must take advantage of the craft’s maneuverability and rely on proven flight 

maneuvers.

Against Fighters 

5: COMBAT 

Rarely will a helicopter and a fighter engage in combat — their strengths and 

weaknesses oppose each other, and neither has a decided advantage in battle. 

The helicopter boasts superior maneuverability over the fighter, and its ability to 

hover among ground cover gives it a chameleon-like edge. At the same time, the 

fighter maintains a speed advantage and usually carries a more powerful arsenal 

of ATA weapons. 

These counter-complementary features usually mean that in such a conflict, the 

helicopter is concerned with defending itself while the fighter executes several 

well-thought-out passes before abandoning the conflict. No fighter pilot wants to 

sacrifice a multi-million dollar jet for a single helicopter kill. After all, the helicopter 

is capable of swinging 180° and firing its own ATA missile as the fighter completes 

its pass. 

As fighters are never helicopter objectives, your best bet is to avoid them as much 

as possible, and bug out if you need to. Avoid detection by maintaining a hover 

close to the ground or near cover. Not only does this make you more difficult to 

track, it also renders the fighter’s radar and weapon tracking systems ineffective. 

The air-to-air missile guidance systems on most fighters are incapable of distinguishing 

between moving ground vehicles and NOE-flying helicopters. 

In the event that you are spotted, try getting off the first shot. This will distract the 

pilot and disrupt his immediate attack run plans. If the fighter dives at you headon, 

speed directly toward him without increasing your altitude. This steepens his 

angle of descent, and he will likely overshoot or abandon the dive to avoid 

colliding with the ground. 

STEEPENING A FIGHTER’S DIVE 

Original line of sight 

New dive angle 

0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 

Seconds 

5.31

5.32 

LONGBOW 2 

Against Helicopters 

The most obvious effective countermeasure for an attacking helicopter is another 

helicopter. Once the machines are evenly matched, the contest becomes a matter 

of piloting skill, not a test of speed vs. maneuverability. And because helicopters 

are slow and inherently evasive, the engagement is not likely to end quickly. 

To date, few helicopter-helicopter battles have been recorded, and air-to-air 

combat consists largely of unproven theory. The maneuvers described here take 

into account both the abilities of rotary craft and existing combat tactics, but are 

subject to change as helicopter warfare evolves. 

Stern Conversion 

The best position to hold during a helicopter battle is the stern position, up and 

behind your target, around six o’clock high. When a helicopter threatens you headon, 

the stern conversion is a quick way for you to gain a superior firing position. 

Z, = and S or A 1. Accelerate into a climb, turning slightly to one side. 

A and [ or S and ] 2. As you flare out into the apex of your turn, swivel back toward your 

opponent and dive into an attack position. Your dive will increase your 

speed, and you should be able to sight your guns on the target’s tail 

rotor. 

3. Your high position keeps the opposing gunner from shooting through his 

own rotor disc — fire off a few rounds before he gets the chance to 

counter. 

If your opponent executes a conversion against you, try countering with the same 

maneuver. Be careful, however; countering and re-countering with this move 

causes both craft to gain altitude. If AA guns or hand-held rocket launchers are 

nearby, both of you expose yourselves to extra danger. 

Attacker accelerates and 

performs wing-over 

Threat 

approaching 

head-on 

Turning dive into 

attack position 

STERN CONVERSION

High Yo-Yo 

5: COMBAT 

The high yo-yo is a recovery method used to regain the six o’clock high position 

after an overshoot. When you attack a target from the stern position, keep your 

helicopter slightly behind and to one side of your opponent. As you make a run 

toward the enemy, he will almost always turn into your attack in an attempt to cut 

you off and limit his time in your sights. 

If this happens: 

Z and = 1. Pull the nose high to climb sharply. 

A and [ or S and ] 2. Immediately pivot your craft in the direction of the enemy’s turn. 

W and - 3. Once you’ve got him in front of you, dive to regain the above-behind 

stern position. 

Attacker pulls high to 

avoid an overshoot 

Defender 

breaks hard 

HIGH YO-YO 

Attacker maneuvering 

for 6 o’clock position 

5.33

5.34 

LONGBOW 2 

Horizontal Scissors 

When you and a threat are flying in the same direction and approaching from an 

angle, try the horizontal scissors maneuver. This tactic consists of a series of 

hard, weaving turns intended to bring the target across your weapons envelope 

(the area covered by your guns). 

If you make the first attack: 

1. Make your first side run toward the enemy and release fire. 

[ and A or 2. Then, turn hard back toward your opponent. This accomplishes two things 

] and S — it bleeds off forward speed and brings the enemy into your sights. 

3. As the enemy turns back toward you to cut off your angle, fire a second 

time. 

[ and A or 4. Once you’ve passed your target, increase your rate of turn and go for a 

] and S third run. 

You can continue this scissors movement as long as you feel like you maintain the 

advantage. 

Helicopter turns 

hard to reduce 

forward speed 

HORIZONTAL SCISSORS 

Attacker increases 

rate of turn

Side Flare Quick Stop 

5: COMBAT 

The side flare is a defensive maneuver developed to stave off an attacker at close 

range. At the same time, it places you in an offensive position. If you find yourself 

taking fire to your rear, this move can help you shake the threat by reducing your 

speed and providing altitude. 

Z 1. First pull back on the cyclic stick to curtail your forward speed. 

[ or ], then A or S 2. Then, kick the tail slightly outside and swivel into a banking turn. The 

direction of your turn should follow that of the attacker’s. (If the threat is 

not turning, he will likely follow you into your turn.) 

W and = 3. As you turn, accelerate into a climb by increasing both the collective and 

cyclic. The forward speed you lost earlier should bring the threat to the 

twelve o’clock low position. 

W and - 4. From here, you can dive into an aft attack. 

Deceleration and 

side flare starts 

SIDE FLARE QUICK STOP 

Threat overshoots 

Attacker climbs and 

accelerates into 

6 o’clock position 

5.35

5.36 

LONGBOW 2

6 

Campaigns

6.2 

LONGBOW 2 

CAMPAIGNS .........................................6.1 

IRAN, AZERBAIJAN AND THE US ...........6.2 

Fear Drives Caucasian Policy .......................6.2 

Iran Warns USA To “Think Twice” 

About An Attack..........................................6.3 

Iran Strives To Regain Military Might; 

Rearmament Drive Aims to Restore 

Gulf Balance ...............................................6.4 

Baku and Tehran, Renewed Tensions............6.6 

Azeris Want New Look at Tashkent Accord ...6.8 

The Jane’s Interview: 

National Training Center..............................6.9 


THE GULF STATES – IRAN .....................6.10 

Defence Production ...................................6.10 

Historical Overview ...................................6.11 

Territorial Disputes – Iraq, UAE .................6.11 

International Affairs..................................6.12 

6. CAMPAIGNS 


RUSSIA AND THE CIS – AZERBAIJAN ...6.14 

Risk Pointers.............................................6.14 

Azerbaijan’s Oil to Flow.............................6.15 

GAME CAMPAIGN BACKGROUND ........6.16 

National Training Center............................6.16 

Iran: Operation Fallen Crescent..................6.17 

DYNAMIC CAMPAIGN ........................6.19 

Overview ..................................................6.19 

Campaign Goals........................................6.19 

Criteria for an Offensive Advance ..............6.21 

Resource Management ..............................6.22 

Mission Outcomes......................................6.22

6: CAMPAIGNS 

This chapter is a compilation of articles from magazines published by Jane’s 

Information Group, including Jane’s Intelligence Review, International Defense 

Review, Jane’s Defence Weekly, Foreign Report and Jane’s Sentinel. All text 

appears in its original form, although some articles have been abridged due to 

space constraints. 

6.1

6.2 

LONGBOW 2 

IRAN, AZERBAIJAN AND THE US 

General Background Gives insight from Jane’s suite of magazines into the 

conflicts and current happenings in Iran, Azerbaijan 

and the United States. 

Jane’s Sentinel – Iran Background information and regional relations/disputes 

between Iran and its neighbours. 

Jane’s Sentinel – Background information on Azerbaijan and current 

Azerbaijan 

regional tensions. 

Game Campaigns Information on the game’s campaigns (Operation 

Fallen Crescent and the National Training Center). 

Fear Drives Caucasian Policy 

Publication Jane’s Intelligence Review - Pointer 

Date 1996 June 01 

Volume/Issue 003/006 

Section Middle East 

By Line Hazhir Teimourian 

The joint press conference in Baku of the foreign ministers of Azerbaijan and Iran 

on 3 March was meant to convey an image of friendly relations between the two 

Muslim neighbours. Instead, it ended in a diplomatic disaster when Iran’s Dr Ali- 

Akbar Velayati asked to be excused from saying goodbye to President Aliev; 

instead, he headed straight for the airport. 

The conference began well with Dr Velayati announcing every hope of improving 

economic and cultural ties with Baku. Then he was suddenly contradicted by 

Hassan Hassanov, the Azerbaijani foreign minister, who accused the Islamic 

Republic of Iran of aiding the Christian state of Armenia which had occupied a fifth 

of Azerbaijan. Dr Velayati counter-attacked by saying that the republic of 

Azerbaijan had allowed “Israeli agents” to penetrate the new Muslim countries of 

Central Asia, neighbours of Iran. To this, Mr Hassanov replied: “As far as we 

know, it’s your Armenian friends who have killed 30,000 Azeri Muslims and made 

a million others homeless.” 

The scale of the disaster becomes clear when it is remembered that twice as 

many Azeris live in the northwestern provinces of Iran than in the new republic 

with its population of seven million. Iran is under pressure from its own Azeris to 

incline towards their brethren north of the border and has tried hard to hide to 

what depths its relations with Baku have plummeted. 

Now, it is all in the open. So far, no large-scale trouble has erupted among Iran’s 

Azeris, largely because of their shared Shia religion with the ruling Persians, as 

well as on account of prominent individuals of Azeri origin being in the leadership 

of the state, including Ayatollah Ali Khamenei himself.

6: CAMPAIGNS 

“As yet, we have had no signs of a pan-Turkish movement in Iranian Azerbaijan, 

although some groups in Ankara and Baku are doing their best to incite one,” says 

Dr Sadegh Zibakalam, a commentator at Tehran University. “This emboldens the 

government to take risks in the Caucasus. There are also lesser frictions, for 

example over the exclusion of Iran from the Caspian oil fields of Azerbaijan.” 

The recent agreements to exclude Iran from the international consortium to export 

Azeri oil from the Caspian Sea and Kazakhstan’s search for a route for its future 

oil pipeline through Russia or Turkey, rather than nearby Iran, came as hammer 

blows to Iranian pride, whether Islamist or secular. The fact that Turkey is also a 

US ally, and even signed an agreement with Israel to allow that country’s fighter 

aircraft to fly along Iran’s western borders, adds extra ideological and security elements. 

Given that the long-term rivalry between Sunni Turks and Shia Iranians is 

unlikely to diminish, even if there were a new revolution in Iran, it would appear to 

serve Iranian interests to maintain the present physical barrier between Turkey 

and the Turkic speakers of the Caucasus and Central Asia. At present, this barrier 

consists of the Christian states of Armenia and Georgia. 

Iran Warns USA To “Think Twice” About An Attack 

Publication Jane’s Defence Weekly 



Section Middle East/Africa 

By Line James Bruce 

Iran’s land forces commander, Brig Gen Ahmad Dadbin, has warned the USA to 

“think twice” about launching any military action against the Islamic republic. 

“We’re strong enough to defend ourselves, whoever the aggressor may be,” he 

said in an interview published in the Kayhan Havai weekly newspaper on 2 June. 

Gen Dadbin said the Velayat (Guardianship) exercises held by the regular army 

and air force in the Koushk-e-Nosrat desert south of Tehran last month by 

200,000 troops – the largest peacetime manoeuvres conducted since the 1979 

Islamic revolution – demonstrated the military’s readiness and strength. 

“The Americans should think twice before attacking us,” he said. “I believe no 

country in the world would dare to attack us.” 

The USA, which is striving to isolate Iran economically, has issued no particular 

threat of military action against the Islamic republic despite repeated allegations 

that it sponsors terrorism and seeks to acquire nuclear weapons. 

6.3

6.4 

LONGBOW 2 

Iran Strives To Regain Military Might; Rearmament Drive 

Aims to Restore Gulf Balance 

Publication International Defense Review 

Date 1996 July 01 


Section Strategic & Security Issues 

By Line Anoushiravan Ehteshami 

As the Cold War drew to a close, Iran entered into a military relationship with the 

Soviet Union. Although this event marked a period of growing Western interest in 

Iran’s arms-procurement policy and its military and security alliances, it was not 

until Iraq - the region’s strongest force between 1980 and 1990 - was defeated in 

the 1990-91 Gulf War that this interest became of major concern to Western 

powers and their regional allies. 

In particular, the types and quantity of advanced weapons systems being added to 

Iran’s arsenal, as well as the level and degree of training offered by suppliers, 

were alarming observers in the West. Concerns focused on the impact of Iran’s 

new military hardware on its offensive-operations capability, the technical and 

technological sophistication of its armed forces, and how these enhancements 

might aid Iran’s non-conventional weapons capability. 

Contrary to some Western perceptions, it is important to consider the reasons 

behind Iran’s rearmament drive. The war with Iraq ended Iran’s military superiority 

in the region, it depleted the country’s arsenal to an alarming extent and it created 

a technological gap between Iranian forces and those of other Gulf states. 

In the absence of Iraq as a countering influence in the area, Iran’s strategy – and 

its impact on the Gulf region’s military balance – is of great concern to Western 

defense analysts. 

From Russia, Iranian purchases have included: aircraft; tanks and armoured vehicles; 

artillery and multiple-launch rocket systems; air-to-air, air-to-surface, surfaceto-air 

(SAM) and surface-to-surface missiles (SSMs); munitions; electronic-warfare 

equipment; submarines; and airborne early-warning platforms. Iran already 

possesses over 50 F-7 (MiG-21 equivalent) and 12 F-6 (MiG-19 equivalent) 

fighters and interceptors, in addition to 260 T-59 MBTs and SAMs from China. 

In view of the political and military importance of Russia to Iran (notwithstanding 

Russia’s political importance to Ukraine), neither Tehran nor Kiev appears prepared 

to jeopardize relations with Moscow for a short-term arms deal. Such concerns 

naturally inhibit the growth of Iranian-Ukrainian military relations.

6: CAMPAIGNS 

Two sticking points remain, however, in Iran’s rearmament drive: 

♦ the deployment of three Russian Kilo-class submarines, the largest submarine 

capability in the Middle East (with 2,500t surface displacement). This deployment 

has been a long-time ambition, reflecting the rising influence of Iran 

beyond its southern borders in East Africa, the Red Sea (Port Sudan in 

particular) and around the Indian Ocean; and 

♦ the deployment of advanced missile systems, including SSMs, SAMs, anti-ship 

and ship-based missiles. 

Iran’s arms imports may not pose an immediate and serious challenge to its 

southern neighbours, or to Western interests in the region. Nonetheless - leaving 

the unpredictable issue of Iran’s nuclear program aside - the continuing build-up 

of Iranian armed forces, its military operations in the Gulf, its military preparations 

along its borders, and its sustainable supply of weapons from sources not open to 

US control, have provided sufficient cause for the US to intensify its containment 

strategy towards Iran. 

6.5

6.6 

LONGBOW 2 

Baku and Tehran, Renewed Tensions 

Publication Jane’s Intelligence Review - Pointer 

Date 1996 Nov 01 


Section Europe/CIS 

By Line Felix Corley 

The always turbulent relations between the governments of Azerbaijan and Iran 

have become rockier of late, with a number of issues bringing latent tensions to 

the surface once more. 

On the Iranian side, there was a perception that Baku lent support to anti-Iranian 

demonstrations by the large ethnic Azeri community in northern Iran in April. 

Irritation with Baku was renewed in May with the arrest of a number of activists of 

the Islamic Party, including its leader Akram Aliev. The Azerbaijani National 

Security Party accused them of spying for a foreign power. This was a clear reference 

to Iran, as the men were known to maintain links to the Iranian embassy in 

Baku. In addition, exiles from Iran’s Azeri minority, now based in Azerbaijan, have 

been using their new base to call for an end to Iranian rule over ‘Southern 

Azerbaijan’ (the Azeri-populated regions in the north of Iran). Most prominent of 

these has been Piruz Dilenji, chairman of the South Azerbaijan National Liberation 

Committee, who has continued his campaigning with the tacit approval of the 

Azerbaijani authorities, despite the official line from Baku of non-interference in 

the issue of separatism in the Azeri-populated part of Iran. Iran has been seeking 

Dilenji’s extradition, an application that Azerbaijan is likely to resist. 

On the Azerbaijani side, there has been annoyance at recent calls in Iran for 

regions of the Caucasus to be annexed to Iran. In August, tens of thousands of 

ethnic Azeris in Iran signed a petition demanding the ‘return’ to Iran of 17 cities in 

the Caucasus, including the Azerbaijani capital. The petition called on the leadership 

of Azerbaijan to ‘be courageous and recognise historical facts’ and accede to 

these demands. 

There is also suspicion in Baku that Iran is using fundamentalist Islam as a spearhead 

to undermine the regime of President Heidar Aliev. Religious education of 

young Shia Azeris across the border in Iran is viewed as cover for training in 

Islamic subversion. To add to Azeri displeasure is the widely held perception in 

Baku that Iran’s professed neutrality in the Armenian-Azeri conflict over the 

Armenian-populated enclave of Nagorno-Karabakh is lopsided in favour of the 

Armenians. The Azerbaijani government has already complained to Tehran of 

Iranian economic support for Armenia, a complaint repeated to the Iranian foreign 

minister when he visited Baku in the summer. The visit ended badly. 

Since then the two sides have taken steps to put relations back on an even keel. 

Azerbaijan’s foreign minister travelled to Tehran on a two-day official visit in late 

August, when he assured President Rafsanjani that Azerbaijan wished to improve

6: CAMPAIGNS 

relations. Hasanov also met Iranian Foreign Minister Velayati and discussed a 

forthcoming meeting of foreign ministers of the Caspian littoral states. This will 

propose a new ruling on the division of the Caspian. During the visit, the Iranian 

parliamentary speaker, Ali Akber Nateq-Nuri, expressed his anger at hostile 

Azerbaijani media coverage of Iran. 

When Heidar Aliev took power in Baku in 1993 there was relief in Tehran that the 

Popular Front regime of Abulfaz Elchibey, with its fiercely anti-Iranian rhetoric, had 

at last fallen. Elchibey had aroused great hostility in Iran with his open calls for the 

creation of a Greater Azerbaijan, incorporating Azerbaijan and northern Iran. He 

had also been especially close to Turkey and supported the creation of a strong 

pan-Turkic axis, from Turkey through Azerbaijan and on to the mainly Turkic states 

of the former Soviet Central Asia, something that Iran has been anxious to resist. 

After Elchibey’s fall, Tehran looked for more stable relations with his successor. 

Aliev, with his Soviet nomenklatura background, appeared to be much more distant 

from Turkey and looked as though he would draw Azerbaijan closer to Russia 

and Iran. However, despite these initial favourable moves (from Tehran’s point of 

view), relations have not improved on a long-term basis. Azerbaijan’s relations 

with Turkey and the West have improved, while relations with Moscow remain 

cool. Adding to the annoyance in Tehran was the fact that in April 1995 Baku 

succumbed to Western pressure to cut Iran out of the Caspian Sea oil consortium. 

As the latest tensions show, there are still numerous bones of contention between 

Baku and Tehran. 

Yet, despite friction in relations, the two states have to cooperate, if only for the 

sake of their economies. Trade between the two is still increasing. The question of 

resources in the Caspian Sea has led to differences in the past. Iran favours the 

Russian view that the Sea is in fact an inland lake and that all resources should 

be shared between the littoral states. Azerbaijan has been the most vociferous in 

asserting its exclusive right to the mineral wealth in what it considers its part of the 

Sea, especially now the extent of its oil and gas reserves are known. However, 

Iran can only benefit from increased stability in its neighbour to the north. 

6.7

6.8 

LONGBOW 2 

Azeris Want New Look at Tashkent Accord 


Date 1996 Dec 18 


Section Briefing 

By Line Tony Banks 

Azerbaijan’s armed forces would like to renegotiate the Tashkent Agreement for 

the sharing of former Soviet weaponry, but not at the expense of Russia gaining 

more materiel, a senior army officer told Jane’s Defence Weekly. 

The source, who wished to remain anonymous, pointed out that Azerbaijan has 

longer borders and more citizens than Armenia and Georgia - something not considered 

when the agreement was signed. He complained that weapons continue 

to reach Armenian forces, which, despite the May 1994 ceasefire, are still in a 

state of war with Azerbaijan over the disputed region of Nagorno Karabakh. The 

officer said small arms fire is exchanged daily between Azeri and Armenian forces 

despite reports that the ceasefire is holding. 

He [the source] said that Armenia has failed to implement UN resolutions in the 

area and that NATO, under the terms of Partnership for Peace, should recognise 

this and take action against Armenia. 

“We hope to find a peaceful solution to this problem,” he said, but according to 

Western diplomats in Baku, no Azeri politician would be able to hold office without 

declaring his intention to recover captured areas by force, should negotiations fail. 

This, however, appears to be rhetoric rather than reality. Azerbaijan has signed 

major contracts with Western consortia for the exploitation of its oil wealth and it 

fears any renewed large-scale fighting would, at the very least, delay pumping 

and much needed foreign income. 

Azerbaijan’s own frail internal political system and fears for the future of Russian 

President Boris Yeltsin are also cause for concern in Azerbaijan. Since gaining 

independence in 1991, Azerbaijan has faced coups, revolts, mutinies, states of 

emergencies and separatist threats as well as joining, leaving and rejoining the 

Commonwealth of Independent States. 

The country is held together by President Heydar Aliev, but he is ageing and 

appears to have no suitable successor. An internal power struggle is likely and the 

popular policy of retaking Nagorno Karabakh by force may swing the balance in 

any leadership struggle. 

Although Azeris downplay the possibility, they fear that an expansionist Russian 

leader may replace Yeltsin. First on the list for “reintegration” may be Azerbaijan 

and its oil fields, some Azeris believe, but not before the wells and pipelines are 

pumping.

6: CAMPAIGNS 

The Jane’s Interview: National Training Center 




By Line Joris Janssen Lok 

First impressions from the US Army’s advanced warfighting experiment indicate 

that the service’s Aviation Restructure Initiative is on the right track. Maj Gen Dave 

Robinson, Commander, US Army Aviation Center, spoke to Joris Janssen Lok. 

The impact of real-time intelligence has proven to be one of the biggest revelations 

during the “Desert Hammer VI” advanced warfighting experiment at the 

National Training Center (NTC), Fort Irwin, California, Maj Gen Robinson said in 

his office at Fort Rucker, Alabama. 

“The AWE tested the high technology equipment we are applying to the force. 

Advanced communications, the ability to see the enemy and to produce the right 

intelligence, we had an array of it out at NTC,” he said. 

“This AWE produced so much data, we are still peeling back the onion on that. It 

showed, however, that the ability to obtain and distribute intelligence in real-time 

will have a great impact on our warfighting capability. It may provide the ability to 

flatten your organization, to empower your battle captains and to stay in contact 

through advanced communications.” 

Besides heavy armour, infantry and artillery, army aviation was a key player 

during “Desert Hammer VI”, contributing OH-58D Kiowa Warrior, AH-64A Apache 

and (simulated) UH-60 command and control helicopters. 

Gen Robinson said the results vindicated his efforts to aggressively reduce the 

size of the army’s aviation fleet by turning it into a “smaller, but hugely more capable” 

force. This goal is encompassed in the Aviation Restructure Initiative (ARI), 

which was produced under Gen Robinson’s tenure as Aviation Branch Chief and 

accorded last year. 

According to Gen Robinson, the RAH-66 Comanche is the centrepiece of ARI. 

“That’s the quarterback of the future electronic battlefield. It replaces 1960s-technology 

AH-1 and OH-58A/C aircraft in the air cavalry units and attack battalions. It 

allows a redistribution of the OH-58Ds,” Gen Robinson said. 

Comanche, the armed reconnaissance system operating alongside AH-64D 

Longbow Apaches in future attack helicopter battalions, will be “enormously 

capable of gathering information, making it available to others to bring to bear the 

lethal effects of such players as artillery, air defence systems, navy Tomahawk 

and air force strikes.” 

6.9

6.10 

LONGBOW 2 

JANE’S SENTINEL — 

THE GULF STATES — IRAN 

Defence Production 

Publication Sentinel - The Gulf States 

Country Iran 


Section Defence Production 

Iran now claims self-sufficiency in a number of important sectors. There are at 

least 10 battlefield missile development programmes in progress and first exports 

were expected to begin in 1993, under the auspices of the Defence Industries 

Organisation (DIO). 

The defence industry has evolved through a number of distinct phases which 

started with the establishment of the Military Industries Organisation (MIO) at the 

beginning of the 1960s. Since then, a small domestic industry has gradually 

developed, producing machine guns and rifles under licence from Germany in 

addition to a number of plants manufacturing explosives, mortar rounds and small 

arms ammunition. Other workshops are assembling helicopters and military vehicles 

from imported kits. 

By the late 1970s the industry had started to manufacture ordnance such as 

grenades, rocket launchers, artillery rockets, light artillery rounds and gun barrels. 

Most infantry weapon requirements and artillery ammunition up to 155 mm calibre 

are manufactured locally. 

Iranian technicians have mastered the art of reverse engineering and the repair 

and maintenance of some extremely sophisticated Western equipment, however, 

including US HAWK surface-to-air missiles and the US TOW anti-tank systems. 

A domestically produced main battle tank, the creation of which was announced in 

March 1994, is apparently another step in Iran’s effort to develop a domestic 

defence industry. The new tank has been named Zulfiqar, after the sword of Ali, a 

legendary Islamic hero. It is described by the Pasdaran Construction Crusade as 

an “advanced tank” of superior manoeuvrability and speed. 

In 1992, however, the now defunct Russian export agency Oberonexport came to 

an agreement with the Pasdaran Construction Crusade to transfer certain technologies 

for the T-72 and T-80 to Iran in exchange for oil products to the value of 

US $7.8 billion.

Historical Overview 

Publication Sentinel – The Gulf States 

Country Iran 


Section History / Historical Overview 

Iran is an ancient country with a history dating to the empire of Cyrus the Great, 

founder of the Persian Empire in the 6th Century bc. For much of its history Iran 

has been a monarchy, with the Shia clergy playing a prominent political role. 

In 1906 the first Imperial Constitution established an elected parliament (Majlis). 

European industrialisation and the resultant expansion in capability and power 

gradually exposed Persian political weaknesses, the country soon coming to be 

dominated by the new continental powers, the United Kingdom and Imperial 

Russia in particular. Both were attracted by the country’s strategic importance and 

were to occupy parts of the country at various times. 

In 1944, while Soviet troops were in the northern Azerbaijan province, Moscow 

demanded concessions for the exploration and exploitation of oil in the northern 

part of the country. The leader of the Iranian National Front, Mohammad 

Mosaddeq, launched a campaign against the granting of concessions to any 

foreign power and agitated for existing agreements to be revoked. Meanwhile, the 

Democratic Party of Azerbaijan, which was manipulated by Moscow and supported 

by Soviet troops, seized power and declared Azerbaijan’s independence. British 

Commonwealth troops left Iran in 1946, although Soviet forces remained. 

Territorial Disputes – Iraq, UAE 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

Publication Sentinel – The Gulf States 

Country Iran 


Section Threat - External / Territorial Disputes - Iraq, UAE 

Since the end of the war with Iraq, tensions on Iran’s borders have increased, 

forcing Tehran to seek improvements in the capability of its military machine. The 

aftermath of the Gulf conflict led indirectly to a threat from the United Nationsimposed 

Kurdish autonomous zone in Iraq. This has given encouragement to 

Iran’s Kurdish minority in the north. 

Iraq’s defeat in the Gulf conflict has certainly delayed any attempt by Saddam 

Hussein to revive the two countries’ border dispute. Nonetheless, Tehran expects 

future claims by Baghdad in its effort to secure access to the Gulf. 

The collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of newly independent 

republics on Iran’s northern borders have made it necessary for Tehran to develop 

relations with Azerbaijan and Turkmenistan. Despite sharing religious affinities, 

6.11

6.12 

LONGBOW 2 

Iran cannot guarantee the security of its northern borders. 

Iran lost a C-130 transport aircraft in February 1994, shot down in error by 

Armenian forces who thought the Moscow-Tehran flight was engaged in a spying 

mission. Iran has expressed intense concern at the possible spill-over of the 

Armenian-Azerbaijan conflict. 

According to Washington, the threat of a nuclear-armed Iran is the one which 

causes it most concern. It has been reported that North Korea has been paid US 

$600 million by Iran for the further development of the Nodong missile, in order to 

deliver a nuclear or chemical warhead capability. These allegations have been 

made but never proved, however. Whether or not they are true, Washington is 

likely to keep up the pressure on Iran. 

International Affairs 

Publication Sentinel - The Gulf States 

Country Iran 


Section International Affairs 

Since the overthrow of the Shah and the creation of the Islamic Republic there 

has been considerable concern in the West and in moderate Arab states that Iran 

is spreading Islamic fundamentalism throughout the Middle East and beyond. 

Iran has developed close contacts with Bosnia-Herzegovina, China, North Korea 

and Sudan. Tehran vies with Turkey for influence in the Central Asian Republics of 

the former Soviet Union. It has been accused of supporting terrorist groups active 

in Lebanon, Israel, Northern Ireland and Egypt. 

Iran’s international image is one of subversion and interference in the internal 

affairs of neighbouring nations. Some of the more conservative countries in the 

Middle East and North Africa view Iran’s foreign policy as one of fomenting revolution, 

of de-stabilising Muslim countries and of exporting terrorism. 

Alliances & Alignments 

Iran is a member of the Organisation of the Islamic Conference and considers 

itself non-aligned. Its foreign policy during the Cold War was based on condemning 

both the USA and the USSR. Relations with Russia have been closer than 

with America and Tehran now seeks to use its military ties with Russia to counterbalance 

American pressure. Iran has developed cordial ties with China and North 

Korea as a result of the willingness of the two communist states to supply it with 

sophisticated arms, such as ballistic missiles. 

US officials claim that: 

♦ Iran funds and trains Hamas, Hizbullah and Islamic Jihad;

♦ Iran has occupied the Abu Musa and Tunb island groups in contravention of 

international law and its treaty obligations with the United Arab Emirates; 

♦ Iran is building ballistic missiles, researching chemical weapons and developing other 

weapons of mass destruction, possibly with North Korea, another US bete noire. 

In general terms, the USA is concerned that Iran’s current political regime is 

oppressive and imperialistic. It is regarded as a danger to trade and culture in the 

Middle East and beyond. Following the end of the Iran-Iraq war, Tehran 

approached the Soviet Union for military assistance to re-build its shattered 

defences. Initial plans called for a US $2.5 billion barter deal to include main battle 

tanks, field artillery and armoured vehicles. This was later extended to include air 

defence missile systems and combat aircraft. 

By 1992 the arrangement had been formalised by a memorandum of understanding 

between Moscow and Tehran. The latter provided high technology anti-shipping 

missiles and main battle tanks, including the Sunburst missile in coastal 

defence configuration and Kiev-built versions of the T-80 tank. 

Tehran and Moscow still have much in common, despite the apparent agreement of 

Russia not to supply nuclear technology to Iran after the Russo-American Summit. 

Moscow has supported the Tehran line regarding Azeri oil drilling contracts in the 

Caspian Sea, for example. On 17 May 1995 the Russian Federation announced 

that it disputed the claim of Azerbaijan that it was legally entitled to award oil drilling 

contracts in the Caspian Sea to Western nations, including the US $7 billion agreement 

with British Petroleum, signed in 1994. Moscow claims that treaties signed in 

1921 and 1940 with Tehran are still in force and these say that only the Soviet 

Union and Iran can award oil drilling and exploration contracts. 

Despite the apparent setbacks in bilateral relations which resulted from the 

Clinton-Yeltsin Summit, Iran announced the same day that it would back the 

Russian Federation’s claim that treaties were still valid. Iran apparently supports 

the Russian contention that joint rights are enjoyed by Tehran and Moscow only. 

Relations with the USA 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

Tehran continues to use the expression “the Great Satan” to describe the 

Washington administration. There is no doubt that there is considerable mistrust on 

both sides. This has not been helped by the allegations of Iranian involvement in the 

bombing of the World Trade Center in New York and of Pan Am 103 over Scotland. 

In late 1994 and early 1995 the Clinton administration escalated its campaign against 

Iran, alleging that it had a covert nuclear weapons programme and that it was building 

up its forces on Abu Musa. The accusations were motivated as much by the need 

to head off hard-line anti-Iranian pressure in Congress and to placate Israeli concerns 

as by any perception of a real threat from Iran. Rafsanjani meanwhile attempted to 

ease tensions by offering an oil production deal to a subsidiary of the US oil firm 

Conoco but President Clinton forbade the deal and imposed a trade embargo on 

Iran. The administration followed this up with a campaign to persuade Iran’s trading 

partners to cut their ties with Iran, although this campaign has had limited success. 

6.13

6.14 

LONGBOW 2 

JANE’S SENTINEL — RUSSIA AND 

THE CIS — AZERBAIJAN 

Risk Pointers 

Publication Jane’s Sentinel - Russia and the CIS - Azerbaijan 

Country Azerbaijan 

Date 1996 

Section Executive Summary 

Risk Pointer 1 

Azerbaijan is still resisting Russian pressure for a greater economic and military 

role. The ongoing dispute over the rights to exploit the Caspian Sea’s massive oil 

resources has tarnished Azeri relations with Moscow. Azerbaijan wants to divide 

the Caspian into sectors per country, whereas Russia views the Caspian as “international 

territory” with all the Caspian states having “equal rights to its utilisation.” 

Unlike the other Caucasus republics (Armenia and Georgia), Azerbaijan has consistently 

resisted increased military cooperation with Russia and opposes a 

greater Russian military presence in the region. 

Risk Pointer 2 

Tension persists with neighbouring Iran. In early April 1995, Azerbaijan was forced 

to withdraw, after pressure from the US Government, from a deal which assured 

Iran of a quarter of Azerbaijan’s 20 percent share in the international consortium 

formed to develop the Caspian oil fields. This has led to increased Iranian- 

Armenian cooperation and in 1996 the Azeri government lodged a complaint with 

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati during his visit to Baku, concerning 

Iran’s support for the Armenian economy.

Azerbaijan’s Oil to Flow 

Publication Foreign Report 

Date 1996 Sep 26 


The so-called “Contract of the Century,” a $10-billion scheme to bring oil from 

beneath Azerbaijan’s bit of the Caspian Sea to western markets, will start soon. 

When going at full speed, it will alter the world’s energy map and help to make 

Azerbaijan and Georgia financially independent of Russia. 

The idea is to start to pump “early oil,” which is easy to exploit, by next summer. It 

will take two routes. One will be north by pipeline to the Russian Black Sea oil 

terminal at Novorossiysk and thence, via the Bosporus, to overseas markets. On 

its way to Novorossiysk, it will pass through Grozny, capital of war-torn Chechnya, 

where installations have been damaged but not put out of action. Since the 

pipeline already exists, it should be possible to use it as soon as oil is pumped in 

fairly large quantities; the maximum for “early oil” is about 100,000 barrels a day. 

The second route will be through Georgia to the Black Sea terminal of Poti. An old 

pipeline along part of the route needs to be refurbished, and a new pipeline has to 

be built along the rest of the route. It should be ready by 1998. The oil pumped to 

Poti may be shipped across the Black Sea to Romania (for countries on the 

Danube-Rhine waterway by barge), Bulgaria (for Greece), Ukraine and through 

the Bosporus. This oil is now being marketed for long-term buyers. 

The Big One 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

When the oil is produced at full speed at more than 700,000 barrels a day, 

however, a bigger pipeline and terminal will be needed. These have not yet been 

chosen by the BP-led consortium. However, we predict that it will choose a route 

from Baku, Azerbaijan’s capital, through Georgia and Turkey to the Mediterranean 

port of Ceyhan (where a terminal already exists for Iraqi oil). This would take up to 

two years to build. 

6.15

6.16 

LONGBOW 2 

GAME CAMPAIGN BACKGROUND 

Longbow 2 has two separate campaigns – one set in Iran, and the other at the 

National Training Center in Fort Irwin, California. You can fly both campaigns in 

either single-player mode or in multi-player mode. In multi-player play, another 

player can control your helicopter’s pilot or CP/G functions, fly as your wingman, 

or pilot a second wing. (See the Multi-Player Guide for additional details.) 

National Training Center 

The National Training Center is essentially a high-tech battlefield for special forces 

and troops to test their endurance and skills during a virtual war. At the core of the 

realistic exercises conducted here is M.I.L.E.S. (Multiple Integrated Laser 

Engagement System), a high-tech infrastructure of laser-sensitive equipment. 

This computerized engagement system incorporates laser-tipped guns and tracking 

sensors mounted onto trucks and infantry battle gear. In combat scenarios, 

lasers take the place of live rounds, M.I.LE.S. tracks battle phases and casualties, 

and fiberglass bodies transform American equipment into foreign battefield targets. 

At the NTC, forces undergoing training receive background information and briefings 

detailing task force missions in a fictional country. Hostile situations and 

mock battles are treated as if American troops were operating in a foreign region 

under actual combat conditions. The enemies in each case are US OPFOR 

(Opposing Force) troops, or units specifically trained to look, think and move like 

the enemy. In 1995 protocol dictated that OPFORs practice Soviet battle tactics, 

although this is subject to change as regional tensions shift. 

The dynamic NTC campaign in the game is a excellent method for novice pilots to 

practice and perfect the tactics and battle skills necessary for combat. You’ll gain 

the same experience you would in an actual dynamic campaign, but you won’t 

suffer casualties or expend weaponry unnecessarily. Once you’ve successfully led 

several task forces through the NTC, you’ll be ready for real warfare.

Iran: Operation Fallen Crescent 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

The dynamic campaign generator behind the Iranian missions is a battlefield simulation 

system designed to create unique scenarios each time you replay the 

game. (See Game Campaign, p. 6.16, for more information.) Within each battle, 

you act as the ABC, or Air 

Battle Captain. Although 

you have specific objectives 

to accomplish in 

each mission, you issue 

customized tasking orders 

to other aircraft wings, 

designating navigation 

routes, waypoint assignments, 

weapons loadouts 

and synchronized strikes 

on priority targets. 

All missions in Longbow 

2’s campaign are fictional 

in nature, although the 

Iranian theater is a continuation of current events based on both fact and fiction: 

FACTS. The preceding articles in this chapter, along with the next few paragraphs, 

give a factual background to the relations between and the situations 

surrounding Iran, Azerbaijan and Armenia. 

It is fact that beneath Azerbaijan and the Caspian Sea lie billions of dollars of underground 

oil resources. Bordered by Azerbaijan, Armenia, Turkey, Iran and Russia, the 

sea is land-locked, making it impractical to maneuver oil tankers into the region. In 

1995, several key U.S. oil companies joined an oil consortium with Azerbaijan. This 

consortium was to serve several purposes, the most important being the protection 

and extraction of these oil reserves. The consortium both alienated Iran – excluded 

from the consortium under American pressure on Azerbaijan – and further intensified 

non-combat conflicts between Azerbaijan and Iran. 

To exacerbate the already-existing regional tensions, recent territorial disputes 

(from 1992 to the present) between Azerbaijan and neighboring Armenia over the 

Nagorno Karabakh region have brought about civil unrest. This Armenian-occupied 

strip was originally part of Azerbaijan, but balked at rejoining Azerbaijan after 

the dissolution of the U.S.S.R. Those that live in the region have formed an independent 

state, although it remains officially unrecognized. 

Both Azerbaijan and Armenia want sole ownership of the Karabakh territory, and 

light-arms skirmishes are daily occurrences despite a series of shaky cease-fire 

agreements. Azerbaijani president Alieve has denounced “Armenian aggression” 

along this strip of land, including indiscriminate shelling of towns along the borders. 

Because of human rights violations, the fighting in this region has been the focus of 

several UN resolutions and has brought this conflict to the world’s attention. 

6.17

6.18 

LONGBOW 2 

In spite of this instability, the oil consortium already has plans to extract and pump 

oil through existing pipelines to Novorossiysk and the Russian Black Sea. Later, 

construction is scheduled to begin on additional pipelines through Georgia and 

Turkey. It is hoped that these pipelines through areas with more political solidity 

and access to open sea will minimize conflicts in the region. 

CAMPAIGN SCENARIO. The fictional basis of the campaign draws from the previously 

mentioned events and advances the situation into fictional warfare. 

Preceding the game’s campaign, oil extractions through existing pipelines to tap 

the resources in the Caspian Sea have begun, and new pipelines through Georgia 

and Turkey are being constructed. This development means that many companies 

that signed the oil consortium are moving into the area, drastically increasing the 

presence of the Western world in the Gulf peninsula. 

As oil consortium plans fall into place, the Azerbaijani-Armenian conflict over the 

Nagorno Karabakh region moves to Azerbaijan’s political forefront. In order to 

facilitate pipeline construction through that region, Azerbaijan must have peaceful 

cooperation from Armenia. A cease-fire agreement is finally reached with Armenia, 

although scattered border clashes still occur. 

Despite the peace accord with Armenia, Azerbaijan suffers from internal political 

instability, caught between former communist doctrines and its new 1995 constitution 

and independent ideals. The Pro-Government faction continues to hold the 

major political spot, while the Popular Front and National Independent Parties run 

a distant second. With no steady government history and varying political differences, 

Azerbaijani is wide open for foreign interference. 

This intervention soon comes from neighboring Iran, which senses a prime opportunity 

to upset the political balance. With expansionism as a key objective, Iran 

covertly backs a Pro-Islamic coup against the Azerbaijan government. If Iran can 

topple the current political faction and disassemble the Azerbaijani Jihand Militia, it 

can both invade Azerbaijan and close in on the Karabakh region. 

The second major move by Iran is to invade Armenia, a Christian country in 

alliance with NATO. Both Azerbaijan and Armenia border the oil-rich Caspian Sea, 

and Iran believes that by controlling both the source of the oil and its pipeline 

regions, it will effectively monopolize oil resources in the region. 

As Iran’s expansion threatens Gulf security, Armenia makes a plea to the United 

Nations for military assistance. Already alarmed by Iran’s coup in Azerbaijan and 

the implementation of puppet leaders there, the United States is the first NATO 

country to respond. Three Corps and 1st Cavalry divisions are sent in to defend 

the Armenian-Azerbaijani border. Iran, in an attempt to take the area before it can 

be fully staffed with troops, makes an early attack on US forces from the east. 

This is the military scenario that opens Longbow 2.

DYNAMIC CAMPAIGN 

Overview 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

At the heart of the campaign is the dynamic mission generator (DMG), which 

tracks all friendly and enemy units on the battlefield. This system keeps a running 

tally on what priority targets have been destroyed, how many friendly casualties 

have occurred, how many weapon and aircraft resources remain, and what areas 

have been secured. All of your actions during a mission affect the outcome, as 

well as everything that happens thereafter. And since the game campaign is 

centered around a set of limited weapon and helicopter resources, you must 

carefully choose what resources to expend in any given mission. 

The DMG formulates a variety of mission types — strike, reconnaissance, close 

air support, combat air patrol, escort, special insertion and extraction procedures, 

and specialized targets. On any given day and in varying weather conditions, you 

may face a mix of target types that requires you to manage several mission types 

at once — close-air support in one sector, SAM seek-and-destroy in another, and 

recon intelligence in yet another. 

Based on cumulative results from all missions, the DMG formulates successive 

missions (approximately one per day) that are based on your performance, not on 

a static set of data. Each generated mission has random elements as well, giving 

every mission the potential for surprise. This allows the campaign to unfold differently 

each time you play, producing a different theater with different conditions. 

Campaign Goals 

The goal of the campaign is to overtake a specific amount of territory by heading 

up offensive pushes against enemy lines. (See Criteria for an Offensive 

Advance, p. 6.21.) At the same time, you must prevent the enemy from accomplishing 

the same goal. Your duties, all of which impact the success or failure of 

the campaign, can be summed up as follows: 

♦ Managing limited weapon and helicopter resources 

♦ Destroying strategic enemy ground positions 

♦ Attacking enemy supply convoys 

♦ Escorting supply convoys to friendly forces 

♦ Providing air support for friendly ground offensives 

♦ Gather intelligence through reconnaissance missions 

♦ Perform troop insertion and extraction 

♦ Other duties generated by the force commanders as the campaign commences 

6.19

6.20 

LONGBOW 2 

Real Success: The Ground War 

The most important feature of the DMG system is that the flow of the campaign 

isn’t just based on how many targets you destroy or how well you conserve firepower 

— it also depends heavily on the success and failure of the friendly ground 

forces you’re supporting. 

All ground forces have an independent artificial intelligence system and fight their 

own battles below. They’re expecting you to help them accomplish their ground 

objectives on the ground and establish new battle lines. Each forward move they 

make occurs when you’ve fulfilled their battle needs, which you do by satisfying 

certain criteria. If friendly ground forces “defeat” enemy forces in a certain area, 

the front line —called a phase line — moves accordingly. The better your mission 

performance, the more likely your forces are to advance. If you do poorly, then 

they won’t be as successful and may lose ground. 

Example: During a mission, you’re supposed to be escorting a supply convoy to 

friendly front lines. However, you detect an established enemy position and decide 

to break off for a quick air strike against the enemy’s flank position. Meanwhile, 

the friendly ground forces on the front line take a beating because they’re running 

low on ammunition, and the convoy is attacked. 

The end result of this situation is that you may have destroyed a lot of potentially 

dangerous enemy targets, but the friendly ground offensive has ground to a halt. 

To initiate a new offensive in this area, you’ll have to resupply the front lines and 

give the ground forces time to reassemble and push forward. 

Phase Line 

{ 

Friendly Forces 

{ 

Enemy Forces

Criteria for an Offensive Advance 

6: CAMPAIGNS 

It is true that the ground forces depend on you for support. But before you’re 

asked to provide Close Air Support to any advancing ground forces, you’ll get 

several missions that will help ensure that they can transition into an offensive 

posture. These missions — mostly based on supplying front-line forces — help 

meet the following “advance” criteria: 

(1) Supply. First, ground forces must have sufficient ammunition and/or fuel 

supplies. If the armor commander doesn’t have enough resources to sustain 

an offensive move, the units will remain defensive and the battle line will not 

move. These precious supplies arrive in convoys, which you occasionally are 

asked to escort to safety. Similarly, whenever ground intelligence (through 

previous recon missions or other means) detects an enemy supply convoy, 

you’ll be asked to destroy it to prevent the enemy from going on the offensive. 

(2) Armor. Ground forces must also have ample armor – if armor resources are 

lacking, the unit will retain its defensive posture. Like resources, armor 

reinforcements arrive in convoys. (Supply convoys always take precedence 

over armor convoys, however — protect them first.) 

(3) Accessible Support. Finally, ground forces must have support in adjacent 

battle sectors. The armor commander on the ground (driven by the game’s 

artificial intelligence system) does not like to overextend his troops in the flank 

position. If the flank is vulnerable, ground units will move into a defensive 

posture and wait for rear support. 

What this means to you as a player is that great mission performances in one 

sector of the map doesn’t guarantee victory. You should constantly monitor all 

sectors of the battlefield and ensure that your front-line units are all supplied and 

ready for an offensive push. 

In summary, everything that you do does affect the campaign in the long run. 

Taking out SAM and AAA sites early on — even at the cost of losing some 

territory in the ground war — may easily help you support ground forces later. 

However, timing is critical, since ground forces cannot sustain an offensive push 

for very long. Once a friendly advance is halted, it may take several days before 

troops can gather enough strength to go on the offensive again. 

One last note — even though you destroy enemy positions, they’re receiving 

reinforcements as well. A SAM site you destroyed in one mission may be 

replaced later during the campaign. 

6.21

6.22 

LONGBOW 2 

Resource Management 

During the campaign, you serve 

as the task force commander, 

both directing actions and allocating 

resources. Wise management 

of your helicopter and 

ordnance assets plays a large 

role in how successful you are 

in the campaign. You won’t 

always be able to take the best 

weapons available — instead, 

you’ll need to make careful assessments and informed decisions and carry the 

minimum ordnance needed to accomplish the mission. If you run out of Hellfires 

or Longbows, you’re short until you can bring in more supplies. 

These limited resources are stored at mobile Forward Air and Refueling Points 

(FARPs). FARPs are re-supplied with additional weapons and new helicopters on 

a regular basis, as long as you protect the arriving convoys. 

Mission Outcomes 

Each time you complete a campaign mission, the DMG sorts through the mission 

data and starts generating your next mission. The outcome of the previous 

mission isn’t strictly rated as a success or failure — although you’re credited for 

destroying key targets, other factors affect what happens, including friendly and 

enemy casualties , timing, mission planning and positioning. 

In the end, the results of both the air war and ground wars modify the mission 

outcome. If you succeed in accomplishing the mission objectives, the battle lines 

are updated to reflect the newly captured territory. Eventually, if you keep 

advancing, you’ll win. 

The flow of the campaign is contingent on the movements of friendly ground 

forces. Your performance in the air can make their advance easier or harder, 

based on how well you’ve done in prior missions. Ultimately, however, the units on 

the ground are the only ones who can capture territory. When friendly ground 

forces have advanced to the campaign objective, your side wins the war. 

Whatever the outcome, we hope you’ll find the dynamic campaign to be an 

thoroughly enjoyable combat experience with infinite replay value. Holding true to 

the Jane’s Combat Simulations motto of authenticity, Longbow 2 strives to provide 

the most realistic combat you can find outside the smoke of an actual battlefield.

7 

Specifications

7.a2 

LONGBOW 2 

DEFINITIONS..................................................7.2 


AH-64D Longbow Apache...................................7.4 

UH-60A/L Black Hawk (Sikorsky S-70A)............7.7 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior....................................7.10 

WEAPONRY 

AIM-92 Stinger................................................7.13 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket .................................7.14 

Hellfire Missile.................................................7.16 

FN 0.50 Browning M2 Heavy 

Barrel Machine Gun.........................................7.18 

M134 7.62mm Minigun Machine Gun ..............7.19 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon .................................7.20 

M60D 7.62mm Machine Gun ...........................7.21 

7. SPECIFICATIONS 

AVIONICS 


Countermeasures Set .......................................7.22 

AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System ...............7.23 

AN/AVR-2 Laser Detecting Set..........................7.24 

ANVIS/HUD System .........................................7.25 

Longbow Radar ...............................................7.26 

MMS Mast Mounted Sight.................................7.27 

Target Acquisition Designation Sight/ 

Pilot Night Vision Sensor ..................................7.28

7: SPECIFICATIONS 

This section lists Jane’s specifications for the major armament and avionic systems 

for flyable player helicopters in the game, as well as their major weapons 

and avionic components. These entries originate from the 1995-96 versions of 

Jane’s Air Launched Weapons, Jane’s Avionics, Jane’s Armour And Artillery 

Upgrades, Jane’s Electro-Optic Systems and Jane’s Infantry Weapons. The Mast 

Mounted Radar entry comes from the 1996-97 edition of Jane’s Radar and 

Electronic Warfare Systems. Some descriptions and/or statistics have been 

abridged due to space constraints. 

Note: Some specifications are not final and are subject to change throughout the 

development cycle. 

HELICOPTER MAIN WEAPONS PRIMARY AVIONICS 

AH-64D Longbow Apache M230 Chain Gun Cannon Longbow Radar 

AIM-92 Stinger Target Acquisition Designation 

Sight/Pilot Night Vision System 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket AN/ALQ-144 Infrared 

Countermeasures Set 

Hellfire Missile AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System 

AN/AVR-2 Laser Detecting Set 

OH-58D Kiowa Warrior Global Helicopter Technology 

CFD-S000 pod with 7.62mm 

MMS Mast Mounted Sight 

or .50 inch machine guns AN/AVR-2 Laser Detecting Set 

AIM-92 Stinger AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket 

Hellfire Missile 



UH-60A/L Black Hawk M60D 7.62mm Machine Gun (door) AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System 

M134 7.62mm Machine Gun (door) AN/AVR-2 Laser Detecting Set 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket AN/ALQ-144 Infrared 



7.1

7.2 

LONGBOW 2 

DEFINITIONS 

The following specs are given for each entry, where appropriate and available. 

Armament. For tanks and armoured vehicles, number and types of weapons 

mounted on vehicle. 

ATGW. Anti-Tank Guided Weapon. 

Body diameter. Of a missile, given in metres at the widest point. 

Calibre. For artillery and guns, interior diameter of the barrel given in millimetres. 

For ammunition, designates which artillery the ammunition can be used with. 

Combat radius. For aircraft, distance in nautical miles it can fly from base and 

retain enough fuel to return, when loaded as for a combat mission. 

Effective range. For a radar system, the maximum distance at which a contact 

can be accurately detected, given in kilometres. 

Field of view/field of regard. For sensors, the range of horizontal degrees 

(azumith or bearing) or vertical degrees (elevation) in which a sensor can 

effectively perform detection. 

G limit. Structural limit to the gravity-force an aircraft is able to withstand. 

Guidance. For missiles, the system used to guide it to target. 

Height. For aircraft and ground vehicles, measured at highest point off the ground 

unless otherwise indicated, given in metres. 

Hovering ceiling. For helicopters, maximum altitude in metres at which a hover 

can be maintained. 

Launch weight. Of a missile, weight in kilograms prior to launch (propellant is 

consumed as the missile flies, reducing its weight). 

Length. For aircraft, missiles or ground vehicles, measured in metres at longest 

point. 

Max level speed. For aircraft, maximum attainable speed during level flight, given 

by Mach number (or in knots). 

Max range. For aircraft, maximum distance (in nautical miles) flown without 

refueling. For missiles, maximum distance (in kilometres) at which target can be 

hit. For radar systems, maximum distance (in kilometres) at which a contact can 

be picked up. For ground vehicles, maximum distance (in kilometres) travelled 

without refuelling. 

Max rate of climb. The fastest rate at which an aircraft is capable of gaining 

altitude, given in metres gained per minute. 

Max speed. For missiles and vehicles, maximum attainable speed given in 

kilometres per hour.


Max T-O weight. Limit to which an aircraft can be loaded and still take off. 

Min range. For missiles, minimum distance from target required for missile to 

effectively maneuver towards target, given in metres. 

Nautical Miles (nm). A unit of distance fore sea and air navigation (1,852m). 

Never-exceed speed (VNE). For aircraft, aerodynamic or structural speed limit in 

knots. 

Propulsion. For missiles, method or material by which the missile is propelled. 

Rate of fire. For artillery or armoured vehicles, number of rounds fired by gun per 

minute. Cyclic refers to number possible when feed belts are linked together in an 

unending chain, practical gives the normal belt length used. 

Resolution. Number of screen pixels (horizonal/vertical dots on a display screen), 

such as 640 x 480. 

Rotor diameter (each). For helicopters, diameter in metres of each main rotor. 

Service ceiling. For aircraft, the altitude in metres at which maximum rate of 

climb is attained. 

Warhead. For missiles, type of explosive material carried. 

Wing span. For rotary-wing aircraft, diameter of rotor disk in metres (see also 

rotor diameter). For missiles, distance in metres from fin tip to fin tip at widest 

point. 

7.3

7.4 

LONGBOW 2 


AH-64D Longbow Apache 

SECTION 

Aircraft – Rotary-Wing – Military 

COUNTRY 

USA 

TITLE 

McDonnell Douglas Apache 

Upgrades for AH-64A, C and D 

(US Army); Petan or “Cobra” 

(Israel Defence Force). 

TYPE 

Day/night twin-engined attack helicopter upgrade. 

PROGRAMME 

Original Hughes Model 77 entered for US Army advanced attack helicopter (AAH) 

competition; first flights of two development prototype YAH-64s 30 September and 22 

November 1975; selected by US Army December 1976; named Apache late 1981. 

Deliveries started 26 January 1984; 700th delivered December 1991; 720 by April 

1992; 811th and final for delivery December 1994; initial operating capability 

achieved by 3rd Squadron, 6th Cavalry Regiment, July 1986; 29 of 40 planned 

AH-64A battalions, including seven National Guard and two Army Reserve, combat-ready 

by December 1992; first combat use (11 AH-64As) in operation Just 

Cause, Panama, December 1989; used extensively (288) during 

January/February 1991 Gulf War against Iraq, including first air strike of conflict. 

First AH-64As issued to Army National Guard in 1987; fourth ArNG unit (I-211 

AvRgt in Utah) established 1990; first overseas regiment 2/6 Cavalry Regiment, 

Illesheim, Germany, September 1987; eighth in Europe (3-4 AvRgt at Finthen) 

equipped 1990; battalion consists of 18 AH-64As and 13 Bell OH-58 Kiowas; 

more than 160 AH-64As based in Germany at peak strength, but force now 

reduced. 

Eleven month programme to integrate air-to-air Stinger began October 1987; four 

missiles mounted in pairs on wingtips, five firings early 1989; air-to-air development 

programme included firing two AIM-9 Sidewinders in hover and at 80 knots 

(148 km/h; 92 mph) at White Sands, New Mexico, November 1987; laser ranging 

and tracking tests on Bell UH-1 and LTV A-7 flown in 1989; M-230 Chain Gun 

being improved for air-to-air use; Matra Mistral captive carry tests completed. New 

missile control system by Base 10 Defense of Trenton, New Jersey, used for two 

more Stinger firings during 1990; Sidearm anti-radiation missile from AH-64A hit 

RF emitter on armoured vehicle at US Naval Weapons Test Center 25 April 1988.


VARIANTS 

AH-64A. Production for US Army and export. All to be upgraded to AH-64D; last in 

2010. Retrofit from 1993 with Sincgars secure radios and GPS; first installed in 

Apaches of 5-501 Aviation Regiment on deployment to Camp Eagle, South Korea, 

from March 1994, as first AH-64s in Korea. 

AH-64B. Cancelled in 1992. Was planned near-term upgrade of 254 AH-64s with 

improvements derived from operating experience in 1991 Gulf War, including 

GPS, Sincgars radios, target handover capability, better navigation, and improved 

reliability including new rotor blades. 

AH-64C. Previous designation for upgrade of AH-64As to near AH-64D standard, 

apart from omission of Longbow radar retention of -701 engines; provisions for 

optional fitment of both; Army requested draft proposal, August 1991; funding for 

two prototype conversions awarded in September 1992. With exception of AH- 

64Ds and re-sales, all remaining US Army AH-64As (approximately 540) to be 

modified. Designation abandoned late 1993; all Apaches to become AH-64D, 

including those not fitted with radar. 

AH-64D Longbow Apache. Current improvement programme based on 

Westinghouse mast-mounted Longbow millimetre-wave radar and Martin Marietta 

Hellfire with RF seeker; includes more powerful GE T700-GE-701C engines, 

larger generators for 70 kVA peak loads, Plessey AN/ASN-157 Doppler navigation, 

MIL-STD-1553B databus allied to dual 1750 A processors, and a vapour 

cycle cooling system for avionics; early user tests completed April 1990. 

Full-scale development programme, lasting 51 months, authorised by Defense 

Acquisition Board August 1990, but airframe work extended in December 1990 to 

70 months to coincide with missile development; supporting modifications being 

incorporated progressively; first flight of AH-64A (82-23356) with dummy Longbow 

radome 11 March 1991; first (89-0192) of four AH-64D prototypes flown 15 April 

1992; second (89-0228) flew 13 November 1992; fitted with radar in mid-1993 and 

flown 20 August 1993; No.3 (90-0324) flown 30 June 1993; No.4 (85-25410) on 4 

October 1993; No.5 (formerly AH-64C No.1) 19 January 1994 (first Apache with 

new Hamilton Standard lightweight flight management computer); No.6 4 March 

1994; last two mentioned converted from 85-25408 and 85-25477. Six AH-64Ds to 

fly 3,300 hour test programme; production deliveries to start 1997 from planned 

first batch of 24. 

Following redesignation of AH-64C in late 1993, entire Army inventory to be 

known as AH-64D Longbow Apache, although only 227 (original AH-64D total) to 

carry Longbow radar. AH-64D to equip 26 battalions; company strength to be 

three with radar plus five without; three companies per battalion. Longbow can 

track flying targets and see through rain, fog, and smoke that defeat FLIR and TV; 

RF Hellfire can operate at shorter ranges; it can lock-on before launch or launch 

on co-ordinates and lock-on in flight; Longbow scans through 360° for aerial 

targets or scans over 270° in 90° sectors for ground targets; mast-mounted 

rotating antenna weighs 113 kg (250lb). 

7.5

7.6 

LONGBOW 2 

Further modification include “manprint” cockpit with large displays, air-to-air 

missiles, digital autostabiliser, integrated GPS/Doppler/INS/air data/laser/radar altimeter 

navigation system, digitial communications, faster target handoff system, and 

enhanced fault detection with data transfer and recording. AH-64D No.1 made first 

Hellfire launch on 21 May 1993; first demonstration of digital air-to-ground data communications 

with Synmetrics Industries improved data modem, 8 December 1993. 

SPECIFICATIONS 

DIMENSIONS, EXTERNAL 

Main rotor diameter 

Length overall 

14.63m 

tail rotor turning 15.54m 

both rotors turning 

Wing span 

17.76m 

clean 5.23m 

empty weapon racks 

Height 

5.82m 

over tailfin 3.55m 

over tail rotor 4.30m 

to top of rotor head 3.84m 

to top of air data sensor 4.66m 

overall, AH-64D 4.95m 

WEIGHTS AND LOADINGS 

Max T-O weight 

-701 engine 9,525kg 

-701C engine, 

ferry mission, full fuel 10,107kg 

PERFORMANCE 

Max level and max cruising speed 

A 158 knots 

L 141 knots 

Max rate of climb at S/L 

B 990m 

L 942m 

Cruising speed at intermediate rated power 

C 147 kts 

D 148 knots 

F 150 knots 

B 151 knots 

E, H 153 knots 

A 154 knots 

G 155 knots 

Max vertical rate of climb at S/L: 

A 762m 

B 771m 

L 474m 

Service ceiling 

A 6,400m 

Service ceiling, OEI 

A 3,290m 

B 3,800m 

Hovering ceiling 

IGE A 4,570m 

IGE B 5,245m 

IGE L 4,115m 

OGE A 3,505m 

OGE B 4,125m 

OGE L 2,990m 

Max range, internal fuel (30 min reserves) 

A 260nm 

B 220nm 

L 220nm 

Ferry range, max internal and external fuel, still air, 

45 min reserves 1,024nm 

Endurance at 1,220m at 35°C 1 h 50 min 

Max endurance, internal fuel 3 h 9 min 

G limits 164 knots +3.5/-0.5 

Max vertical rate of climb at intermediate rated 

power 

B, C 137m 

H 238m 

F, G 262m 

E 293m 

D 301m 

A 448m


UH-60A/L Black Hawk (Sikorsky S-70A) 

PUBLICATION 

Jane’s All The World’s Aircraft 

1995-96 

SECTION 

Aircraft – Rotary Wing – Military 

COUNTRY 

USA 

COMPANY 

Sikorsky 

TITLE 

Sikorsky S-70A 

DESIGNATIONS 

UH-60A, UH-60L and UH-60Q Black Hawk, AH-60L, EH-60A, MH-60A, MH-60K 

and MH-60L (US Army); UH-60A, HH-60G, MH-60G Pave Hawk (US Air Force); 

VH-60N (US Marine Corps); Yanshuf (Owl) (Israel Defence Force). 

TYPE 

Infantry squad transport helicopter; also adapted for other roles. 

VARIANTS 

UH-60A Black Hawk. Initial production version, designed to carry crew of three 

and 11 troops; also can be used without modification for medevac, reconnaissance, 

command and control, and troop supply; cargo hook capacity 3630kg; one 

UH-60A can be carried in C-130, two in C-141 and six in C-5. 

Medevac kits delivered from 1981; missile qualification completed June 1987, with 

day and night firing of Hellfire in various flight conditions; airborne target handover 

system (ATHS) qualified; cockpit lighting suitable for night vision goggles fitted to 

production UH-60s since November 1985 and retrofitted to those built earlier. Total 

1,049 built for US Army (including 66 conversions to EH-60A) before production 

change to UH-60L in 1989. Detailed description applies to UH-60A/L except where 

indicated. 

Enhanced Black Hawk. Incorporates active and passive self-defence systems; 

retrofitted by Corpus Christi Army Depot, Texas, to new build UH-60A/Ls; first 15 

delivered to US Army in South Korea November 1989. Equipment includes Tracor 

AN/ARN-148 Omega navigation receiver, Motorola AN/LST-5B satellite UHF 

communications transceiver, Bendix/King AN/ARC-199 HF-SSB, and AEL 

AN/APR-44(V)3 specific threat RWR complementing existing AN/APR-39 general 

threat RWR; M134 Minigun can be fitted on each of two pintle mounts, replacing 

M60 machine-gun. 

7.7

7.8 

LONGBOW 2 

UH-60L. Replaced UH-60A in production for US Army from October 1989 (aircraft 

89-26179 onwards); prototype (84-23953) first flight 22 March 1988; first delivery 

7 November 1989 to Texas ArNG. Powered by T700-GE-701C engines with 

uprated 2535 kW transmission. Current production aircraft fitted with hover infrared 

suppression system (HIRSS) to cool exhaust in hover as well as forward flight; 

older UH-60s retrofitted. Composites wide-chord main rotor blades of improved 

design flight tested at West Palm Beach, beginning 8 December 1993; projected 

retrofit from 1997. 

DESIGN FEATURES 

Represented new generation in technology for performance, survivability and ease 

of operation when introduced to replace UH-1 as US Army’s main squad-carrying 

helicopter; Four-blade main rotor; one-piece forged titanium rotor head with elastomeric 

blade retention bearings providing all movement and requiring no lubrication; 

hydraulic drag dampers; bifilar self-tuning vibration absorber above head; 

blades have 18° twist, and tips swept at 20°; thickness and camber vary over the 

length of blades, based on Sikorsky SC-1095 aerofoil; blades tolerant up to 23mm 

hits and spar tubes pressurised with gauges to indicate loss of pressure following 

structural degradation. 

Two pairs of tail rotor blades fastened in cross-beam arrangement, mounted to 

starboard; tail rotor pylon tilted to port to produce lift as well as anti-torque thrust 

and to extend permissible CG range; fixed fin large enough to allow controlled 

run-on landing following loss of tail rotor. 

AVIONICS 

Configurations vary between aircraft, particularly on HH/MH-60G versions. 

Additional avionics and self-protection equipment installed in Enhanced Black 

Hawk, as described under Current Versions. 

Comms. E-Systems AN/ARC-186 VHF-FM, GTE Sylvania AN/ARC-115 VHF-AM, 

Magnavox AN/ARC-164 UHF-AM, Collins AN/ARC-186(V) VHF-AM/FM, 

Bendix/King AN/APX-100 IFF transponder, Magnavox TSEC/KT-28 voice security 

set, and intercom. HH/MH-60G has AN/URC-108 Satcom. 

Radar. MH-60K has Texas Instruments AN/APQ-147A terrain-following/terrainavoidance 

radar, HH/MH-60G has Bendix/King AN/APN-239 (RDR-1400C) radar. 

AH-60L and some export S-70s also equipped with radar. 

Flight. Hamilton Standard AFCS with digital three-axis autopilot, Bendix/King 

AN/ARN-123(V)1 VOR/marker beacon/glide slope receiver, Emerson AN/ARN-89 

ADF, Honeywell Plessey Electronic Systems AN/ASN-128 Doppler, AN/ASN-43 

gyrocompass, Honeywell AN/APN-209(V)2 radar altimeter. HH/MH-60G has 

GEC-Marconi AN/ASN-137 Doppler, Rockwell Collins AN/ASN-149 GPS and 

Litton ring laser gyro INS (replacing Carousel IV). 

Instrumentation. HH/MH-60G has Teldix KG-10 map display. 

Mission. HH/MH-60G has Hughes AN/AAQ-16 FLIR.


Self-defence. Baseline UH-60 Black Hawk has E-Systems Melpar/Memcor 

AN/APR-39(V)1 RWR, Sanders AN/ALQ-144 IR countermeasures set and Tracor 

M-130 chaff/flare dispenser. MH-60K has Honeywell AN/AAR-47 missile warning 

system, Northrop Grumman AN/ALQ-136 pulse radio frequency jammer, Northrop 

Grumman AN/ALQ-162 CW radio jammer, E-Systems AN/APR-39A and AN/APR- 

44 pulse/CW warning receivers, Perkin-Elmer AN/AVR-2 laser detector, Tracor M- 

130 chaff/flare dispenser and Sanders AN/ALQ-144 IR countermeasures set. 

ARMAMENT 

New production UH-60A/Lincorporate hardpoints for an external stores support 

system (ESSS). This consists of a combination of fixed provisions built into the 

airframe and four removable external pylons from which fuel tanks and a variety of 

weapons can be suspended. 



Main rotor diameter 16.36m 

Length overall 

rotors turning 19.76m 

rotors and tail pylon folded 12.60m 

Height 

overall, tail rotor turning 5.13m 

to top of rotor head 3.76m 

in air-transportable configuration 2.67m 

WEIGHTS AND LOADING 

Mission T-O weight 

UH-60A 7,484kg 

UH-60L 7,711kg 

HH-60G 8,119kg 

MH-60K 11,113kg 

PERFORMANCE 

Max level speed at S/L 160 knots 

Max level speed at max T-O weight 

Max cruising speed 

58 knots 

UH-60A 139 knots 

UH-60L 150 knots 

Vertical rate of climb at 1,220m and 35˚C (95˚F) 

UH-60A 125m 

UH-60L 239m 

Service ceiling 5,790m 


IGE at 35˚ 2,895m 

OGE, ISA 3,170m 

OGE at 35˚C 1,705m 

Range with max internal fuel 

at max T-O weight, 30 min reserves 

UH-60A 319nm 

UH-60L 315nm 

Range with external fuel tanks 880nm 

on ESSS pylons with two 870 litre tanks 

Range E with two 870 litre 1,200nm 

and two 1,703 litre tanks 

Endurance 

UH-60A 2 h 18 min 

UH-60L 2 h 6 min 

MH-60G with max fuel 4 h 51 min 

7.9

7.10 

LONGBOW 2 


PUBLICATION 

Aircraft – Rotary-Wing – Military 

COUNTRY 

USA 

COMPANY 

Bell 

TITLE 

Bell 406 (AHIP) 

DESIGNATIONS 

OH-58D Kiowa and Kiowa 

Warrior (US Army). 

TYPE 

Two-seat scout and attack helicopter. 

VARIANTS 

Prime Chance. Fifteen special armed OH-58Ds (86-8908 to -8922) modified from 

September 1987 under Operation Prime Chance for use against Iranian highspeed 

boats in Gulf; delivery started after 98 days, in December 1987; firing clearance 

for Stinger, Hellfire, 0.50 in gun and seven-tube rocket pods completed in 

seven days. Further conversion (85-24716) for development trials. All currently 

operated by 4-17th Cavalry at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. 

Kiowa Warrior. Armed version, to which all planned OH-58Ds are being modified; 

integrated weapons pylons, uprated transmission and engine, lateral CG limits 

increased, raised gross weight, EMV protection of avionics bays, localised 

strengthening, RWR, IR jammer, video recorder, SINCGARS radios, laser warning 

receiver and tilted vertical fin; armament same as Prime Chance; integrated 

avionics and lightened structure. converted aircraft (of which 89-0090 was first) 

reportedly have since reverted to standard, but low-observable OH-58Ds of 1-17th 

Cavalry at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, operating with undisclosed modifications by 

1993; changes include coated rotor blades, new windscreen material and modified 

rotor sail, rotor cuffs and hubs for substantial reduction in frontal radar signature. 

Further modifications for Warrior, currently under consideration, include undernose 

FLIR turret (tested late 1993); 227 litre conformal fuel tanks on flanks of rear 

cabin; radio frequency interferometer RWR; INS/GPS; digital map display; 

integrated helmet display; and 19.5 percent power plant uprating for OGE hover 

at 1220m at 35°C with four Hellfire ATMs. 

OH-58X Light Utility Variant. Contender for anticipated US Army requirement; 

fourth development OH-58D (69-16322) modified in 1992 with partial stealth 

features (including chisel nose).


DESIGN FEATURES 

Four-blade Bell soft in plane rotor with carbon composites yoke, elastomeric bearings 

and composites blades. Main rotor rpm 395; tail rotor rpm 2381. McDonnell 

Douglas/Northrop Grumman mast-mounted sight containing TV and IR optics and 

laser designator/ranger; Honeywell integrated control of mission functions, 

navigation, communications, systems and maintenance functions based on large 

electronic primary displays for pilot and observer/gunner; hands-on cyclic and 

collective controls for all combat functions; automatic target hand-off system in 

some OH-58Ds operates air-to-air as well as air-to-ground using digital frequency 

hopping; system indicates location and armament state of other helicopters; some 

OH-58Ds have real-time video downlink capable of relaying to US Army Guardrail 

aircraft, to headquarters 22 nm away or, via satellite, to remote locations. 

AVIONICS 

Comms. Five com transceivers, datalink and secure voice equipment. Phase 1 

additions, introduced on production line in 1990 in preparation for Kiowa Warrior, 

include AN/ARC-201 SINCGARS secure voice/data radio and Have Quick II radio. 

Flight. Plessey (PESC) AN/ASN-157 Doppler strapdown INS. 

Instrumentation. Equipped for day/night VFR. Multifunction displays for vertical 

and horizontal situation indication, mast-mounted sight day/night viewing and 

communications control, with selection via control column handgrip switches. 

Mission. Mast-mounted sight houses 12x magnification TV camera, autofocusing 

IR thermal imaging sensor and laser rangefinder/designator, with automatic target 

tracking and in-flight automatic boresighting; turret may be trained 190° port and 

190° starboard in azimuth; +-30° in elevation. Night vision goggles; AHRS; and 

airborne target handoff subsystem (ATHS). Germany-based OH-58Ds have realtime 

video downlink which can be relayed via Guardrail-capable aircraft. Phase 1 

additions include doubled computer capacity to 88 kbits, added weapons selection/aiming 

and multitarget acquisition/track displays, video recorder, data transfer 

system, ANVIS display and symbology system and EMV hardening. 

Self-defence. AN/APR-39(V)1 or -39A(V)1 RWR. Phase 1 adds AN/ALQ-144 IR 

jammer, second RWR (AN/APR-44(V)3) and AN/AVR-2 laser detection system. 

ARMAMENT 

Four Stinger air-to-air or Hellfire air-to-surface missiles, or two seven-round 2.75 

in rocket pods, or one Global Helicopter Technology CFD-5000 pod for 7.62mm 

and 0.50 in machine-guns, mounted on outriggers on cabin sides (port side only 

for gun). IR jammer standard on armed version. 

7.11

7.12 

LONGBOW 2 



Main rotor diameter 10.67m 

Length 

overall, rotors turning 12.85m 

fuselage (pitot to skid) 10.48m 

fin tilted for air transport 10.29m 

Height 

overall 3.93m 

for air transport (MPLH) 2.73m 


Max T-O and landing weight 

K 2,041kg 

KW 2,495kg 


Max level speed at 1,220m 128 knots 

K 118 knots 

KW 114 knots 

Max rate of climb 

at S/L, ISA 469 m 

at 1,220m, 35˚C (95˚F) over 366m/min 

Vertical rate of climb 

at S/L, ISA 

K 232m/min 

KW 4,875m/min 

at 1,220m, 35˚C (95˚F) 

K over 152m/min 

Service ceiling, KW 4,575m 


IGE, ISA K over 3,660m 

KW 3,050m 

OGE, ISA K 3,415m 

KW 2,105m 

OGE, 35˚C (95˚F) K 1,735m 

KW* 1,220m 

Range 

K 250nm 

KW 223 nm 

Endurance: K and KW 2 h 24 min

WEAPONRY 

AIM-92 Stinger 


PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Air Launched Weapons 

1995-96 

SECTION 

Air-To-Air Missiles 

TITLE 

AIM-92 Stinger 

TYPE 

Short range IR air-to-air missile 

COMPANIES 

Hughes Missile Systems, (prime contractor) Raytheon, Bedford, Massachusetts 

(second source) 

DEVELOPMENT 

The Air-To-Air Stinger (ATAS) programme provides a sensitive lightweight IR missile 

for use at short range against low flying aircraft and helicopter targets. Stinger 

improvements include Stinger Post and Stinger RMP, the former incorporating a 

dual colour IR and UV seeker for decoy discrimination and the latter a reprogrammable 

microprocessor. Hughes developed a dual mode seeker for Stinger, adding 

a passive radar seeker to the existing IR/UV seeker, in a version known as Air 

Defence Suppression Missile (ADSM). 

DESCRIPTION 

The ATAS system consists of the FIM-92 Stinger missile, a launcher with launcher 

electronics, launcher adaptor, coolant reservoir, interface electronics unit and the 

fire control and aiming system. The most common helicopter launcher in use is the 

two missile, lightweight, stackable, quick reload launcher. The FIM-92 Stinger missile 

is a short-range infra-red homing missile powered by a solid propellant motor 

and armed with a fragmentation warhead. For the current ATAS system, the early 

Stinger guidance seekers are believed to have all been replaced by the later 

Stinger Passive Optical Seeker Technology (POST) and Reprogrammable 

MicroProcessor (RMP) seekers. 


Length 1.52m 

Body diameter 70mm 

Wingspan 0.14m 

Launch weight 16kg 

Warhead 3kg HE blast fragmentation fuze 

Impact Guidance IR 

Propulsion Solid propellant 

Range 3km 

7.13

7.14 

LONGBOW 2 

Folding Fin Aerial Rocket 

PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Air Launched Weapons 1995-96 

SECTION 

Air-Launched Rockets 

TITLE 

Hydra 70 Rocket System (FFARs) 

TYPE 

70mm unguided aircraft 

rockets 

COMPANY 

BEI Defense Systems Company, 

Euless, Texas (prime contractor). 

DEVELOPMENT 

By far the most common aircraft launched rockets used by the United States 

armed forces are the 70mm (2.75in) which over the years have been manufactured 

by various companies to almost a common design. These have all 

descended from the original Mickey Mouse air-to-air rockets of 1948, and 

unusually employed eight flick-out tail fins for in-flight stability. Two of the earliest 

versions of the US designed 70mm rockets, which were used during the Vietnam 

war and exported throughout the Western world, were the Mk 4 and Mk 40, 

intended for use by high performance fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters respectively. 

These, with their numerous types of warhead, became known as the FFAR 

(Folding Fin Aerial Rocket) family of rockets because of their folding fins and are 

still in service to date. 

At the 1992 Farnborough Air Show BEI announced it was developing three new 

warheads: two marker types for use by the USN, one as a battlefield smoke 

marker and the other consisting of smoke, chaff and flare; the third one is a multimission, 

Kinetic Energy (KE) penetrator warhead containing 14 sub-rockets. This 

warhead has application to anti-armour, anti-material, anti-air and anti-coastal 

shipping missions. At the time of the announcement these warheads had not been 

allocated a designated number and were known as: MXXX Orange Smoke Marker 

Warhead, Multimode Marker Warhead and the 70mm Shot Rocket Warhead. 

DESCRIPTION 

The Hydra 70 rocket has the appearance of a conventional 70mm diameter 

unguided rocket comprising a Mk 66 solid propellant motor with three wraparound 

aluminium folding fins and an appropriate warhead with fuze. 

The range of warheads that can be fitted to the Mk 66 motor includes flechette, 

high explosive, multipurpose submunition, smoke, flare and practice type. Listed 

below are several that are known to be in current use:


(a) The M151 HE is an anti-personnel, anti-material high explosive warhead made 

of modular maleable cast iron.On detonation the warhead bursts into thousands 

of small, high velocity fragments. 

(b) The M255 is a flechette warhead designed for air-to-air, air-to-surface, surfaceto-air, 

and surface-to-surface applications.The flechettes are explosively 

discharged by a base-mounted fuze-ignited expulsion charge after motor 

burn out by a M422 fuze or a manually/automatically remote set M439 fuze. 

(c) The M261 MPSM (MultiPurpose SubMunition) warhead consists of an a 

luminium case, plastic nose cone, expulsion charge and contains nine M73 

HE shaped charge grenades for anti-personnel, anti-material, and antiarmour 

missions. 

(d) The M262 Illumination Flare provides reliable stand-off battlefield illuminations.Optimum 

flare deployment altitude is 550m and the flare has a 120 

seconds burn time giving 1 million candle power which provides a surface 

illumination of 0.5 lux over a 1.6km area. 

(e) The M264 RP is a smoke warhead that is 0.68m long and weighs 4.0kg. The 

warhead case contains 72 red phosphorus ejected by either remote set or 

motor burn out fuzes. On ejection the immediately begin to produce a high 

density, non-toxic persistent smoke-screen. 

(f) The M274 Signature Practice Warhead is used for training purposes. The 

warhead shell contains a low energy pyrotechnic charge that functions upon 

impact emitting a flash/bang and cloud of white smoke. It may be used for 

day or night training on live fire or electronic instrumented ranges and is 

visible up to 8km. 

The MXXX Orange Marker and the MXXX Multimode Marker warheads that BEI 

announced in 1992 are both designed to be propelled by the Mk 66 motor and 

may utilise M439 remote set or M442/M446 motor burn out fuzing.The MXXX 

Multimode Marker contains a hot smoke, chaff and pulsating flare payload. On 

ejection from the warhead, a hot smoke is formed, interspersed with puffs of chaff. 

The flare falls directly to earth and brightly pulsates. These features emit signatures 

in visual, infra-red and radar wavelengths, permitting day or night target 

marking that can be acquired by a wide variety of attack aircraft sensors. 

Finally the MXXX Shot Rocket Warhead has been developed by BEI in 

conjunction with Universal Propulsion Company 


Length 1.06m (less warhead) 

Body diameter 70mm 

Tailspan 186m 

Launch weight 6.2kg 

Warhead mainly 4.5kg class 

7.15

7.16 

LONGBOW 2 


PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Armour And Artillery 

Upgrades 1995-96 

SECTION 

Vehicle-Mounted Anti-Tank 

Guided Weapons 

TITLE 

Rockwell Hellfire Modular Missile 

System 

COMPANIES 

Rockwell International, Tactical Systems Division Martin Marietta Orlando 

Aerospace. 

DESCRIPTION 

The AGM-114 Hellfire modular multipurpose missile system is currently in service 

in several semi-active laser guided configurations with the US armed forces and 

several other nations. The fielded missile has a minimum range of 500m and a 

maximum range of 5000 to 8000m.Hellfire was originally developed as the main 

weapon for the McDonnell Douglas AH-64 Apache attack helicopter, the SAL 

guidance being matched to its tactical employment concepts as both it and the 

OH-58D/AHIP scout helicopter each have Hellfire compatible lasers. The available 

engagement options are called the auto-nomous engagement mode and the cooperative 

engagement mode, depending upon whether the launch platform or the 

scout marks the target. The term “remote lasing” is synonymous with the cooperative 

engagement mode. 

Hellfire uses pulse coded laser illumination at the 1.06 æm wavelength so that the 

missile will only lock on to what it is supposed to. As a result, Hellfire can be fired 

before a lock on has been achieved, with target acquisition being achieved in 

flight. Alternatively, it can be inhibited from igniting its motor until after a lock on 

has been achieved. 

The Hellfire is currently fielded in the following versions: 

(a) AGM-114A – first production model 

(b) AGM-114B – US Marine Corps Hellfire with Improved Low Visibility (ILV) 

autopilot for low visibility conditions; minimum smoke rocket motor; shipboard-qualified 

Safe and Arm Device (SAD) for rocket motor 

(c) AGM-114C – same as AGM-114B except without USMC SAD unit 

(d) AGM-114F – same as AGM-114C except fitted with a precursor warhead 

charge to provide tandem warhead configuration 

(e) Anti-ship Hellfire – a model C fitted with an anti-ship penetrating blast fragmentation 

warhead plus some slight autopilot modifications.


(f) AGM-114K Hellfire II – US Army and Marine Corps version with digital autopilot, 

improved semi-active laser seeker (that is, hardened against electro-optical 

jammers) and tandem warhead designed to defeat explosive reactive armour. 

The main 178 mm shaped charge warhead is similar to earlier models but 

has a different primary ignition charge to cater for the Magnavox electronic 

safety and arming unit. The comparatively large 100 mm precursor warhead 

is fitted with a molybdenum liner. 

Hellfire was originally developed by the US Army to destroy MBTs. One of the 

requirements, though, was to hit manoeuvring targets at up to 20° to the right or 

left of the launch azimuth at distances of up to 1000m from the firing platform. 

This meant that Hellfire had to be designed with manoeuvrability features normally 

seen in anti-aircraft weapons rather than anti-tank missiles. At the same time the 

warhead was required to provide adequate margins of lethality against all forms of 

evolving armour. The result is a multiple purpose weapon capable of destroying 

virtually all tactical point targets from manoeuvring helicopters to MBTs to fixed 

installations. 

There are also two millimetre wave radar seekers in development or about to 

begin development: the Longbow and the Brimstone configurations. It is envisaged 

that the AGM-114 Longbow Hellfire with its active millimetric-wave seeker 

will be the next production example for use with AH-64D Apache helicopters. 


Type multiple purpose with semi-active lasing homing seeker 

Warhead HE unitary shaped charge (AGM-114A/B/C) 

AGM-114A/B/C IIR 

Length 1.626m 1.778m 

Diameter 0.178m 0.178m 

Wing span 0.33m 0.33m 

Launch weight 45.7kg 47.88kg 

Range 1500-8000m n/av 

Speed Mach 1.4 n/av 

7.17

7.18 

LONGBOW 2 

FN 0.50 Browning M2 Heavy Barrel Machine Gun 

Note: This gun has recently been adapted for airborne use on helicopters. 

Specifications do not yet exist for the helicopter-mounted version. 

PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Infantry Weapons 

1995-96 

SECTION 

Machine Guns 

COUNTRY 

Belgium 

TITLE 

FN 0.50 Browning M2 heavy 

barrel machine gun 

DESCRIPTION 

The FN 0.50 M2HB Browning machine gun is similar in design and operation to 

other types of Browning M2 machine gun, being a recoil-operated, air-cooled, 

belt-fed weapon. The mechanism operates in exactly the same manner as other 

Browning M2HBs so reference should be made to the appropriate entry under 

United States of America. 

FN also produce various mountings for the M2HB, including the universal M3 

tripod and the anti-aircraft M63 mounting. 

TITLE 

FN M3M, M3P and M3 L/S; FN 0.50 M2HB/QCB machine gun 

DESCRIPTION 

The above two guns are aircraft or helicopter versions of the FN 0.50 M2HB, the 

M3M for aircraft door mount applications, the M3P for pods (automatic only), and 

the M3 L/S for pintle mountings, with a light barrel and automatic firing only. 


Cartridge .050 Browning (12.7 x 99mm) 

Length 1.656m 

Weight 38.15kg empty 

Barrel 1.143m; rifling 1.064m 

Rate of fire cyclic, 450-550 rds/min 

Muzzle velocity 916m/s with M33 ball 

Max range 6765m 

Effective range +1500m


M134 7.62mm Minigun Machine Gun 

PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Infantry Weapons 

1995-96 

SECTION 

Machine Guns 

TITLE 

7.62mm M134 Minigun machine 

gun 

DESCRIPTION 

The 7.62mm M134 Minigun 

machine gun is based on the 

Gatling gun principle in which a high rate of fire is achieved by having a number of 

rotating barrels which fire in turn when the 12 o’clock position is reached. The 

Minigun is driven by a 28 V DC or 115 V AC electric motor and produces a steady 

rate of fire which varies according to type from between 2000 and 6000 rds/min 

as a top rate, down to 300 rds/min as the slowest rate of fire. 

Six 7.62mm barrels fit into the rotor assembly and each is locked by a 180° turn. 

The gun housing is a one-piece casting holding the rotor assembly and providing 

a mounting for the “safety sector” and the guide bar. There is an elliptical cam 

path on the inner surface in which the bolt bearing roller runs. The rotor assembly 

is the main structural component of the gun and is supported in the gun housing 

by ball bearings. 

Ammunition boxes carry a normal load of 4000 linked rounds. Since the entire gun 

is driven by an external source, a misfired round is simply ejected and thrown 

down the large section hose with the empties either into a box or, more usually, 

out over the side. 


Cartridge 7.62 x 51mm 

No. of Barrels 6 (559mm) 

Length 801.6mm overall 

Weight 16.3kg 

Sights vary with employment 

Rate of fire up to 6000 rds/min 

Muzzle velocity 869m/s 

7.19

7.20 

LONGBOW 2 

M230 Chain Gun Cannon 

PUBLICATION 


1995-96 

SECTION 

Guns, Pods And Mountings 

PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Avionics 1995-96 

SECTION 

Electro-Optics 

TITLE 

M230 Chain Cannon – AH-64A Apache Helicopter Armament System 

TYPE 

30mm chain cannon for aircraft 

COMPANY 

McDonnell Douglas Helicopter Company, Mesa (prime contractor) 

DEVELOPMENT 

In early 1972, Hughes Helicopters, now McDonnell Douglas Helicopters Company 

(MDHC) began an independent research and development programme to manufacture 

a new 20mm single barrel, externally powered cannon. The new cannon 

was designed to use a simple closed loop chain drive system and to fire the US 

Army’s existing M50 ammunition. 

However, in the meantime, the US Army issued an RFP for development of the 

Advanced Attack Helicopter (AAH) and specified a requirement for a 30mm gun 

system chambered to fire the HEDP (High Explosive Dual Purpose) round.The 

M230 entered service with the US Army with the first production Apache helicopter 

in 1984. 

DESCRIPTION 

The M230 is a single-barrelled, electrically powered 30mm weapon that can fire 

either linked or linkless ammunition. In the AH-64A Apache installation, the cannon 

is mounted on a cradle-like turret beneath the fuselage, rather than in an enclosed 

turret at the front of the aircraft. Sighting is via the Integrated Helmet and Display 

Sight System (IHDSS) or the Target Acquisition and Designation System (TADS). 


Calibre 30mm 

No.of barrels 1 

Length 1.68m 

Weight 57.5kg 

Rate of fire 625 ± 25 rds/min 

Muzzle velocity 805m/s

M60D 7.62mm Machine Gun 


PUBLICATION 


1995-96 

SECTION 

Guns, Pods And Mountings 

COUNTRY 

United States Of America 

TITLE 

M60D 7.62mm Machine Gun 

TYPE 

7.62mm machine gun. 

DEVELOPMENT 

The M60 family 7.62mm machine guns were originally developed in the late 

1940s. They were originally designed for use by ground forces, as a lightweight 

machine gun that could be adapted for several uses. 

A helicopter version was developed and designated M60D, with aircraft type 

ringsights, spade grips and an improved feed system. Several helicopter armament 

systems were developed for use with the M60D. These include the M16, 

M23, M41 and M59 systems; these have been cleared for use on 

several helicopters including the CH-47 Chinook, H-76 Eagle, SH-2 Seasprite, 

UH-1 Huey, and UH-60 Black Hawk. 

DESCRIPTION 

The M60D is a single-barrelled, gas-operated, air-cooled, belt-fed machine gun 

using disintegrating 7.62mm link ammunition. It employs a ringsight at the rear to 

improve its target acquisition and tracking ability when used from a relatively fast 

moving helicopter platform. 

The gun, can be used with several helicopter armament systems, is 1.14 m long. 

It uses standard 7.62mm NATO ammunition: M61 AP, M62 tracer, M72 dummy, 

M80 ball and M82 blank. 


Cartridge 7.62mm 

No. of Barrels 1 

Length 1.14m 

Weight 10.50kg 

Rate of fire 500-650 rds/min 

Muzzle velocity 853m/s 

7.21

7.22 

LONGBOW 2 

AVIONICS 

AN/ALQ-144 Infrared Countermeasures Set 

PUBLICATION 


SECTION 

Electronic Warfare 

TITLE 

Airborne IRCM system 

COMPANY 

Lockheed Sanders Inc. 

DESCRIPTION 

The AN/ALQ-144 is an electrically powered ICRM (infra-red countermeasures) set 

which provides medium-sized helicopters and small fixed-wing aircraft with protection 

against heat-seeking missiles. 

It is an omnidirectional system consisting of a cylindrical source surrounded by a 

highly efficient modulation system to confuse the seeker of the incoming missile. 

A number of variants are available; the AN/ALQ-144(V)1, ALQ-144(V)3, the 

AN/ALQ(VE) export version and the ALQ-144A (VP) Phase Lock pair. The 

electrically heated graphite source has extremely long life and the complete set 

weighs less than 14kg. 

OPERATIONAL STATUS 

As of this edition, AN/ALQ-144(v) 1/3 were reported to be in service with the US 

Army, Air Force and Marine Corps. The AN/ALQ-144(VE) has been sold to a 

number of other countries. The AN/ALQ-144(VP) has been used on the SH-60, 

H-3 and SH-2 aircraft of the US Navy. 

Over 3,000 ALQ-144s protect a wide variety of helicopters and small fixed-wing 

aircraft of the US Navy, Army and Air Force. 


DIMENSIONS 

transmitter 241 x 251 x 336mm 

Weight 

transmitter 12.7kg 

control unit 0.5kg 

Power supply 28 V DC, 1200-2000 W 

Coverage 360° azimuth 

Reliability 480 h MTBF


AN/APR-39A Threat Warning System 

PUBLICATION 


SECTION 

Electronic Warfare 

TITLE 

AN/APR-39A Threat Warning 

Sytem 

TYPE 

Airborne and shipboard radar warning system for helicopters, light fixed-wing 

aircraft and naval vessels. 

COMPANY 

Loral Electronic Systems, Yonkers, New York. 

DESCRIPTION (V)1 

The AN/APR-39A(V)1 is an upgrade of the earlier analogue AN/APR-39(V)1 radar 

warning system. It is a lightweight system designed for helicopters and light fixedwing 

aircraft, in particular those flying low level or nap-of-the-Earth missions. It 

provides visual and aural warning of hostile radar energy incident on the host 

aircraft over a very wide frequency range. 

The digital display clearly identifies the threat type and azimuth from the aircraft. It 

also indicates if the threat is searching or locked and tracking, and when the radar 

lock is broken. The aural warning is by synthetic voice, such as “Missile ... 5 

o’clock and tracking.” 


The AN/APR-39A(V)2 is an advanced version of the APR-39A designed specifically 

for use on the US Army Special Electronic Mission Aircraft (SEMA), US Navy 

HH-60H helicopters, and for all US Marine Corps helicopters and C-130 aircraft. 


The AN/APR-39A(V)3 uses APR-39A(V)1 technology and provides continuous 

coverage through dual channel crystal video receivers. This system is deployed 

on US Army and NATO aircraft. It is specifically designed for helicopters and other 

light aircraft operating at very low levels. 


Frequency Range 

Weight 

APR-39A(V)1 E to M and C/D 

APR-39A(V)2 E to K and C/D Display: Bright light, NVG compatible 

APR-39A(V)1 7kg 

APR-39A(V)2 13.6kg 

7.23

7.24 

LONGBOW 2 


PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Radar And Electronic 

Warfare Systems 1995-96 

SECTION 

Airborne ECM Systems 

COUNTRY 

United States of America 

TITLE 


TYPE 

Airborne laser detecting set. 

DESCRIPTION 

The AN/AVR-2 laser detecting set detects, identifies and characterises optical 

signals over 360° around the aircraft, and provides warning and identification of 

laser threats to the crew. It consists of four SU-130/AVR-2 sensor units and a 

CM-493/AVR-2 interface unit comparator. The AVR-2 set interfaces with all variants 

of the AN/APR-39(V) series radar signal detecting set to function as an 

integrated radar and laser warning receiver system. 

STATUS 

In operational service with US Army and US Marine aircraft. The company is also 

developing laser warning systems for high-speed aircraft and combat vehicles. In 

February 1990 a multi-year contract was awarded and the units are now in 

production. Hughes Danbury has carried out an upgrade programme to convert 

the AVR-2 to AVR-2A configuration, under contract to the US Army, with deliveries 

commencing in mid-1993. As at mid-1994 approximately 500 sets had been 

delivered to the US Army with a further 1300 plus under contract. It is a mandatory 

requirement for the AH-1F, AH-1W, AH-64(2A), HH-60H, MH-47E(2A), MH- 

60K(2A), OH-58D(2A), UH-1N and UH-60Q(2A). The system is also planned for 

the RAH-66, SH-60B, SH-60F and the V-22. 

The AVR-2 sensor head has also been reconfigured into a single optical head 

package for evaluation on an M1 Abrams tank. 

COMPANY NAME 

Hughes Aerospace and Electronics Company ADDRESSDanbury, Connecticut.

ANVIS/HUD System 


PUBLICATION 


SECTION 

Head-Up Displays And Weapon 

Aiming Sights 

COUNTRY 

United States Of America 

TITLE 

ANVIS/HUD System 

DESCRIPTION 

The ANVIS/HUD system displays flight critical and advisory information collimated 

with the external view through the night vision goggles, eliminating the necessity 

for looking inside the cockpit. It is easily mounted on NVGs and does not interfere 

with the NVG image. Display quality is compatible with second- and thirdgeneration 

AVS-6 goggles. The high-resolution/high-brightness display provides 

information for aiming purposes. The system includes BIT with 95 per cent failure 

detection/fault isolation. 


Dimensions 

(electronic unit) 274.3 x 190.5 x 198mm 

(control unit) 63.5 x 139.7 x 76.2mm 

(helmet display unit) 88.9 x 38.1 x 38.1mm 

Weight 

(electronic unit) 5.2kg 

(control unit) 0.4kg 

(helmet display unit) 0.23kg 

Resolution 512 x 512 pixels 

Reliability >1000 h MTBF 

STATUS 

Installed on US Army and US Marine Corps helicopters such as the UH-60A/L, 

AH-1F, CH-46E, UH-1N/H/V, CH-47D and OH-58A/C. 

COMPANY NAME 

AEL Defense Corporation 

7.25

7.26 

LONGBOW 2 

Longbow Radar 

PUBLICATION 


SECTION 

Radar 

TITLE 

Longbow Radar 

COMPANIES 

Lockheed Martin Electronics and Missiles Group; 

Northrop Grumman Corporation, Electronic Sensors 

and Systems Division 

DESCRIPTION 

Longbow radar forms part of the Longbow fire-and-forget anti-armour system 

which is being fitted to AH-64D Apache battlefield attack helicopters. The radar 

subsystem comprises a low probability of intercept millimetric radar mounted in a 

toroidal radome at the top of the helicopter’s main rotor mast and a millimetric 

radar for the Hellfire II missile. The Longbow radar is designed to interface with 

the AH-64’s fire control system and provides rapid target area search; automatic 

target detection, classification and prioritisation; fixed and moving target detection 

at maximum standoff range and missile fire-and-forget capabilities. As such, the 

radar is claimed to provide a ten-fold improvement in battlefield effectiveness over 

the non-radar AH-64A. An integrated passive radar band interferometer subsystem 

is used to locate and identify radiating targets, while the equipment as a 

whole identifies and ranks targets in priority order for attack by upgraded modular 

Hellfire missiles. 

OPERATIONAL STATUS 

The Longbow system is a joint venture between Northrop Grumman’s Electronic 

and Systems Division and Lockheed Martin Electronics and Missiles. Long lead 

procurement for the first production lot of radars and millimetric Hellfire seekers 

was sanctioned in December 1994. Initial Operational Test and Evaluation of the 

equipment was completed in March 1994 and the system is reported to have 

completed full scale development “on schedule and to cost” in the fourth quarter 

of the year. As of this edition, limited rate production of the radar and seeker were 

scheduled to be approved during October 1995 with the necessary contract being 

awarded in the following December. As of February 1995, Jane’s sources were 

suggesting that McDonnell Douglas (the AH-64D’s manufacturer) had received a 

$279.6 million contract to remanufacture 18 AH-64As to AH-64D standard with 

deliveries scheduled to begin in March 1997. A follow-on five-year agreement is 

expected and will cover at least 232 aircraft. 


None available.

MMS Mast Mounted Sight 


PUBLICATION 

Jane’s Electro-Optic Systems 1995-96 

SECTION 

Ground Attack – Integrated Systems – 

Helicopter 

TITLE 

McDonnell Douglas MMS Mast Mounted 

Sight 

TYPE 

Integrated systems – helicopter 

DESCRIPTION 

The MMS consists of three subsystems; the sensor head, the control panel and the 

onboard electronics. The system is cooled with a self-contained glycol mixture system 

and is linked by a Military Standard 1553B databus. High field, rare earth magnets 

float the sensor package. This is mounted above the rotor head permitting the aircraft 

to carry out target acquisition, recognition and laser designation while concealed. 

Within the head is a Northrop Electronics Systems Division sensor package consisting 

of a Loral Fairchild low-light level television camera, a thermal imager based upon the 

120-element MCTNS modules and the Litton MMS-LRF/D 1.06 — laser rangefinder 

and designator. The sighting system includes a video tracker which provides both 

manual and automatic tracking of targets. There is also a digital scan converter which 

enhances the thermal imaging sensor image and provides frame freeze and x2 magnification 

zoom capability. 

There is a control/display system consisting of a master controller linked to the keyboard, 

display system and handgrip. A fire control system with processor and remote 

Hellfire missile electronics, as well as TOW firing capability, may be added. 

The sensors enable the scout helicopters to seek and to designate targets at 

extended ranges during the day or night, irrespective of battlefield haze or smoke. 



Sensor head 

Diameter 64.77cm 


Field of regard 

Bearing +-190° 

Elevation +-30° 

Thermal imager Field of view 2.8°; 10° 

Television Field of view 2°; 8° 

Type low-light silicon vidicon 

7.27

7.28 

LONGBOW 2 

Target Acquisition Designation Sight/Pilot Night Vision 

Sensor 

PUBLICATION 


SECTION 

Electro-Optics 

TITLE 

Target Acquisition Designation 

Sight/ Pilot Night Vision Sensor 

COMPANY 

Martin Marietta 

DESCRIPTION 

Martin Marietta’s Target Acquisition Designation Sight/Pilot Night Vision Sensor 

(TADS/PNVS) is designed to provide day, night and limited adverse weather 

target information and navigation capability for the US Army AH-64A Apache 

attack helicopter. The TADS/PNVS system comprises two independently functioning 

subsystems known as TADS and PNVS. 

TADS provides the co-pilot/gunner with search, detection and recognition capability 

by means of direct view optics, TV or FLIR sighting systems which may be used 

singly or in combinations according to tactical, weather or visibility conditions. The 

PNVS subsystem provides the pilot with flight information symbology which permits 

nap of the earth contour, on low-level flight to, from and in the combat area at 

low altitudes. 

TADS consists of a rotating turret, mounted on the nose containing the sensor 

subsystems, an optical relay tube located at the co-pilot/gunner station, three 

electronic units in the avionics bay and cockpit controls and displays. TADS turret 

sensors have a field of regard ±120° in azimuth and +30 to -60° in elevation. By 

day, either direct vision or television viewing may be used. 

Once acquired, targets can be tracked manually or automatically for autonomous 

attack with guns, rockets or Hellfire anti-tank missiles. A laser may also be used to 

designate targets for attack by other helicopters or by artillery. 

PNVS consists of a forward-looking infra-red sensor system packaged in a rotating 

turret mounted above the TADS, an electronics unit located in the avionics bay 

and the pilot’s display and controls. The system covers a field of ±90˚ in azimuth 

and from +20 to -45˚ in elevation. Field of view is 30˚ x 40˚. 

TADS provides a backup PNVS capability for the pilot in the event of the latter 

system failing. The pilot or the co-pilot/gunner can view, the video output from 

either TADS or PNVS, raising the probability of mission success Although 

designed primarily for combat helicopters flying nap of the earth missions, PNVS 

may be used as a single entity in tactical transport and cargo helicopters.


7.29

Appendices

A.a2 

LONGBOW 2 

GAME COMPARISONS ...........................A.1 

Longbow vs. Longbow 2 ..............................A.1 

ACRONYMS ..........................................B.1 

GLOSSARY ............................................C.1 

FLIGHT CHARTS ....................................D.1 

Cruise Charts.....................................................D.1 



Black Hawk ................................................D.3 

APPENDICES 

Autorotational Descent Charts ............................D.4 

Longbow Apache ...............................................D.4 

Kiowa Warrior...................................................D.5 

Black Hawk.......................................................D.6 

BIBLIOGRAPHY .....................................E.1

A: GAME COMPARISON 

AH-64D LONGBOW VS. LONGBOW 2 

Besides being Windows-95 native, Longbow 2 has an array of new capabilities — 

while preserving elements you know and love from the first Longbow. Many added 

features are a direct result of feedback from sim players who have spent hours 

analyzing the game. 

This section overviews the game’s major changes: 

Multi-player play (2-4 players) Two new player helicopters 

Two new campaigns Mission planner 

Dynamic campaign generator 3-D graphics/art effects 

Multi-Player Play 

Longbow 2’s multi-player capabilities allow you to fly the game with your friends 

(or enemies) in several ways — either through a Local Area Network (LAN — 4 

players), TCP-IP (Internet — 2 players), direct cable (serial — 2 players) or 

modem (2 players). Each player must have a separate copy of the game CD. 

Using any connection type, you can fly as a pilot or co-pilot/gunner (CP/G). 

Players can pair up in two-man crews or fly separate aircraft. 

See the Multi-Player Games booklet for details. 

See Cockpit, p. 2.40, for an explanation of the Comms MFD (useful during multiplayer 

play). 

Campaigns 

The game has two new dynamic campaigns with a wide range of mission objectives 

— the first campaign simulates a full-scale war game at the National Training 

Center at Ft. Irwin, California. The NTC campaign is a great way to practice your 

piloting and weaponry skills, or test your skills against other live pilots in a forceon-force, 

multi-player setting. 

A second, in-depth campaign occurs in Iran and Azerbaijan, where you handle a 

realistic conflict dealing with the Caspian oil resources. You also manage limited 

helicopter and weapon resources throughout the war. 

See Campaigns, p. 6.1, for Jane’s articles and background campaign information. 

Dynamic Mission Generator 

Longbow 2 utilizes a dynamic campaign system. Instead of static missions, different 

ones are generated each time you play, based on decisions you’ve made and 

objectives you’ve met. Battle lines shift realistically according to successes and 

failures. 

See Campaigns: Dynamic Mission Generator, p. 6.19. 

A.1

A.2 

LONGBOW 2 


The Mission Planner now has extra functionality and a totally new look and feel. In 

it, you can assign pilot and CP/G duties, outfit and arm up to four flights (eight 

helicopters), set up multi-player tasking assignments, adjust waypoints and delay 

times, rehearse missions for timing, and check terrain altitudes. You also have 

control over limited weapon and helicopter resources during campaigns. 

See Mission Planner, p. 1.11, for Mission Planner modifications. 

See the Multi-Player Guide for multi-player options. 

3-D Graphics/Art/Terrain 

A completely new graphics engine fully supports the 3DFX graphics accelerator 

card, allowing detailed graphics and terrain with dynamic effects. 

Graphical high points include terrain that is four times larger than that of the original 

game, extra graphical detail, full-color dynamic light sourcing, realistic nighttime 

effects (explosions, flames and illumination effects), visible smoke and dust 

trails, and 3-D virtual cockpits. 

Player Helicopters 

Longbow 2 allows you to pilot the AH-64D Longbow Apache (and the AH-64D 

without the Longbow radar), the OH-58D Kiowa Warrior scout helicopter and the 

UH-60L Black Hawk utility/transport helicopter. 

The varying roles of these three helicopter types give the game a new dimension 

and portray a wide range of mission types. 

Additionally, a new Communications MFD has been added to all three helicopters. 

See Cockpit, p. 2.40., for details.) 

For more information on the new helicopters and their cockpit systems, see 

Cockpit (p. 2.1), as well as Combat (p. 5.1).

B: ACRONYMS 

ACRONYMS 

AAA Anti-aircraft artillery Heavy version of anti-aircraft gun, also known 

as “arty.” 

AAC Army Air Corps 

AAH Advanced Attack Helicopter 

AFCS Automatic Flight Control System Controls both the autopilot and auto-hover mechanisms. 

AFV Armored Fighting Vehicle Used in front line combat, essentially a tank with tires 

instead of treads. 

AGM Air-to-Ground Missile 

AH-xx Attack Helicopter U.S. military designation. 

APC Armored Personnel Carrier Armed, rough-terrain vehicle with tracks or wheels used 

to transport troops. 

APR-39 Digital threat warning system used on helicopters and 

light aircraft. 

APU Auxiliary Power Unit 

ASE Aircraft Survivability Equipment Physical and electronic countermeasures. 

ATGM Anti-Tank Guided Missile Missile guided by lasers, wires or infrared signals. 

ATHS Airborne Target Handoff 

Subsystem data link 

AWACS Airborne Warning And Control System 

BMP Boyevaya Mashina Pekhoty Russian, combat vehicle, infantry; also called “bimp.” 

CM Countermeasures Used by aircraft against air-to-air or surface-to-air 

weapons (chaff, flares and jammers). 

CP/G Co-Pilot/Gunner Sits in the front seat of helicopters with tandem seating, 

and on the left in helicopters with side-by-side seating. 

CPO Co-Pilot/Observer Sits in the left seat of helicopters with side-by-side seating 

(such as the Kiowa Warrior), and is responsible for 

sensors and weapons. 

DASE Digital Auto-Stabilization Equipment 

DoD Department of Defense 

DMM Digital Moving Map 

ECM Electronic Countermeasures Equipment that counteracts electronic targeting systems. 

EW Electronic Warfare 

B.1

B.2 

LONGBOW 2 

FARP Forward Arming & Refueling Point Highly mobile helicopter base; normally airlifted in by 

heavy transport helicopters. 

FFAR Folding Fin Aerial Rocket 

FLIR Forward-Looking Infrared device Displays the heat signatures of nearby objects. 

FLOT Forward Line, Own Troops Current designation for the front line closest to the enemy. 

FOR Field Of Regard Total extent to which a camera or missile seeker head 

can pivot or “look.” 

FOV Field Of View Extent a camera or missile seeker head can “see” in a 

given position. 

GPS Global Positioning System Satellite-based navigation system. 

HIRSS Hover Infrared Suppressor System 

HQ Headquarters 

ICS Internal Communication System Communications link between pilot, CP/G (and crew on 

some helicopters). 

IFV Infantry Fighting Vehicle Lightly armed, tracked vehicle used to transport infantry. 

IHADSS Integrated Helmet and Display Coordinates sensor and targeting systems with 

Sight System pilot’s head movements; computer displays flight info and 

targeting data over camera images in the helmet’s 

eyepiece. 

INS Inertial Navigation System Tracks a helicopter’s current and desired positions. 

IR Infrared Portion of the electro-magnetic spectrum where a signal’s 

intensity is directly related to its heat signature. 

LOS Line Of Sight A straight, unblocked path between a missile’s seeker 

head or designation system and its target. 

LZ Landing Zone Designated landing zone for parachute or helicopter 

units. 

MBT Main Battle Tank Medium and heavy tanks. 

MEDVAC Medical Evacuation Helicopter transport of casualties. 

MFD Multi-Function Display 

MMS Mast-Mounted Sight 

MPSM Multi-purpose submunition rocket 

MoD Ministry of Defence 

MRLS Multiple Rocket Launching System

B: ACRONYMS 

NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization A mutual defense treaty that includes 16 nations. They are 

all European based with the exceptions of the United 

States and Canada. 

NOE Nap-of-the-Earth Flight at very low altitudes, using terrain for cover. 

OH-xx Observation Helicopter U.S. military designation. 

PDU Pilot Display Unit 

PNVS Pilot’s Night Vision Sensor Uses infrared data to enhance object viewing at night. 

RDF Rapid Deployment Force Military force capable of quick movement, often used to 

respond to military hotspots. 

RWR Radar Warning Receiver Warns pilot when he is being tracked by an enemy 

missile guidance system or air intercept radar. 

SAM Surface-to-Air Missile 

SEAD Suppression of Enemy Air Defenses Mission to destroy enemy air defense units. 

Su-xx Sukhoi Designates aircraft designed by the Soviet Sukhoi Bureau. 

TADS Target Acquisition and Designation System in Apache helicopters used to lock onto 

System targets and to control laser designator. 

TF Task Force A battalion- or squadron-sized combat formation 

composed of mixed combat elements. 

TFR Terrain-Following Radar 

TIALD Thermal Imaging and 

Laser Designation 

TIS Thermal Imaging System Infrared viewing system that illuminates objects at night or 

during adverse weather conditions. 

TOW Tube-launched, Optically-tracked, 

Wire-guided 

TSD Tactical Situation Display 

TVS TeleVision System 

UAE United Arab Emirates 

UH-xx Utility Helicopter US military designation. 

VSI Vertical Speed Indicator 

VSD Vertical Situation Display 

B.3

C.1 

LONGBOW 2 

GLOSSARY 

Advancing blade. Blade during the half of its revolution in which it travels in the same direction as the aircraft. 

Airfoil. Curved wing or blade surface that produces lift when air passes over it. 

Airframe. Basic structure of an aircraft (doors, landing gear, seats, cabin, etc.). 

Angle of attack. Angle between the chord of a rotor blade and the direction of air passing over it. 

Angle of incidence. Angle between the chord of a rotor blade and the plane of rotation of the rotor disc. 

Asymmetry of lift. Unequal lift that results when the helicopter is in horizontal motion. The retreating rotor 

blades move more slowly than the advancing blades, and create less lift. This causes single-rotor helicopters 

to veer upward and sideways. Pilots compensate by using the directional control pedals. 

Autorotation. Non-powered flight; air passing through the rotor disc causes the rotor blades to turn, 

maintaining lift. 

Battalion. U.S. military unit with two or more companies and anywhere from 500 to 1,500 men. (Cavalry 

and helicopter battalions are often called “squadrons.”) 

Bernoulli’s principle. As the speed of a fluid increases, its pressure decreases. Air behaves like a fluid as it 

flows around an airfoil. The foil is designed so that the top surface is longer than the bottom; air must travel 

faster over the top surface, creating a low pressure area above the airfoil and adding to the airfoil’s lift. 

Blade. Airfoil surface of a helicopter used to create lift. 

Blade stall. Condition that occurs when the angle of attack of the blades is so great that no lift is generated. 

Chaff. Small filaments or metallic strips released to reflect/confuse signals from radar-guided weapons. 

Chord. Imaginary line that passes through the leading and trailing edges of an airfoil. 

Collective. Helicopter control used to collectively alter the pitch (angle) of all the rotor blades simultaneously. 

Company. U.S. military organization consisting of two or more platoons and anywhere from 100 to 300 

soldiers. (Cavalry or helicopter companies are often called “troops.”) 

Coning. Upward “flexing” of a helicopter’s rotor blades. The coning angle is determined by the weight of 

the helicopter and the rotor RPM. 

Coordinated turn. What happens when tail rotor and cyclic (linked via computer) work together to produce 

a smooth, constant banking turn. When the coordinated turn feature of the Longbow Apache is activated, 

the directional control pedals automatically coordinate with the cyclic control to produce a smooth turn. 

Countermeasures. Defensive measures used by aircraft against air-to-air or surface-to-air weapons (chaff, 

flares and jammers). 

Cyclic. Helicopter control used to selectively change pitch (angle) of individual rotor blades as they move 

through the path of revolution. The cyclic controls the “tilt” of the rotor disc, and affects direction and speed. 

Disc area. Area through which the rotor blades pass during each revolution. 

Drag. Force that counteracts an object in motion through the air, also called air resistance. 

Force Trim. Resetting the centered position of the cyclic stick to maintain a contant horizontal velocity, 

instead of a stationary hover.

C: GLOSSARY 

Ground effect. Air “cushion” produced when a helicopter hovers at low altitude. 

Gunship. Slang for an armed attack helicopter, or an armed, non-fighter plane. 

Helicopter. Rotary-winged aircraft that flies horizontally and vertically using lift created by a powered rotor system. 

Helmet Reticle. Small circular “glass” positioned over the pilot’s right eye that superimposes important combat 

and flight information over a camera image of the outside world. 

Hover hold. Maintaining a constant position at a constant altitude. 

Jammer. Source of intense infrared or radio energy used to confuse guided weapon systems. 

Klick. Slang for kilometer. 

Knot. Unit of horizontal motion equal to 1.1 mph (approximately 6,076 ft/hr or 1 nautical mile/hour). 

Lift. Upward force produced as air passes over an airfoil. Pressure above the airfoil surface is less than that 

below the airfoil, which causes the lifting force. 

Terrain masking. The tactic of using naturally occurring objects as cover from the enemy. 

Nautical mile. Aeronautical unit for measuring distances (see knot). 

Platoon. U.S. military unit just below a company with anywhere from 25 to 50 soldiers. 

Point of impact. Point along the leading edge on an airfoil where the air separates over the top and bottom. 

Pull pitch. To quickly add collective. 

Rate of climb. Vertical rate of ascent, measured in feet per second (ft/sec) or meters per minute (m/min). 

Rotational velocity. Speed of the blades as they rotate around a center point. Also called angular velocity. 

Rotor. Engine-powered system in a helicopter that creates lift. A rotor consists of a main shaft that turns and 

rotates from two to four blades in a circular motion. The pitch of the airfoils (blades) creates lift. 

Settling with power. Condition that occurs with a vertical descent at low forward airspeed. The speed of 

airflow through the rotor is slower than the rate of descent, causing lift in a downward direction. 

Shaft horsepower. Power rating for helicopter engines. 

Side slip. “Skidding” condition that occurs when the helicopter is in forward motion and turns sharply. The 

aircraft temporarily slides in the original direction of motion, regardless of the helicopter’s current heading. 

Slick. Slang for unarmed transport helicopter. 

Tail rotor. Small vertical rotor system mounted on a helicopter’s tail. This rotor pushes the tail left and right, 

helping to counteract the torque produced by a single-rotor helicopter. 

Thermal Imager. Night-time vision system similar to FLIR, but recognizes moving objects. 

Translation tendency. Tendency of a single-rotor helicopter to drift to the right while hovering. This is due to 

the force created by the anti-torque (tail) rotor. 

Translational lift. Additional lift produced by horizontal airspeed. When the helicopter moves from a hover 

into forward motion, the relative wind passing over the tilted rotor blades creates more lift. 

Weapons Free. Term signalling full freedom to utilize weapons against targets. 

Weapons Hold. Term signalling crews to hld their weapon fire. 

C.2

D.1 

LONGBOW 2 

FLIGHT CHARTS 

Cruise Charts 

Cruise charts depict how helicopters perform when flying at different airspeeds 

and total weights. All helicopters have a cruise chart specific to that aircraft. To 

use a cruise chart, find your airspeed and weight on the chart, then read across to 

determine the torque load on each engine and your fuel flow. Optimal performance 

occurs between the MAX RANGE and MAX RATE OF CLIMB points. 

In the game, when WEIGHT EFFECT is off on the OPTIONS menu, helicopters fly at 

their empty weights (given below). If this option is off, they fly at their total combat 

weight: 

Empty Weight Total Combat Weight 

Longbow 11,800 lbs. 17,032 lbs. 

Black Hawk 11,516 lbs. 17,342 lbs. 

Kiowa 3,289 lbs. 5,200lbs. 

AH-64D Longbow 

INDICATED AIRSPEED – KNOTS 

170 

160 

150 

140 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

CRUISE 

PRESSURE ALTITUDE – SEA LEVEL, 20°C 

100% RPM, 8 HELLFIRE CONFIGURATION, JP-4 FUEL 

INDICATED TORQUE PER ENGINE (%) 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Max Range 

Max Rate of Climb 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 

TOTAL FUEL FLOW – LB/HR 

12000 

14000 GROSS 

16000 WEIGHT 

18000 (lbs.) 

20000}


TRUE AIRSPEED - (KNOTS) 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

D: FLIGHT CHARTS 

KIOWA WARRIOR 

CRUISE 

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - SEA LEVEL 

FUEL FLOW - LB/HOUR 

80 100 120 140 160 180 200 

GW-LB 

2000 

2400 

2800 

3200 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

TORQUE - (%Q) 

MAX R/C 

OR MAX END 

CONT XMSN LIM 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

INDICATED AIRSPEED - (KNOTS) 

D.2

D.3 

LONGBOW 2 


INDICATED AIRSPEED - KNOTS 

170 

160 

150 

140 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

UH-60 BLACK HAWK 

CRUISE 

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - SEA LEVEL, 40˚C 

TOTAL FUEL FLOW - LB/HR 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

GW ~ 

1000 LB 

Max End and R/C 

Max Range 

30 

20 

10 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

INDICATED TORQUE PER ENGINE (%) 

180 

170 

160 

150 

140 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

TRUE AIRSPEED - KNOTS

Autorotational Descent Charts 

One of the most terror-filled periods of pilot training is practicing emergency landing 

procedures. An autorotational landing is an emergency landing made without 

power to either engine. In this type of landing, the rotor is disengaged from the 

engine, and air moves through the rotor disc as the helicopter keeps its forward 

momentum. This keeps the blades revolving, even without power. Autorotational 

landings can only be made if the helicopter is already moving forward when the 

engines shut down. 

The following charts map the helicopters’ rate of descent at different airspeeds 

during autorotational flight. The bar marks the rate of descent/airspeed combinations 

conducive to a safe landing. A lower airspeed (around 60 -70 knots) will give 

you a minimum rate of descent (softest landing), but higher airspeeds (100 knots 

or greater) will allow you glide the farthest before landing. 

Below the Curve. If your airspeed and descent fall beneath the safe autorotational 

descent curve, rotor RPM is too low, and you aren’t generating enough lift to 

glide safely. If you have some altitude to play with, you can increase speed by 

nosing down into a slight dive and lowering collective. This will increase your lift. 

Above the Curve. If your rate of descent and airspeed measure above the curve 

on the chart, your rotor RPM is too high. Raise collective slightly to lower your 

RPM. 

AH-64D Longbow 

RATE OF DESCENT (FT/MIN) 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1000 

0 

D: FLIGHT CHARTS 

AUTORATIONAL DESCENT 

POWER OFF 

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 

INDICATED AIRSPEED (KNOTS) 

64 

Minimum Rate of 

Descent Airspeed 

98 

Maximum Glide 

Distance Airspeed 

D.4

D.5 

LONGBOW 2 


GLIDE RATIO, (FEET/FEET) RATE OF DESCENT - (FEET PER MINUTE) 

2100 

2000 

1900 

1800 

1700 

1600 

1500 

1400 

1300 

5 

4 

3 

OH-58D KIOWA WARRIOR 

AUTOROTATIONAL DESCENT 

POWER OFF 

Minimum Rate 

of Descent or 

Maximum Time to 

Descend 

Maximum Glide 

Distance Airspeed 

2 

30 40 50 60 70 80 

INDICATED AIRSPEED -(KNOTS) 

Glide ratio is horizontal 

distance in feet divided by 

vertical distance in feet.


RATE OF DESCENT (FT/MIN) 

.75 

.70 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.50 

4600 

4400 

4200 

4000 

3800 

3600 

3400 

3200 

3000 

2800 

2600 

2400 

2200 

GROSS WEIGHT 

~ 1000 LB 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

UH-60 BLACK HAWK 

AUTORATIONAL DESCENT 

CLEAN CONFIGURATION 

100% RPM R ZERO WIND 

RECOMMENDED 

AUTOROTATIONAL 

AIRSPEED = 80 KIAS 

D: FLIGHT 

AIRSPEED FOR 

MAXIMUM GLIDE 

110 KIAS 

MAXIMUM 

AUTOROTATION 

AIRSPEED FOR 

GW’S ABOVE 

16825 LB 

MAXIMUM 

AIRSPEED FOR 

GW’S UP TO 

16825 LB 

2000 

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 

INDICATED AIRSPEED KNOTS 

D.6

E.1 

LONGBOW 2 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Adcock, Al. AH-64 Apache in Action. Squadron/Signal Publications, Inc., Carollton, Texas (1989). 

Angelucci, Enzo (Ed.); P. Matricardi. The Rand McNally Encyclopedia of Military Aircraft: 1914 to the 

Present. The Military Press, New York, New York (1990). 

Ashkenos, I.; Graham, D.; McRuer, D.; Aircraft Dynamics and Automatic Control. Princeton University 

Press, Princeton, New Jersey (1973). 

Atkinson, Rick. Crusade: The Untold Story of the Persian Gulf War. Houghton Mifflin Company, New 

York, New York (1993). 

Briggs, C.E. Operation Just Cause: Panama, December 1989. Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, 

Pennsylvania (1990). 

Buckley, Kevin. Panama: The Whole Story. Simon & Schuster, New York, New York (1991). 

Carey, Keith. The Helicopter. Tab Books, Inc., Summit, Pennsylvania (1986). 

Clancy, Tom. Armored Cav: A Guided Tour of an Armored Cavalry Regiment. Berkley Books, New 


Clancy, Tom. Fighter Wing. Berkley Books, New York, New York (1995). 

Collier, Larry; Thomas, Kas. (Ed.). How to Fly Helicopters. Tab Books, Blue Ridge Summit, 

Pennsylvania (1986). 

Cox, Frank (Ed.); Kates, LTC Charles O. NCO Guide. Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania (1992). 

Crew Systems Interface Document (Bezel Button Implementation) for Longbow Apache, Volumes 1-9. 

McDonnell Douglas Helicopter Company (1991). 

Donnelly, Thomas; Roth, Margaret; Baker, Caleb. Operation Just Cause: The Storming of Panama. 

Lexington Books, New York, New York (1991). 

Doyle, Edward; Lipsman, Samuel. America Takes Over 1965-67. Boston Publishing Company, Boston, 

Maryland (1982). 

Flanagan, Lt. Gen. Edward M. Jr. (Ret.). Lightning — The 101st in the Gulf War. Brassey’s, Inc., 

Washington, D.C. (1994). 

Foss, Christopher F (Ed.). Jane’s Armour and Artillery, 12th edition. Jane’s Information Group, Surrey, 

United Kingdom (1991). 

Gettleman, Marvin; Franklin, H. Bruce; Franklin, Jane; Young, Marilyn (Eds.). Vietnam and America: A 

Documented History. Grove Press, Inc., New York, New York (1985). 

Gunston, Bill. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the World’s Modern Military Aircraft. Crescent Books, 

New York, New York (1977). 

Gunston, Bill; Peacock, Lindsay. Fighter Missions: Modern Air Combat — the View from the Cockpit. 

Salamander Books, Ltd., New York, New York (1989). 

Gunston, Bill; Spick, Mike. Modern Fighting Helicopters. Crescent Books, New York, New York (1986).

E: BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Hiro, Dilip. Desert Shield to Desert Storm: The Second Gulf War. Routledge Publishing, London (1992). 

Howell, Ross A (Ed.). Wings. Thomasson-Grant, Inc., Charlottesville, Virginia (1989). 

Jane’s CD-ROM Reference Manual. Jane’s Information Group, Ltd. Coulsdon, Surrey, UK (1995, 1996, 

1997). 

Jane’s Defence Magazine Library on Disk. Jane’s Information Group, Ltd. 

Johnson, Wayne. Helicopter Theory. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, New York (1994). 

Lumsden, Alec; Munson, Kenneth. Combat Helicopters Since 1942. Blandford Press, Dorset, England 

(1986). 

Marshall, Chris (Ed.). The World’s Great Military Helicopters. Aerospace Publishing, New York, New 

York (1990). 

Mason, Robert. Chickenhawk. Penguin Books, New York, New York (1984). 

Matloff, M.; S.M. Ulanoff (Eds.). American Wars and Heroes: Revolutionary War Through Vietnam. 

Arco Publishing, Inc., New York, New York (1985). 

McConnell, Malcolm. Just Cause: The Real Story of America’s High-Tech Invasion of Panama. St. 

Martin’s Press, New York, New York (1991). 

MIL-F-8785B Military Specifications: Flying Qualities of Piloted Airplanes (1969). 

Multimedia Encyclopedia, Version 1.5. The Software Toolworks, Novato, California (1992). 

Nelson, Robert C. Flight Stability and Automatic Control. McGraw-Hill, New York, New York (1989). 

Operator’s Manual for Army AH-64A Helicopter (TM 55-1520-238-10). Department of the Army (1984). 

Pacock, Lindsay; Richardson, Doug. Combat Aircraft: AH-64. Crescent Books, New York, New York 

(1992). 

Prouty, R.W. Rotor & Wing: Helicopter Aerodynamics. Philips Publishing, Inc., Potomac, Maryland (1985). 

Prouty, R.W. Rotor & Wing: More Helicopter Aerodynamics. PJS Publications, Inc., Peoria, Illinois (1988). 

Richardson, Doug; Peacock, Lindsay. Combat Aircraft: AH-64. Crescent Books, New York, New York 

(1992). 

Ridgeway, James (Ed.). The March to War. Four Walls Eight Windows, New York, New York (1991). 

Rosignoli, Guido. Ribbons of Orders, Decorations and Medals. Arco Publishing Company, Inc., New 


Stepniewski, W.Z.; Keys, C.N. Rotary-wing Aerodynamics. Dover Publications, New York, New York 

(1984). 

U.S. Army. Operators’ Manual for Army OH-58D Helicopter: Task Force 21 Supplement (1996). 

U.S. Army. Operators’ Manual for Army Models UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A Helicopters (1994). 

USAF Stability and Control DATCOM, Flight Control Division. Air Force Flight Dynamics Lab, Wright- 

Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio. 

Young, Warren R. The Helicopters. Time-Life Books, Alexandria, Virginia (1982). 

E.2

MULTI-PLAYER GAMES 


Longbow 2 supports multi-player play, allowing you to match up your piloting skills 

against other human pilots. You can fly as a pilot or co-pilot/gunner — either 

teaming up with a friend in the same cockpit, or flying separate aircraft. 

Specifically, you can play cooperatively in Random, Death Match (Instant Action), 

NTC campaign and Iranian campaign missions, or head-to-head in Death Match 

(Instant Action) and NTC campaign missions. 

In all multi-player games, one player — called the “Master” — hosts the game and 

sets up the mission parameters. Any other players are “Slaves” and have limited control 

over pre-mission options. A game can have multiple Slaves, but only one Master. 

• Quick Connect Steps (below) will get you up and running. 

• Multi-Player Campaign Games (p. 12) describes how the campaigns work in 

multi-player mode. 

The rest of the chapter describes how to start games using the four different connection 

types. Network and Internet setups are nearly identical — therefore, these 

two connection types are covered under a single section. 

• Network or TCP/IP (p. 6) 2-4 players (network), 2 players (Internet) 

• Modem (p. 10) 2 players 

• Direct Cable (Serial) (p. 11) 2 players 

Quick Connect Steps 

1. From the Base screen, select the Commo Building. 

2. Select a multi-player game type. 

• TCP/IP (Master player) Select monitor. 

• TCP/IP (Slave player) Select keyboard. 

• LAN Select folder. 

• Modem or Direct Cable/Serial (Master/Slave) Select rotary card file. 

• Modem/Direct Cable (Master) Select phone. 

3. (Master only) Create a new game. 

(Slaves) Join an existing game. 

4. (Master only) Select PLAY GAME. This returns you to the Base screen. 

5. (Master only) Select a mission type. 

6. (Master only) Select multi-player game options 

(Death Match and Single missions only). 

7. (Master, Slaves) Set up Mission Planner options. 

8. (Master only) Start the game. 

1

2 

LONGBOW 2 

Detailed Connect Steps 

Step 1 — Multi-Player Connection screen 

Step 2 — Connection Setup screens 

(p. 4) 

2A — Network or TCP/IP (p. 6) 

2B — Modem (p. 10) 

2C — Direct cable (serial) (p. 11) 

Step 3 — Multi-Player Mission Options 

(Death Match/Single missions only) 

(p. 12) 

Step 4 — Base screen (p. 13) 

Step 5 — Mission Planner screen (p. 16) 

Multi-Player Campaign Games 

The campaign system can support from 2 players (modem, direct cable (serial), 

TCP/IP) up to 4 players (LAN) in both cooperative play and head-to-head multiplayer 

combat. 

When players connect for a multi-player campaign game, one player is the Master 

and the others are Slaves. Only the host computer can load or save a campaign 

game. If you want to continue playing the campaign using one of your saved 

games, you’ll need to host the game. 

Even if you’ve started playing the campaign in single-player mode, you can have 

other players join the game. Similarly, it doesn’t matter who plays with you from 

mission to mission in the campaign. If you played a friend in another city last week 

and want to fly against a co-worker this week, you can. 

Any player can join in, drop out, or change sides during a multi-player campaign. 

The only restriction is that the Master player has to load and participate in every 

mission, since the campaign data is stored on that computer. 

If the master drops out of a game, however, all players must re-establish a 

connection. 

Note: You can fly cooperatively in either the NTC or Iranian campaign, or fly headto-head 

in the NTC campaign.

Troubleshooting 

If you have problems connecting with another player, contact your network 

supervisor, or consult your hardware / modem documentation. 

You can also get information by going to the Windows 95 START menu and leftclicking 

HELP. 

• Left-click on the Contents tab, then double-left-click HOW TO. 

• For help with network connections, double-left-click USE A NETWORK. 

• For help with modem setup, double-left-click SET UP HARDWARE, then 

SETTING UP A MODEM. 

Matchmaking 

The Jane’s web site has information on existing and upcoming simulations, as 

well as chat boards and a match-making service that can help you find multiplayer 

opponents across the country. 

• Visit WWW.JANES.EA.COM. 

• Left-click ONLINE GAMING. 


• A log-in screen appears. Follow the on-screen instructions to create a new 

account. 

If you have an existing account for another Jane’s product, you can use that 

same account for Longbow 2. Simply enter your callsign and password, then 

press OK. 

• Select Longbow 2 from the Game Selection screen. 

• A pop-up dialog box appears. Select the type of Longbow 2 game you want 

to play. 

3

4 

LONGBOW 2 

STEP 1 — MULTI-PLAYER CONNECTION 

SCREEN 

LAN, TCP/IP, Modem 

To initiate a multi-player game, left-click on the 

Communications Building in the Base screen. 

(Commo Building (Multi-player) appears when 

you move your mouse over the building.) 

Selecting this building displays the Multi-Player 

Connection screen. From here, you select the 

connection type — Network (LAN), TCP/IP 

(Internet), Modem or Direct cable (serial): 

Once you’ve done so, read the appropriate section to set up that game type: 

Network / TCPIP (p. 6) 

Modem (p. 10) 

Direct Cable (Serial) (p. 11) 

Jane’s Book 

Monitor 

Keyboard 

Return to 

Base Screen 

Phone 

Rotary Card File 

Folder 

Rotary Card File (Modem) This file lets you store cards with the name and 

phone numbers of your multi-player modem opponents. (You 

can use this file or the phone to call someone via modem.) 

If you want to use an existing card, left-click the top/bottom of 

the thumbwheel to flip through the cards. Then, left-click on 

the card containing the number you wish to dial. 

Phone (Modem or Direct Cable/Serial) Left-click the phone to make 

or answer a modem or direct cable (serial) connection. This 

displays a dialog box:

ANSWER VIA MODEM Wait for a modem call from the Master player. 

SERIAL CONNECTION 

ANSWER VIA Wait for a direct cable (serial) connection. 

CONNECT VIA MODEM Initiate a modem call to the Slave player. Type in a phone 

number, then left-click DIAL (or CANCEL). To enter this card into 

SERIAL CONNECTION 


your rotary card file, left-click ADD NUMBER TO ROLODEX. 

CONNECT VIA Initiate a direct cable connection to the Slave player. 

CANCEL Close the dialog box. 

Monitor (TCP/IP / Master) Left-click to set up a new TCP/IP (Internet) 

game and act as the Master. 

Keyboard (TCP/IP / Slave) Left-click to access a new TCP/IP game as 

a Slave player. Left-click in the field and type in the Master 

player’s IP address — you must know this before playing. 

Then, press OK. 

(Master only) You must give all players your IP address 

before they can make a TCP/IP connection. 

To find out what it is, run WINIPCFG.EXE. This file can be found 

in your Windows directory. Look at the address next to the IP 

Address field, and give other players the address before they 

attempt to join your multi-player game. 

Folder (LAN) Left-click to access a new LAN network game. 

Jane’s Book View Jane’s specifications in the game’s object viewer for all 

of the major objects in the game. (See Read Jane’s, on p. 

1.1 of the Reference Manual.) 

Note: This option takes you out of the current screen, and 

isn’t available after you are connected to a multi-player game. 

In / Out Trays Return to the Base screen. 

5

6 

LONGBOW 2 

STEP 2A — NETWORK OR TCP/IP GAME 

LAN Connection 

From the Multi-Player Connection screen, left-click the folder. “Connect on a 

Network” appears when you move your mouse over the folder. 

This takes you to the Multi-Player Game Setup screen, whether you’re the Master 

player or a Slave player. Here, you can create or join network (LAN) or Internet 

(TCP/IP) games. 

TCP/IP Connection 

In the Multi-Player Connection screen, “Wait for Players to connect from Internet 

(Master Operation)” appears when you move your mouse over the monitor, and 

“Connect to Master on Internet (Enter Master IP Address)” appears when you 

move it over the keyboard. 

Left-click the monitor (to be the Master player) or keyboard (to be a Slave player) 

in the Multi-Player screen. 

(Master) After you choose the monitor, you go directly to the Multi-Player Game 

Setup screen. 

(Slave) After you select the keyboard, type in the Master player’s IP address in the 

dialog box that displays. The Master player should send this to you before you try 

to connect. Next, left-click OK. 

The next screen you see is the Multi-Player Game Setup screen. Here, the Master 

player creates games that slaves can join. The following sections describe how to 

create and join games. 

Note: (Master) When you create a TCP/IP game, it is automatically named for 

you.

Multi-Player Game Setup Screen 

LAN / TCP/IP Connection 

This step describes how to set up a Local Area Network (LAN) game. The left side 

of the screen lists available games, while the top right side of the screen lists individual 

players for the currently selected game. 

Once the Master creates a game, it appears on the left side of the screen, and 

other players can join it. The options on the left side of the folder are different for 

the Master and Slave players. 

Master-Only Options 

Left-click CLOSE to reduce to number of player slots for this game. 

To create a game: 

1. Left-click CREATE GAME. 


Create Game. Host a new game. Select this option 

to create a game and act as the Master player. 

Once you select this, the option changes to PLAY 

GAME. After you set up the game, left-click this to 

start the game. 

Also after you CREATE GAME, ABORT GAME appears. 

Use this button to delete a game you’ve created. 

(Master) Cancel this multi-player 

game. No game information will be 

saved. 

Disconnect a joined player. 

(Only the Master player can do this.) 

Set a limit on the number of players 

who can join your game by blocking off 

empty player slots. 

2. Type in a name for your game (up to 15 characters long). You can use spaces 

and punctuation marks. 

3. Press e to add the new game to the Available Games list. 

7

8 

LONGBOW 2 

To decrease available player slots: 

1. Left-click CLOSE next to the last empty player name slot. This makes the slot 

unavailable to players who wish to join the game. 

To re-open a closed slot, left-click OPEN. 

To reject connected players: 

1. Left-click REJECT next to the player’s name. 

To close game / begin play: 

• Left-click on ABORT GAME to delete the currently selected game. 

• Left-click PLAY GAME to continue. 

Once the Master player presses PLAY GAME, the game is set up and the Base 

screen appears. If the Master player selects a Death Match or Single mission, the 

Multi-Player Mission Option screen appears. For other missions types, it does not. 

Slave-Only Options 

Currently selected game. 

To join a game: 

1. Left-click a game name on the left side of the screen. 

2. Left-click JOIN GAME. 

Join an existing game created by 

the host. Select this option if you 

want to attach to someone else’s 

game as a Slave player. 

Once you select JOIN GAME, the 

text changes to ABORT out of 

game. Left-click this to disconnect 

from a game you’ve joined.

To disconnect from a game: 


1. Left-click ABORT OUT OF GAME. (You can then re-join, or join a different game.) 

Once you have successfully joined the game, your name appears on the right side 

of the screen. Even after you join, however, the Master can REJECT you. 

General Options (Master and Slaves) 

(Slave) Disconnect from a 

game you’ve joined. 

Return to the Multi-Player 

Game Setup screen. 

Continue with Step 3 — Multi-Player Mission Options, p. 12. 

Slave players who have joined the 

currently selected game. Clicking 

another game on left side of the folder 

changes the names listed here. 

Information about connected players. 

Player Callsign 

Map Currently decompressed 

map 

Ping Latency (connection 

speed) 

Version Current version of game 

Note that a semi-transparent, rectangular window now appears on screen. See 

Chat Window, p. 14, for details. 

9

10 

LONGBOW 2 

STEP 2B — MODEM GAME 

Modem Connection 

A modem game involves a Master player (the player that dials) and a Slave player 

(the player that answers). 

Master. To initiate a modem call from the Multi-Player Connection screen, left-click 

on the telephone and select CONNECT VIA MODEM. Or, left-click on a card in the 

rotary file. 

Slave. Left-click the telephone in the Multi-Player Connection screen, then select 

ANSWER VIA MODEM to wait for a call from the Master player. 

Rotary Card File 

The rotary card file keeps track of people 

you’ve connected with via modem. The cards 

store the name and phone numbers of your 

multi-player modem opponents. You can store 

unlimited names and numbers in this file, and 

you can delete or add names and numbers at 

any time. 

• (Master) Left-click on the top or bottom of 

the thumbwheel to flip the card stack forward 

or backward. 

• (Master) To dial a player you’ve played before, flip to that completed card and 

left-click on it. Then, left-click DIAL. 

To add a new card: 

1. Left-click the PHONE and select CONNECT VIA MODEM. 

2. Type in the phone number you wish to dial. Include any prefixes (such as “9” 

for dialing an outside line). Do not use spaces or hyphens between numbers. 

3. Left-click on ADD NUMBER TO ROLODEX. This saves the number to your rotary file. 

4. In the next screen that appears, type in a descriptive name for the card. 

5. Left-click SAVE to place the new card in your rotary file or CANCEL to exit. 

To delete a card: 

1. Left-click the thumbwheel on the rotary card file until the card you want to 

delete appears on top. 

2. Select DELETE FROM ROLODEX on the card to delete that entry.

To call another player (Master): 

1. Flip to the correct card using the thumbwheel. 

2. Left-click on the card. 

3. Left-click on DIAL. 

To answer a call (Slave): 

1. Left-click the telephone. 

2. Left-click ANSWER VIA MODEM to wait for a call from the Master player. 

(Left-click CANCEL to quit waiting.) 

When the Master calls the Slave, the modems automatically connect. After this 

happens, both players will see the Base screen. 

Continue with Step 3 — Multi-Player Mission Options, p. 12, which appears if 

the master goes to the Death Match on Single missions. 



STEP 2C — DIRECT CABLE (SERIAL) GAME 

Direct Cable (Serial) Connection 

A direct cable connection game connects a Master player and a single Slave 

player through a serial cable. 

To start game / begin play (Master): 

1. From the Multi-Player Connection screen, 

left-click the telephone. 

2. Select CONNECT VIA SERIAL CONNECTION to 

connect to a Slave player. 

To join game (Slave): 


1. Left-click on the telephone in the Multi- 

Player Connection screen. 

2. Select ANSWER VIA SERIAL CONNECTION to connect to the Master player. 

Once both the Master and Slave have selected the direct cable (serial) option, the 

Base screen appears. If the Master player then selects a Death Match (Instant 

Action) or Single mission, the Multi-Player Mission Options screen appears. 



11

12 

LONGBOW 2 

STEP 3 — MULTI-PLAYER MISSION OPTIONS 

All connection types — Death Match and Single missions only 

Once all the players are connected, the Master must select a mission type. If the 

Master selects a Death Match (Instant Action) or Single mission, a multi-player 

option dialog box appears on top of the Base screen. The Master player changes 

individual options by left-clicking on the right-hand column (the text cycles through 

the options listed below). 

This pop-up dialog box can be displayed by all players at any time before takeoff. 

aM Display Multi-Player Mission Options dialog box 

Mission Time Limit Sets the length of the mission (15 MINUTES / 30 MINUTES / 45 MINUTES / 1 HOUR / UNLIMITED). 

Friendly Fire Damage Enables or disables damage to friendly targets (ALLOWED / DISALLOWED). 

Player Regeneration Sets whether or not a killed player can regenerate, as well as how long it will take 

(NEVER / INSTANTLY / 10 SECONDS / 20 SECONDS / 30 SECONDS). 

Regeneration Distance Sets a radial distance at which a player regenerates, based on where the player died 

(AT FARP / 0 KM / 2.5 KM / 5 KM / 10 KM). 

sE Re-enter game after dying (in Single/Death Match missions) 

Rearm/Refuel Frequency Limits how many times players can revisit a FARP for fuel and weapons 

(NEVER / ONCE / UNLIMITED). 

Weapons Availability Sets what weapons are available to players (ALLOW ALL / NO HELLFIRES / 

NO STINGERS / ROCKETS ONLY / GUNS ONLY / RANDOM). 

When the Master player sets all options and left-clicks OK, the Single Mission 

screen appears, or the Death Match begins.

STEP 4 — BASE SCREEN 

All connection types 


After your multi-player game (network, TCP/IP, modem or serial) is set up, continue 

just as you would for a normal, single-player game. Players can fly cooperatively 

in most mission types (except for in the Tutorial training missions, which are 

only single-player), and head-to-head in the NTC campaign and Death Match 

(Instant Action) modes. 

Most game options work identically in single-player and multi-player games, with a 

couple of exceptions: 

Instant Action Selecting this option as a multi-player game begins a “Death 

Match.” This is essentially a free-for-all for everyone, with no 

teams. (In single-player games, this option begins a singleplayer 

game against computer opponents.) 

Maps: All Missions All players must be using the same map. The currently 

loaded map for each player displays in the Multi-Player 

Game Setup screen under the Map column. The numbers in 

parentheses indicate a section of a map — AZR (3,0) is a different 

map than AZR (0,0). 

If one player needs to load a different map, his or her name 

will appear in the text that displays when the mouse passes 

over the flight helmet. The name of the map required for that 

mission appears as well. The map will automatically decompress 

before play begins. All players will have to wait. 

If a player needs to load a map, this occurs when the Master 

starts the mission. 

Note: If the Master player selects an NTC Campaign mission, the Friend/Enemy 

Setup dialog box appears. Players can fly cooperatively or head-to-head in these 

missions. See p. 21 for details. 

13

14 

LONGBOW 2 

Chat Window 

All multi-player games have a chat function. Once you reach the Base screen after 

connecting, the Chat Window appears near the top of the screen. This is how you 

communicate with other players who are connected to your game. Anyone that 

joined the game can talk to everyone else in that game. 

Chatting works identically on the base and when you’re in flight. 

To chat: 

1. Press l. This opens up a communications channel. 

2. Type your message and then press e. 

Your message appears in the Chat Window, preceded by your call sign. 

Pressing l multiple times cycle through message recipients (All, Team, 

Wingman, Cockpit Crewmate, Enemies, Target). 

a + l, Erases all text in Chat Window. If you press it twice, the Chat 

Window disappears. 

To move the chat box: 

1. Make sure you’re not in chat mode (i.e., you haven’t pressed l). 

2. Press cl. 

3. Press again to move the window to another preset position. 

You can change or add preset positions for the Chat Window by editing CHAT- 

MACROS.TXT. This file can be found in the game folder on your hard drive 

(Jane’s\Longbow 2). 

Detailed instructions for changing the position of the Chat Window appear in the 

file.

Colors 

The color of text in the Chat Window varies as follows: 

White Text that you type, or a message from wingman or cockpit 

crewmate (pilot or CP/G you’re flying with) 

Blue Message from friendly 

Red Message from enemy 

You can change any of the above colors by adjusting the RGB (red, green, blue) 

values in CHATMACROS.TXT. 0,0,0 represents black, and 255,255,255 white. 

Changing any of the three numbers will change the color of your text. If all values 

are equal (such as 183,183,183), you’ll define a shade of gray. 

Detailed instructions for changing colors appear in the file. 

Message Macros 

You can store up to 48 text messages and send them using the function keys at 

the top of the keyboard. You can send these messages in flight by using your Chat 

Window. The s, c and a keys control who receives the message. 

l Activate Chat Window 

1 through = Send macro message to all 

s + function key Send macro message to team (all friendly flights) 

c + function key Send macro message to wingman / cockpit crewmate 

a + function key Send macro message to all enemy flights 

Custom Messages 


The messages are pre-defined (see below), but you can change them by editing a 

text file. (Do so before running Longbow 2.) 

1. From the Windows 95 desktop, left-click START, then select 

Programs/Accessories/Notepad. 

2. Select File, then Open. 

3. Select the game folder (C:\JANES\LONGBOW2 is the default). 

4. Double-left-click on CHATMACROS.TXT. 

5. Now, follow the instructions in the file to edit the message text. 

6. Select File, then Save. 

7. Close the program (select File, then Exit) and start Longbow 2 to use your 

new messages. 

15

16 

LONGBOW 2 

STEP 5 — MISSION PLANNER SCREEN 

All Connection Types 

Note: This section does not apply to Death Match mode (Instant Action). 

As soon as the Master selects a mission type, he or she may select the Mission 

Planner. The Mission Planner options in a multi-player game are almost identical 

to those of a single-player game, but several options are specific to multi-player 

play. This section discusses only the multi-player options — for details on the 

other options, see p. 1.10 in the Reference Manual. 

Selecting Pilot and CP/G Seats 

You select a seat in a multi-player game just as you do in single-player games. If 

you want to switch into another pilot’s seat, however, you must select one that currently 

has a computer pilot. (If the seat is occupied by a human pilot, that pilot 

must first unseat himself.) 

You can’t fly as a wingman in a computer-controlled helicopter flight. Likewise, you 

can’t fly in the CP/G position under a computer-controlled lead pilot. Any violations 

to these rules must be resolved before you can exit the Mission Planner screen. 

To switch into a CP/G position, you must first unseat yourself from your current 

position, and find a helicopter that already has a human pilot. Then, use the Chat 

Window to ask that pilot to place you in his CP/G seat.

Assigning Mission Planning Tasks 

The Master is in charge of hosting a multi-player game, but has only limited control 

over mission planning. Instead, all responsibilities of mission planning are 

divided up by team (if it’s a head-to-head mission), then by FARP (cooperative 

missions). 

The following sections detail duties for both types of play. 

Cooperative Play 

Master Player. In cooperative missions, the Master player edits helicopter assignments 

and loadouts for any computer-controlled FARPs. Additionally, the Master 

edits information for a particular FARP if he / she is flying as the lead pilot of that 

FARP. (Other players can be lead pilots of other FARPs.) 

Team Leader. The Master player acts as the team leader in cooperative multiplayer 

games. 

FARP Leader. The FARP leader is in the pilot’s seat of the lead helicopter at a 

particular FARP and determines all helicopter types, loadouts and waypoint data 

for that FARP, even if other human players are at the same FARP. 

Head-to-Head Play 


Master Player. In head-to-head missions, the Master player edits helicopter 

assignments and loadouts for any computer-controlled FARPs on his or her team. 

Additionally, the Master edits information for a particular FARP if he / she is flying 

as the lead pilot of that FARP. (Other players can be lead pilots of other FARPs.) 

Team Leader. In team vs. team missions, each side has a team leader, who edits 

helicopter assignments and loadouts for his or her own FARP. Team leaders also 

edit data for any FARPs on their side that are completely computer-controlled. The 

Master is the Team Leader for his or her side. 

FARP Leader. The remaining human players in a head-to-head game are sequentially 

placed in lead pilot seats at the remaining FARPs. (The lead pilot is the person 

sitting in the pilot’s seat of the lead helicopter — not in the CP/G’s seat or the 

pilot’s seat in the wingman’s helicopter.) 

The FARP leader is in the pilot’s seat of the lead helicopter at a particular FARP. 

He or she determines all helicopter types, loadouts and waypoint data for that 

FARP, even if other human players are at the same FARP. 

17

18 

LONGBOW 2 

General Notes 

• The Master player is the only one who can close the Mission Planner. 

• If the Master player closes the Mission Planner before all leaders TRANSMIT FARP 

DATA, the last data that the master received from each FARP will be saved. Any 

other changes that were not transmitted will be lost. 

• Information for a FARP with at least one human player can only be modified by 

the lead pilot for that FARP. The FARP leader picks the helicopter types and 

weapon loadouts for all helicopters at that FARP. 

• If a FARP is not computer-controlled, a human pilot must fly in the lead pilot’s 

position. This means that a human player cannot fly as a computer pilot’s wingman. 

• All players can remove themselves from any pilot or CP/G seat and move into 

another seat in a different helicopter. (This automatically replaces the empty 

seat with a computer pilot CP/G.) 

• Only pilots can place another player in their helicopter’s CP/G seat. 

Changing Tasking Window Data 

The Master player, team leader 

and FARP leaders are the only 

ones that can change data in the 

Mission Planner’s Tasking window. 

All players, however, can see the 

Tasking window and all of the 

information for each FARP. 

If the FARP leader starts modifying 

data for his or her FARP, the text 

on the summary panel turns red. 

This lets other players know that 

the data is currently being 

changed. Once all information is 

edited, the team and FARP leaders 

select TRANSMIT FARP DATA from the System menu to send the information to all 

other players. 

After all modifications have been made, and all FARP leaders have transmitted 

their FARP data to other players, the text turns black. (If any changes are made 

before the Mission Planner is closed by the Master player, however, the text will 

turn red again.) 

The Mission Planner windows on the following pages have multi-player options:

Tasking Window 

Players use this panel (shown on facing page) to change their FARP and seating 

assignments. See Function Buttons on p. 1.13 of the Reference Manual. 

FARP Each FARP has a leader. 

The Master player leads one FARP. Other players are sequentially 

assigned to remaining FARPs. 

If two human players are assigned to the same FARP, then 

one is in the lead pilot’s slot, and the other is in the pilot’s seat 

of the secondary helicopter. 

Players can move to and from different FARPs. 

See Assigning Mission Planning Tasks, p. 17, for player 

responsibilities. 

PILOT AND Assign a human or computer pilot to each seat (both the pilot 

CP/G ASSIGNMENTS 

and CP/G slots). Left-click in this field to display a menu. Leftclick 

on the pilot you want. 

You cannot place a human pilot as a CP/G if a computer pilot is in the pilot’s seat. 

Only human pilots can pick players to fly in the CP/G seat of their helicopter. 

Arming Window 


Masters, team leaders and FARP leaders can use this screen to change helicopter 

loadouts for other human players and computer-controlled flights. This is done in 

the same manner as arming in single-player missions. (See Mission Planner on 

p. 1.11 of the Reference Manual.) 

In this option screen, the lead pilot’s helicopter appears on the left side of screen, 

and the wingman’s helicopter on the right. (This is exactly as they appear in single-player 

missions as well.) 

19

20 

LONGBOW 2 

System Menu 

TRANSMIT FARP DATA (Team / FARP leaders) Left-click this option to send your 

FARP information to other players. 

EXIT (Master) Left-click to end planning and return to the Mission 

Planning Center. Do not do so until all text in the summary 

panel appears black. (This indicates that you have the most 

current information, and that no discrepancies exist.) 

Submitting FARP Information 

The summary panel text turns red once a FARP leader starts editing information. 

This lets other players know that the data is currently being changed. After all 

modifications have been made, and all FARP leaders have transmitted their FARP 

data to other players, the text turns black. 

Once the FARP leader has made all changes to helicopters, loadouts and waypoints, 

he or she transmits the data to all other players by selecting TRANSMIT FARP 

DATA from the System menu. This sends all of the information to all other 

machines and updates the summary panel (left side of the Mission Planner 

screen). 

Once all of the summary text is black on everyone’s machine, the Master player 

can start the mission. (Left-click the red power button to close the Mission Planner, 

then left-click on the flight helmet.) 

• Seating assignments for human players are transmitted in real-time (before the 

TRANSMIT FARP DATA button is pressed). 

• Since team leaders are sending information for computer-controlled FARPs as 

well, their data transmission may take a bit longer. 

Starting the Mission 

When mission planning is complete and all information has been transmitted, the 

Master starts the game: 

1. Left-click POWER from the Mission Planner screen. 

Alternatively, select the System menu, then highlight EXIT. 

2. Left-click the flight helmet to start the multi-player mission.

FRIEND/ENEMY TEAM SETUP 

Campaign Games Only 

If the Master Player selects the 

Campaign hangar and selects an NTC 

campaign mission, a screen appears 

that lists all joined players. All players 

are initially listed as members of the 

Friend team. The Master player has (M) 

after his or her team name (Friend or 

Enemy), as does the Team leader for 

the opposing side. 

To move players 

between teams: 


1. Left-click on FRIEND next to the player’s name. (Friend is the team name.) 

FRIEND will change to ENEMY. 

The first player assigned to the other side is automatically the Team leader. 

However, the Master can select a different team leader for the opposing team. 

(The Master must remain the Team leader for his or her team.) 

To designate a new Team leader 

1. Left-click on FRIEND or ENEMY next to the current Team leader. 

(M) will no longer appear after that player’s team name. 

Left-click on FRIEND or ENEMY next to the new Team leader until (M) appears 

after that player’s team name. 

21

22 

LONGBOW 2 

IN-FLIGHT MULTI-PLAYER INFO 

Before the game starts, please ensure that all players have the same terrain map 

decompressed. This process can take a while, and players with different maps can 

slow down the mission load time. 

To see which map each connected player has loaded, look at the Multi-Player 

Game Setup screen. If all players have the same map loaded, the Master can 

select PLAY GAME to start the mission. 

Note: You cannot use time compression in multi-player games. 

In-Flight Tasking 

During flight, tasks between human pilots and co-pilot/gunners are divided up as 

follows. (If you’re flying with a computer CP/G, you can set tasks in the OPTIONS 

menu under Gameplay.) 

CP/G Pilot 

Target acquisition Piloting 

Hellfires, Rockets Guns 

• You can’t switch seats with another player once the mission begins. 

• The Master player is the only one that can save a multi-player campaign game. 

The saved game game records only what was killed, and how far you’ve progressed 

in the campaign — it doesn’t remember who flew with you. Since the 

game stores campaign progress only on the Master’s machine, you can fly with 

different people every time if you want to (as long as you’re the Master). When 

players join a game, the Master’s saved campaign game is the one that’s 

loaded.


PFZs 

PFZs work identically in single-player and multi-player missions, but the labeling 

differs slightly. 

Now, each PFZ is identified by a player number, followed by the zone number. 

PF2-3, for instance, was created by Player 2 and was the third PFZ to be created 

in that mission. If Player 1 then creates another PFZ, it will be labeled PF1-4. 

To see the callsign and player number of each connected player, use your COM 

MFD. The player numbers and names appear at the top of the MFD. 

When you hand off targets using cb (used to hand off targets to wingmen 

in single-player play), your currently selected target list is transmitted to your entire 

friendly team. Whatever PFZs you have selected in your TSD will appear on their 

TSDs as well. 

When you receive targets from someone else on your team, your TSD is 

updated with that PFZ information. If someone else deletes it on their TSD, your 

display will still show the PFZ. You will need to manually delete it from your TSD 

— it won’t update automatically. 

When you are flying with another player in a single helicopter, you can hand 

off targets and PFZ deletions. All computer-controlled flights with have their TSDs 

updated with your new information. 

Only 16 PFZs can be designated per helicopter. If you already have 10 PFZs and 

someone hands you 8 more, you’ll only receive the first 6. 

Dying 

If you die in a multi-player Death Match (Instant Action) or Single mission, you can 

re-join the fight, as long as the Master player has selected a regeneration option. 

If you find yourself in a Death Match situation in which your aircraft is too damaged 

to fly, you can destroy your aircraft and regenerate. 

sE Re-enter Death Match in a new helicopter 

(use when heavily damaged) 

23

24 

LONGBOW 2 

EXITING / DISCONNECTING 

Anyone in a multi-player game can exit using the keys listed below. Slave players 

can disconnect at any time without disrupting the game. However, if the host 

(Master) player exits, the game ends for all players. 

aD Disconnect from a game that you’ve 

joined (only works before takeoff) 


aX Exit to Operating System 

• You cannot pause a multi-player game. 

• Once you quit or exit, you’re disconnected from that multi-player game and 

must make a new multi-player connection before you can join another game.

Cockpit 

Magnetic 

Heading 

Tape 

True 

Airspeed 

Readout 

Range to 

Target 

aO OPTIONS menu (also q during flight) 

Weapon 

Constraint 

Radar 

Altitude 

Current 

Weapon 

Targeting/Weapons 

T Target next enemy object 

b Switch active weapon to Hellfires/FFARs/Stingers 

Manuever the helicopter so that the weapon constraint 

is directly over the target — when the constraint border 

turns solid, fire. 

No Lock Weapon Valid Lock Use Against 

Hellfire active Armor 

Stinger active Aircraft 

FFARs (rockets) active Targets 

e Fire cannon 

z Fire rocket/missile 

For More Details 

See the Install Guide for detailed Installation Steps. 

See the back cover of this manual for basic keystrokes. 

See How to Use at the front of this manual to find out what’s in 

this manual. 

See In a Hurry? (p. 0.12) for basic game instructions.

Jane's Longbow 2 - Manual - PC - EECH Central

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?